WO2025139373A1 - Stator assembly, electromagnetic actuator, vibration damping device, suspension system and vehicle - Google Patents
Stator assembly, electromagnetic actuator, vibration damping device, suspension system and vehicle Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2025139373A1 WO2025139373A1 PCT/CN2024/129909 CN2024129909W WO2025139373A1 WO 2025139373 A1 WO2025139373 A1 WO 2025139373A1 CN 2024129909 W CN2024129909 W CN 2024129909W WO 2025139373 A1 WO2025139373 A1 WO 2025139373A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- assembly
- stator
- electromagnetic actuator
- core
- housing
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Pending
Links
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H02—GENERATION; CONVERSION OR DISTRIBUTION OF ELECTRIC POWER
- H02K—DYNAMO-ELECTRIC MACHINES
- H02K3/00—Details of windings
- H02K3/32—Windings characterised by the shape, form or construction of the insulation
- H02K3/34—Windings characterised by the shape, form or construction of the insulation between conductors or between conductor and core, e.g. slot insulation
-
- F—MECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
- F16—ENGINEERING ELEMENTS AND UNITS; GENERAL MEASURES FOR PRODUCING AND MAINTAINING EFFECTIVE FUNCTIONING OF MACHINES OR INSTALLATIONS; THERMAL INSULATION IN GENERAL
- F16F—SPRINGS; SHOCK-ABSORBERS; MEANS FOR DAMPING VIBRATION
- F16F15/00—Suppression of vibrations in systems; Means or arrangements for avoiding or reducing out-of-balance forces, e.g. due to motion
- F16F15/02—Suppression of vibrations of non-rotating, e.g. reciprocating systems; Suppression of vibrations of rotating systems by use of members not moving with the rotating systems
- F16F15/04—Suppression of vibrations of non-rotating, e.g. reciprocating systems; Suppression of vibrations of rotating systems by use of members not moving with the rotating systems using elastic means
- F16F15/08—Suppression of vibrations of non-rotating, e.g. reciprocating systems; Suppression of vibrations of rotating systems by use of members not moving with the rotating systems using elastic means with rubber springs ; with springs made of rubber and metal
-
- F—MECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
- F16—ENGINEERING ELEMENTS AND UNITS; GENERAL MEASURES FOR PRODUCING AND MAINTAINING EFFECTIVE FUNCTIONING OF MACHINES OR INSTALLATIONS; THERMAL INSULATION IN GENERAL
- F16F—SPRINGS; SHOCK-ABSORBERS; MEANS FOR DAMPING VIBRATION
- F16F6/00—Magnetic springs; Fluid magnetic springs, i.e. magnetic spring combined with a fluid
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H02—GENERATION; CONVERSION OR DISTRIBUTION OF ELECTRIC POWER
- H02K—DYNAMO-ELECTRIC MACHINES
- H02K1/00—Details of the magnetic circuit
- H02K1/06—Details of the magnetic circuit characterised by the shape, form or construction
- H02K1/12—Stationary parts of the magnetic circuit
- H02K1/14—Stator cores with salient poles
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H02—GENERATION; CONVERSION OR DISTRIBUTION OF ELECTRIC POWER
- H02K—DYNAMO-ELECTRIC MACHINES
- H02K1/00—Details of the magnetic circuit
- H02K1/06—Details of the magnetic circuit characterised by the shape, form or construction
- H02K1/12—Stationary parts of the magnetic circuit
- H02K1/18—Means for mounting or fastening magnetic stationary parts on to, or to, the stator structures
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H02—GENERATION; CONVERSION OR DISTRIBUTION OF ELECTRIC POWER
- H02K—DYNAMO-ELECTRIC MACHINES
- H02K3/00—Details of windings
- H02K3/04—Windings characterised by the conductor shape, form or construction, e.g. with bar conductors
- H02K3/28—Layout of windings or of connections between windings
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H02—GENERATION; CONVERSION OR DISTRIBUTION OF ELECTRIC POWER
- H02K—DYNAMO-ELECTRIC MACHINES
- H02K41/00—Propulsion systems in which a rigid body is moved along a path due to dynamo-electric interaction between the body and a magnetic field travelling along the path
- H02K41/02—Linear motors; Sectional motors
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H02—GENERATION; CONVERSION OR DISTRIBUTION OF ELECTRIC POWER
- H02K—DYNAMO-ELECTRIC MACHINES
- H02K41/00—Propulsion systems in which a rigid body is moved along a path due to dynamo-electric interaction between the body and a magnetic field travelling along the path
- H02K41/02—Linear motors; Sectional motors
- H02K41/03—Synchronous motors; Motors moving step by step; Reluctance motors
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H02—GENERATION; CONVERSION OR DISTRIBUTION OF ELECTRIC POWER
- H02K—DYNAMO-ELECTRIC MACHINES
- H02K41/00—Propulsion systems in which a rigid body is moved along a path due to dynamo-electric interaction between the body and a magnetic field travelling along the path
- H02K41/02—Linear motors; Sectional motors
- H02K41/03—Synchronous motors; Motors moving step by step; Reluctance motors
- H02K41/031—Synchronous motors; Motors moving step by step; Reluctance motors of the permanent magnet type
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H02—GENERATION; CONVERSION OR DISTRIBUTION OF ELECTRIC POWER
- H02K—DYNAMO-ELECTRIC MACHINES
- H02K5/00—Casings; Enclosures; Supports
- H02K5/24—Casings; Enclosures; Supports specially adapted for suppression or reduction of noise or vibrations
Definitions
- An electromagnetic actuator is an electric motor that directly generates linear motion through electromagnetic force. It usually includes a stator assembly and a mover assembly.
- the stator assembly includes a winding coil wound on an iron core shaft.
- the winding coil is electrically connected to a power supply and can generate a magnetic field when power is supplied to generate magnetic force with the mover assembly, thereby driving the mover assembly to move in a straight line.
- stator assembly of the electromagnetic actuator of the embodiment of the present application includes: a plurality of iron core assemblies, wherein the plurality of iron core assemblies are stacked in sequence along the axial direction of the stator assembly; a plurality of winding assemblies, wherein the plurality of winding assemblies are arranged on the plurality of iron core assemblies; and a plurality of insulating frames, wherein the insulating frames are arranged between each of the iron core assemblies and the winding assemblies.
- the stator yoke includes a plurality of stacked second laminations, and the plurality of second laminations are stacked in a radial direction of the stator assembly.
- stator yoke is a winding, and the winding is wound along the circumference of the stator assembly.
- a first center hole is formed on the stator tooth portion, and the stator yoke portion is located in the first center hole.
- stator yoke is arranged on one axial side of the stator teeth.
- stator yoke is connected to the stator teeth.
- a first connection structure and a second connection structure are formed on the stator yoke and the stator teeth, respectively, and the first connection structure cooperates with the second connection structure.
- the stator yoke includes a body and an inserting portion, and the inserting portion is formed on one side of the body along the axial direction of the stator assembly.
- the multiple core assemblies include a first type of core and a second type of core, in the axial direction of the stator assembly, there are multiple second type of cores and both ends of the multiple second type of cores are provided with the first type of core;
- the winding assembly includes a multi-phase winding, the end surface of the first type of core facing the second type of core is provided with the coil of the winding, the end surfaces of both sides of the second type of core are provided with the coil, and the coils are provided on the end surfaces of the two sides of the second type of core, and the coils located on both sides of the second type of core have the same number of phases.
- each of the second-type iron cores are connected in series, and the coils of the same phase arranged at axial intervals in the stator assembly are connected by welding via connecting wires.
- the outer peripheral wall of the insulating frame is provided with a plurality of wire passing grooves evenly spaced apart, and at least one of the wire passing grooves is connected to the lead-in channel.
- the aforementioned stator assembly is adopted to ensure the performance of the electromagnetic actuator, simplify the structure of the electromagnetic actuator, and reduce the difficulty of assembling the electromagnetic actuator.
- the electromagnetic actuator further comprises a center rod, the core assembly is arranged on the center rod, and a portion of the structure of the center rod extends out of the machine. shell.
- the vibration reduction device includes the aforementioned electromagnetic actuator, and the electromagnetic actuator is suitable for being connected between the wheel and the vehicle body.
- a vehicle according to an embodiment of the present application includes the aforementioned suspension system.
- FIG8 is an exploded view of an electromagnetic actuator according to other embodiments of the second aspect of the present application.
- FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of the first sub-shell at another angle of some embodiments of the second aspect of the present application.
- Figure 13 is a schematic diagram of a guide rod of some embodiments of the second aspect of the present application.
- FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of the center rod and the stator assembly of some embodiments of the second aspect of the present application.
- FIG. 18 is a partial enlarged view of area A in FIG. 17 .
- FIG. 19 is a top view of an electromagnetic actuator according to some embodiments of the third aspect of the present application.
- FIG. 20 is a cross-sectional view of an electromagnetic actuator according to other embodiments of the third aspect of the present application.
- Figure 21 is a schematic diagram of an electromagnetic actuator in some embodiments of the fourth aspect of the present application.
- Figure 22 is a cross-sectional view of an electromagnetic actuator of some embodiments of the fourth aspect of the present application.
- FIG. 23 is a schematic diagram of a partial structure of the electromagnetic actuator in FIG. 22 .
- Figure 26 is a schematic diagram of the wire outlet device and connecting wires of some embodiments of the fourth aspect of the present application.
- Figure 29 is a cross-sectional view of a partial structure of an electromagnetic actuator in some embodiments of the fifth aspect of the present application.
- Figure 30 is a top view of the partial structure of the electromagnetic actuator of some embodiments of the fifth aspect of the present application.
- Figure 31 is a schematic diagram of the stator assembly of some embodiments of the fifth aspect of the present application.
- Figure 32 is a cross-sectional view of the center rod and the second part of other embodiments of the fifth aspect of the present application.
- Figure 33 is a schematic diagram of the stator assembly of other embodiments of the fifth aspect of the present application.
- Figure 34 is a schematic diagram of the partial structure of the electromagnetic actuator of some further embodiments of the fifth aspect of the present application.
- Figure 37 is a cross-sectional view of the center rod of some embodiments of the sixth aspect of the present application.
- Figure 38 is a top view of the partial structure of the electromagnetic actuator of some embodiments of the sixth aspect of the present application.
- Figure 39 is a cross-sectional view of a partial structure of an electromagnetic actuator of some embodiments of the sixth aspect of the present application.
- Figure 40 is a cross-sectional view of the center rod of other embodiments of the sixth aspect of the present application.
- FIG. 41 is a schematic diagram of some embodiments of the first aspect of the stator core of the present application.
- FIG. 42 is a schematic diagram of a structure in which part of the stator core in FIG. 41 is cut away.
- FIG43 is a schematic diagram of some embodiments of the second aspect of the stator core of the present application.
- FIG. 44 is a schematic diagram of a structure in which part of the stator core in FIG. 43 is cut away.
- FIG. 45 is a schematic diagram of some embodiments of the third aspect of the stator core of the present application.
- FIG46 is a schematic diagram of a structure in which part of the stator core in FIG45 is cut away.
- FIG. 47 is a schematic diagram of some embodiments of the fourth aspect of the stator core of the present application.
- FIG48 is a schematic diagram of a structure in which part of the stator core in FIG47 is cut away.
- FIG49 is a schematic diagram of some embodiments of the fifth aspect of the stator core of the present application.
- FIG. 50 is an exploded view of some embodiments of the fifth aspect of the stator core of the present application.
- Figure 51 is an exploded view of some embodiments of the fifth aspect of the stator core of the present application.
- Figure 52 is a schematic diagram of some embodiments of the sixth aspect of the stator core of the present application.
- FIG. 53 is an exploded view of some embodiments of the sixth aspect of the stator core of the present application.
- Figure 54 is a schematic diagram of some embodiments of the seventh aspect of the stator core of the present application.
- Figure 55 is a top view of the stator yoke in Figure 54.
- Figure 56 is a cross-sectional view of Figure 55 along line A-A.
- Figure 57 is a schematic diagram of the stator teeth in Figure 54.
- Figure 58 is a partial enlarged view of the stator teeth and stator yoke in Figure 54 when they are matched.
- Figure 59 is a schematic diagram of an electromagnetic actuator of some embodiments of the seventh aspect of the present application.
- Figure 60 is a schematic diagram of the stator assembly in Figure 59.
- Figure 61 is a cross-sectional view of the stator assembly in Figure 60.
- the stator tooth portion 2141 is made of axially laminated silicon steel sheets, and the stator yoke portion 2142 is machined from solid material, wherein the material of the stator yoke portion 2142 is soft magnetic material, and positioning protrusions 21415 that cooperate with the center rod 300 are formed on the stator yoke portion 2142 and the stator tooth portion 2141, and a groove 20111 is formed on the stator tooth portion 2141 for cross-phase connection between the coils 2123.
- the above structure can also enable the stator tooth portion 2141 to significantly weaken the eddy current loss in the core assembly 211, while also ensuring the thrust and efficiency of the linear motor.
- the opposite ends of the bottom of the dovetail groove are chamfered toward the inside away from the dovetail groove.
- the chamfer is formed by a punch with chamfered corners. Using a punch with chamfered corners can increase the service life of the punch.
- interference between the plug-in portion 21428 and the first connecting structure 21416 during the assembly process can be avoided, thereby ensuring that the plug-in portion 21428 can be normally inserted into the first connecting structure 21416 along the axial direction and complete the fixation of the stator yoke portion 2142 and the stator tooth portion 2141.
- an inclined surface inclined toward the center line of the plug-in portion 2142 is formed between the bottom end surface of the main body 21427 and the side surface of the plug-in portion 21428.
- a second anti-rotation protrusion 21417 is provided on the stator tooth 2141, and an anti-rotation groove 21425 is provided on the stator yoke 2142.
- the second anti-rotation protrusion 21417 is engaged in the anti-rotation groove 21425 to achieve fixed engagement between the stator tooth 2141 and the stator yoke 2142, preventing the stator tooth 2141 from rotating, further ensuring the alignment of the groove 20111, and reducing the difficulty of wiring the coil 2123.
- stator yoke 2142 and the stator teeth 2141 are connected by the second anti-rotation protrusion 21417 and the anti-rotation groove 21425, laser welding is used to further strengthen the connection strength between the stator yoke 2142 and the stator teeth 2141.
- a first boss structure 21426 is provided at the connection between the main body 21427 and the plug-in portion 21428 to prevent the connection between the main body 21427 and the plug-in portion 21428 from breaking and further enhance the mechanical strength of the connection.
- a first connection structure 21416 and a second connection structure 21423 are formed on the stator yoke 2142 and the stator tooth 2141 , respectively, and the first connection structure 21416 cooperates with the second connection structure 21423 to achieve the cooperative connection between the stator yoke 2142 and the stator tooth 2141 .
- the first connection structure 21416 is plugged into the second connection structure 21423. This allows the stator yoke 2142 to be plugged into the stator teeth 2141, reduces the difficulty of fixing the stator yoke 2142 and the stator teeth 2141, ensures the fixing quality, and stabilizes the relative position of the stator yoke 2142 and the stator teeth 2141.
- the coil 2123 surrounds the stator yoke 2142 and is coiled and placed on the stator teeth 2141, when the electromagnetic actuator 1000 is running, the magnetic lines of force mainly move along the radial direction within the stator teeth 2141 and the axial direction within the stator yoke 2142, wherein the stator teeth 2141 can largely weaken the eddy current loss generated in the teeth through the axially stacked silicon steel sheets, and the stator yoke 2142 can weaken the eddy current loss in the stator yoke 2142 through the circumferentially wound silicon steel sheets.
- the stator yoke 2142 is formed by a process of stamping and then winding, wherein the same punch is used for stamping the column, and the punch shape is trapezoidal. If a square punch is used, assembly interference will form at the connection between the column structure and the stator yoke 2142 and the local area of the stator tooth 2141. At the same time, if the chamfered corners are not designed, the life of the punch will be greatly shortened, thereby increasing costs.
- this embodiment uses the same trapezoidal punch with rounded corners to process the second connection structure 21423, which can reduce the process cost and meet the process assembly requirements.
- the width of the rolled second connecting structure 21423 will vary radially, wherein the closer to the radial outer edge of the stator yoke 2142, the wider the width of the second connecting structure 21423, thereby forming the stator yoke 2142 into a dovetail trapezoidal shape.
- the stator tooth portion 2141 is punched out at a fixed position to form a plurality of first connection structures 21416 formed as dovetail grooves.
- first connection structures 21416 formed as dovetail grooves.
- the inner corner of the groove of the first connecting structure 21416 is provided with a chamfered corner. If the second connecting structure 21423 is provided with a structure matching the chamfered corner, it can avoid interference between the stator yoke 2142 and the stator tooth 2141 during installation, thereby ensuring that the second connecting structure 21423 on the stator yoke 2142 can be normally inserted into the first connecting structure 21416 of the stator tooth 2141 and complete the fixed connection between the stator yoke 2142 and the stator tooth 2141.
- stator yoke 2142 and the stator tooth 2141 of this embodiment combined with the column structure of the second connection structure 21423 and the dovetail groove structure design of the first connection structure 21416, can form a mechanical connection between the spirally wound stator yoke 2142 and the axially stacked stator tooth 2141.
- laser welding is used to further enhance the connection strength between the stator yoke 2142 and the stator tooth 2141.
- the core assembly 211 includes a first type of core 2111 and a second type of core 2112.
- first type of core 2111 In the axial direction of the stator assembly 210, there are multiple second type of cores 2112, and both ends of the multiple second type of cores 2112 are provided with the first type of core 2111.
- the end surface of the first type of core 2111 facing the second type of core 2112 is provided with a coil 2123, and both end surfaces of the second type of core 2112 are provided with a coil 2123.
- the coils 2123 on both sides of the second type of core 2112 have the same number of phases. This achieves the coordinated connection between the core assembly 211 and the winding assembly 212, and reduces the difficulty of connecting the coils 2123 of each phase.
- each second type iron core 2112 are connected in series, and the coils 2123 of the same phase arranged at intervals in the axial direction of the stator assembly 210 are welded and connected by connecting wires 2121.
- the welding connection of the coils 2123 of the same phase is achieved, and the performance of the winding assembly 212 is guaranteed.
- this embodiment uses a clever design to configure the core assembly 211 to be composed of a first type of core 2111 and a second type of core 2112.
- the coils 2123 on the same second type of core 2112 are in-phase coils, and the coils 2123 on the same second type of core 2112 are connected by welding.
- the traditional design is fully surpassed in many aspects such as layout space, production efficiency, processing difficulty, maintenance convenience, structural complexity and consistency of parts.
- the stator assembly 210 of this embodiment is mainly composed of connecting wires 2121, an iron core assembly 211, an insulating frame 213, a coil 2123 and insulating paper 2122.
- the connecting wires 2121 are three-phase A, B, and C respectively, and the coils are flat wires to increase space utilization.
- the connecting wires 2121 are bent and led out at the end of the coil 2123 through the grooves 20111 opened on the surface of the iron core assembly 211 and the wire grooves 2132 opened on the surface of the insulating frame 213.
- the first type of iron core 2111 is a single-sided coil 2123.
- the axial middle portion of the stator assembly 210 is assembled by a second type of iron core 2112, an insulating frame 213 and a coil 2123
- the end portion of the stator assembly 210 is assembled by a first type of iron core 2111, a coil 2123 and an insulating frame 213, wherein the coil 2123 on the first type of iron core 2111 is an A-phase coil 2123.
- the order of components on the stator assembly 210 from the starting end is A-phase coil 2123, B-phase coil 2123 and C-phase coil 2123, and two adjacent out-of-phase coils 2123 are separated by insulating paper 2122.
- the same-phase coils 2123 are connected in series, and the bilateral coils inside the stator assembly 210 are also connected in series.
- the lead wires of the coils 2123 are welded to the connecting wires 2121 bent at the end of the coils 2123 to achieve line connection and reduce wiring errors.
- the first type of iron core 2111 is provided with a first annular groove 21111, a wire arrangement groove 2013 and a groove 20111, and the structure of the insulating skeleton 213 is similar to that of the first type of iron core 2111.
- the insulating skeleton 213 is provided with a second annular groove 2138, a lead wire channel 2131 and a wire passing groove 2132.
- the insulating skeleton 213 is nested in the first annular groove 21111, and a lead wire 21231 and a first lead terminal 2018 are formed on the coil 2123. When the coil 2123 is processed, the lead wire 21231 and the first lead terminal 2018 are formed.
- the lead wire 21231 is bent at a right angle and wound from the inside to the outside, and is bent twice at the end of the coil 2123 to form a first lead end 2018.
- the coil 2123 is nested in the first annular groove 21111, and the lead wire 21231 extends through the wire arrangement groove 2013 and the lead channel 2131 to the outside of the first type of iron core 2111 for wiring and power supply.
- This method has a simple structure, good consistency in processing methods, simple processing technology, fewer operating steps, and a large operating space, which is conducive to reducing costs and improving production efficiency.
- an insulating skeleton 213 and a coil 2123 are also provided on the second type of iron core 2112. Both sides of the second type of iron core 2112 have a first annular groove 21111, a wire arrangement groove 2013 and a groove 20111.
- the insulating skeleton 213 is nested in the first annular groove 21111, and the same-phase coil 2123 is nested on the insulating skeleton 213, wherein the two wire arrangement grooves 2013 are 180° apart, and the coil 2123 on one side is connected in series with the first wire outlet 2018 of the coil 2123 on the other side at the welding point through the first wire outlet 2018, so that the components have the same structure, the structure is simple, the production and processing efficiency is high, and it is conducive to mass production and cost control.
- the space utilization rate is high.
- the lead wire 21231 is bent from the top of the coil 2123; or, the lead wire 21231 is bent from the bottom of the coil 2123.
- the winding method of the coil 2123 is the same, both from the inside to the outside, and the winding method is simple.
- the core assembly 211 of the present embodiment is composed of stacked independent modules, and the module units are separated by insulating paper 2122.
- the basic components of each module are the core, the insulating frame 213 and the coil 2123.
- the processing technology of each part is simple, the structure is basically the same, the complexity of the structure is low, and the assembly is convenient. It is convenient for mass production and processing, saving costs and working hours, and improving production efficiency.
- the inner wall 2136 is disposed around the outer circumference of the assembly hole 2137 to form a hollow cylinder with a certain wall thickness between the assembly hole 2137 of the insulation frame 213 and the second annular groove 2138 .
- the moving subassembly 220 is disposed in the accommodating cavity 130 .
- the stator assembly 210 is the aforementioned stator assembly 210 , and the specific structure of the stator assembly 210 is not described in detail here.
- the stator assembly 210 is disposed in the accommodating cavity 130 , and one of the mover assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210 is connected to the housing 100 .
- the electromagnetic actuator 1000 of the embodiment of the present application can effectively reduce the difficulty of assembling the electromagnetic actuator 1000 and ensure the working performance of the electromagnetic actuator 1000 by adopting the aforementioned stator assembly 210.
- the stator assembly 210 includes: a core assembly 211 and a winding assembly 212, wherein the core assembly 211 is disposed on the center rod 300, and the winding assembly 212 is disposed on the core assembly 211.
- the position stability of the core assembly 211 and the winding assembly 212 is improved, and at the same time, the core assembly 211 and the winding assembly 212 can cooperate with the mover assembly 220 to ensure the working performance of the electromagnetic actuator 1000.
- stator assembly 210 is disposed on the center rod 300, and the mover assembly 220 is disposed on the housing 100.
- the mover assembly 210 and the stator assembly 220 are coupled to each other so that the center rod 300 and the housing 100 can produce relative movement, thereby ensuring the working performance of the electromagnetic actuator 1000.
- the center rod 300 is provided with a first limiting structure
- the core assembly 211 is provided with a limiting portion, which cooperates with the first limiting structure to limit the rotation of the core assembly 211 relative to the center rod 300.
- the position stability of the core assembly 211 is improved, and under the coupling cooperation of the mover assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210, the center rod 300 and the housing 100 can effectively produce relative movements to ensure the working performance of the electromagnetic actuator 1000.
- the center rod 300 is provided with a first positioning portion 340 (the specific structure of the first positioning portion 340 can be seen in FIG. 25 ), and the core assembly 211 is provided with a second positioning portion 350.
- the first positioning portion 340 and the second positioning portion 350 cooperate to make the center rod 300 and the core assembly 211 relatively stationary.
- the core assembly 211 and the center rod 300 are circumferentially limited, the core assembly 211 is prevented from rotating around the center rod 300, and the working performance of the core assembly 211 is ensured.
- the above arrangement can also avoid the problem that when the center rod 300 is matched with the tower top, the core assembly 211 rotates around the central axis of the center rod 300 together with the assembly nut 830, resulting in failure to tighten.
- the housing 100 includes a plurality of sub-housings 101 , and the plurality of sub-housings 101 are connected to define a receiving chamber 130 .
- the movable assembly 220 is disposed in the accommodating cavity 130
- the stator assembly 210 is disposed in the accommodating cavity 130
- one of the movable assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210 is connected to the housing 100. That is to say, the movable assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210 are both disposed in the accommodating cavity 130.
- the housing 100 can be used to support one of the movable assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210, thereby improving the position stability of one of the movable assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210, and ensuring the working performance of the movable assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210 to a certain extent.
- the housing 100 can also be used to protect the movable assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210, prolonging the service life of the movable assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210, thereby reducing the use cost of the movable assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210.
- the housing 100 by configuring the housing 100 to include a plurality of sub-housings 101, so that the housing 100 is composed of a plurality of separate parts, when assembling the movable assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210, the movable assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210 can be first arranged between the plurality of sub-housings 101, and then the plurality of sub-housings 101 can be connected, so as to reduce the difficulty of assembling the movable assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210, improve the assembly effect, and also to a certain extent avoid the movable assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210 from colliding with the housing 100 during the assembly process, thereby avoiding damage to the movable assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210, so as to further extend the service life of the movable assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210, and ensure the working performance of the movable assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210.
- the housing 100 can be directly opened to reduce the difficulty of maintaining the mover assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210 during use.
- the moving assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210 are coupled so that the other of the moving assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210 moves along the axis with the housing 100, thereby driving the moving assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210 connected to the housing 100 to move along the axis.
- the axis mentioned here can be understood as a straight line extending along the axial direction of the electromagnetic actuator 1000, that is, a straight line extending in the up-down direction in FIG. 2 .
- one of the movable assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210 is connected to the housing 100.
- one of the movable assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210 moves along the axis together with the housing 100, thereby realizing the movement of the housing 100 and ensuring the working performance of the electromagnetic actuator 1000.
- one of the mover assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210 is a permanent magnet or an electromagnet, and the other is an electromagnetic coil, and the electromagnetic coil cooperates with the permanent magnet, so that the mover assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210 can form a coupling cooperation, thereby improving the working performance of the electromagnetic actuator 1000. That is, the mover assembly 220 is the first excitation assembly, and the stator assembly 210 is the second excitation assembly.
- the electromagnetic actuator 1000 of the embodiment of the present application by configuring the housing 100 to include multiple sub-housings 101, and the multiple sub-housings 101 are connected to define a accommodating cavity 130. While reducing the difficulty of assembling the housing 100, it can also reduce the difficulty of assembling and maintaining the movable assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210, and at the same time avoid the movable assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210 from colliding with the housing 100 during the assembly process, thereby ensuring the working performance of the movable assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210.
- multiple sub-housings 101 are arranged along the axis. That is, multiple sub-housings 101 are arranged along the axial direction of the electromagnetic actuator 1000, so that the housing 100 can be formed into multiple structures arranged along the axial direction of the electromagnetic actuator 1000, thereby reducing the housing. 100, and reduces the difficulty of assembling the mover assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210 disposed in the housing 100, thereby improving the assembly efficiency of the electromagnetic actuator 1000.
- the plurality of sub-shells 101 include a cylinder 1011 with at least one end open and at least one end cover 1012 , and the end cover 1012 cooperates with the cylinder 1011 to form the housing 100 , thereby reducing the difficulty of molding the housing 100 .
- the mover assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210 can be easily assembled into the cylinder 1011 .
- the inner surface accuracy of the cylinder 1011 and the surface accuracy of the mover assembly 220 must be strictly controlled to ensure that the air gap between the mover assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210 is uniform, thereby ensuring the working performance of the electromagnetic actuator 1000.
- the lower end of the end cover 1012 is integrated with a mounting bracket 192 , and the mounting bracket 192 is suitable for connecting to the axle, thereby simplifying the connection method between the electromagnetic actuator 1000 and the axle, improving structural reliability, and reducing the assembly process and assembly time of the electromagnetic actuator 1000 .
- the mounting bracket 192 mentioned here can be understood as the lower fork arm of the electromagnetic actuator 1000 .
- the end cover 1012 is disposed at the opening of the cylinder 1011 to ensure the sealing of the accommodating chamber 130 .
- the end cap 1012 is plugged into the cylinder 1011.
- the end cap 1012 is arranged at the opening of the cylinder 1011, and the end cap 1012 and the cylinder 1011 are fixedly connected, thereby ensuring the structural stability of the housing 100 and reducing the difficulty of molding the housing 100.
- one of the top wall of the end cap 1012 and the lower end of the cylinder 1011 is provided with a slot 1013 and the other is provided with an insertion portion 1014, and the insertion portion 1014 is inserted into the slot 1013 to achieve plug-in cooperation between the end cap 1012 and the cylinder 1011.
- the end cover 1012 is connected to the cylinder 1011 by bolts 1016. This further realizes the fixed connection between the end cover 1012 and the cylinder 1011, ensures the connection strength between the end cover 1012 and the cylinder 1011, and makes the end cover 1012 and the cylinder 1011 form a detachable connection, thereby ensuring the structural stability and working performance of the housing 100.
- the end cap 1012 and the cylinder 1011 are positioned by a positioning pin 1017 , thereby positioning the installation direction of the end cap 1012 , preventing mis-installation, and reducing the difficulty of connecting the end cap 1012 and the cylinder 1011 .
- an end cover connecting boss protruding radially outward is provided on the outer peripheral wall of the end cover 1012, and a corresponding cylinder connecting boss is provided on the cylinder 1011.
- Both the end cover connecting boss and the cylinder connecting boss are provided with connecting holes, and fasteners or bolts are passed through the connecting holes to achieve a fixed connection between the end cover 1012 and the cylinder 1011.
- the connection is achieved through the connecting boss, which can improve the cavity of the end cover 1012 and the cylinder 1011 while also improving the stability of the connection.
- a guide rod 400 is provided on the end cover 1012, and the guide rod 400 is movably matched with the other one of the movable assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210 to guide the moving direction of the housing 100 and one of the movable assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210.
- one of the movable assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210 is fixedly connected to the housing 100, and the other of the movable assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210 is movably matched with the guide rod 400, so as to avoid the housing 100 from deflecting during the movement process, that is, to ensure that the housing 100 can move in a predetermined direction, and to ensure the accuracy of the movement of the housing 100.
- a guide bearing 840 is disposed between the guide rod 400 and the other of the mover assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210 .
- the movable assembly 220 is fixedly connected to the housing 100, and the guide rod 400 and the stator assembly 210 move in coordination to guide the movement direction of the housing 100.
- the verticality and concentricity of the lower end of the stator assembly 210 are determined by the guide rod 400 and the guide bearing 840.
- a bearing mounting slot is provided at the upper end of the cylinder 1011 for assembling the bearing 170 .
- the bearing 170 positions the upper end of the stator assembly 210 .
- the verticality and concentricity of the upper end of the stator assembly 210 are determined by the top surface of the cylinder 1011 and the bearing 170 .
- the main structure of the electromagnetic actuator 1000 in this embodiment is composed of a bearing 170 , a cylinder 1011 , a mover assembly 220 , a stator assembly 210 , a guide bearing 840 , and an end cover 1012 .
- the inside of the cylinder 1011 is attached with a mover assembly 220, and the bearing 170, the cylinder 1011, the end cover 1012 and the mover assembly 220 constitute the mover part of the electromagnetic actuator 1000.
- the inside of the stator assembly 210 is a coil winding. When three-phase electricity is passed, a moving magnetic field will be formed.
- the magnetic field acts on the mover part, and the stator assembly 210 and the mover assembly 220 generate an interaction force to make the casing 100 move up and down.
- the electromagnetic actuator 1000 realizes linear motion, and the linear motion of the casing 100 is controlled by adjusting the size and direction of the three-phase electricity to achieve the actual required motion state.
- this embodiment solves the problems of installation of the mover assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210, assembly of the mounting bracket 192, and movement and positioning of the casing 100 by reasonably designing the structure between the end cover 1012 and the cylinder 1011.
- the electromagnetic actuator 1000 of this embodiment adopts a split design structure for the cylinder 1011 and the end cover 1012, which is convenient for installing the stator assembly 210 and the mover assembly 220; by integrating the end cover 1012, the guide rod 400 and the mounting bracket 192 into an integrated design, the connection method between the various parts of the electromagnetic actuator 1000 is simplified, the assembly process and assembly time are reduced, the structural reliability is improved, and the weight is reduced; by integrating the guide rod 400 in the end cover 1012 and designing the extension part 1014 on the top surface of the end cover 1012 to cooperate with the inner surface of the cylinder 1011 for installation, it can be ensured that the center of the guide rod 400 and the cylinder 1011 coincide, thereby ensuring that the air gap between the stator assembly 210 and the mover assembly 220 is uniform; by adding a positioning pin 1017 between the end cover 1012 and the cylinder 1011, it is used to locate the installation direction of the end cover 1012 to prevent misinstallation.
- multiple sub-housings 101 are arranged along the circumferential direction, and the circumferential direction is substantially perpendicular to the axis.
- the multiple sub-housings 101 are not limited to being arranged along the axis of the electromagnetic actuator 1000, but can also be arranged along the circumferential direction of the electromagnetic actuator 1000, which can also reduce the difficulty of assembling the housing 100, and at the same time reduce the difficulty of assembling and maintaining the moving subassembly 220 and the stator assembly 210, avoiding the moving subassembly 220
- the stator assembly 210 collides with the housing 100 during the assembly process to ensure the working performance of the mover assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210.
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Power Engineering (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Combustion & Propulsion (AREA)
- General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Electromagnetism (AREA)
- Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
- Acoustics & Sound (AREA)
- Aviation & Aerospace Engineering (AREA)
- Reciprocating, Oscillating Or Vibrating Motors (AREA)
- Iron Core Of Rotating Electric Machines (AREA)
Abstract
Description
相关申请的交叉引用CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
本申请基于申请号为2023118684669、申请日为2023年12月29日的中国专利申请“定子组件、电磁作动器、减振装置、悬架系统及车辆”提出,并要求上述中国专利申请的优先权,上述中国专利申请的全部内容在此引入本申请作为参考。This application is based on the Chinese patent application "Stator assembly, electromagnetic actuator, vibration reduction device, suspension system and vehicle" with application number 2023118684669 and application date December 29, 2023, and claims the priority of the above-mentioned Chinese patent application. The entire content of the above-mentioned Chinese patent application is hereby introduced into this application as a reference.
本申请属于车辆技术领域,具体是一种定子组件、电磁作动器、减振装置、悬架系统及车辆。The present application belongs to the field of vehicle technology, and specifically relates to a stator assembly, an electromagnetic actuator, a vibration reduction device, a suspension system and a vehicle.
电磁作动器是一种通过电磁力直接产生直线运动的电动机,通常包括定子组件和动子组件,定子组件包括绕设在铁芯轴上的绕组线圈,绕组线圈与电源电连接并能够在通电时产生磁场,以与动子组件产生磁力,进而驱动动子组件沿直线运动。An electromagnetic actuator is an electric motor that directly generates linear motion through electromagnetic force. It usually includes a stator assembly and a mover assembly. The stator assembly includes a winding coil wound on an iron core shaft. The winding coil is electrically connected to a power supply and can generate a magnetic field when power is supplied to generate magnetic force with the mover assembly, thereby driving the mover assembly to move in a straight line.
但是,现有定子组件结构性能差,影响电磁作动器的工作性能。However, the existing stator assembly has poor structural performance, which affects the working performance of the electromagnetic actuator.
发明内容Summary of the invention
为此,本申请提出一种定子组件,所述定子组件结构简单、性能稳定,解决了现有技术中的电磁作动器性能差的技术问题。To this end, the present application proposes a stator assembly, which has a simple structure and stable performance, and solves the technical problem of poor performance of electromagnetic actuators in the prior art.
根据本申请实施例的电磁作动器的定子组件,包括:多个铁芯总成,多个所述铁芯总成沿所述定子组件的轴向依次层叠设置;多个绕组总成,多个所述绕组总成设于多个所述铁芯总成;多个绝缘骨架,每个所述铁芯总成和所述绕组总成之间设有所述绝缘骨架。According to the stator assembly of the electromagnetic actuator of the embodiment of the present application, it includes: a plurality of iron core assemblies, wherein the plurality of iron core assemblies are stacked in sequence along the axial direction of the stator assembly; a plurality of winding assemblies, wherein the plurality of winding assemblies are arranged on the plurality of iron core assemblies; and a plurality of insulating frames, wherein the insulating frames are arranged between each of the iron core assemblies and the winding assemblies.
根据本申请实施例的电磁作动器的定子组件,通过将定子组件设置成由铁芯总成、绕组总成和绝缘骨架组成,并在每个铁芯总成和绕组总成之间均设置绝缘骨架,以保证定子组件的性能,并使得定子组件结构简单,降低定子组件的装配难度。According to the stator assembly of the electromagnetic actuator of the embodiment of the present application, the stator assembly is configured to consist of an iron core assembly, a winding assembly and an insulating frame, and an insulating frame is provided between each iron core assembly and the winding assembly to ensure the performance of the stator assembly, simplify the structure of the stator assembly, and reduce the difficulty of assembling the stator assembly.
可选地,所述铁芯总成包括定子磁芯,所述定子磁芯包括:定子齿部,所述定子齿部包括多个沿所述定子组件的轴向堆叠设置的第一叠片;定子轭部,所述定子轭部形成为环状且设于所述定子齿部,所述定子轭部的至少部分位于所述定子齿部的一侧以使所述定子齿部与所述定子轭部之间形成绕线槽;所述绕组总成包括多相绕组,所述绕组的线圈均放置于所述绕线槽上。Optionally, the core assembly includes a stator core, which includes: a stator tooth portion, which includes a plurality of first laminations stacked along the axial direction of the stator assembly; a stator yoke portion, which is formed in a ring shape and is arranged on the stator tooth portion, and at least a portion of the stator yoke portion is located on one side of the stator tooth portion to form a winding slot between the stator tooth portion and the stator yoke portion; the winding assembly includes a multi-phase winding, and the coils of the winding are all placed on the winding slots.
可选地,所述定子轭部包括多个叠放设置的第二叠片,多个所述第二叠片沿所述定子组件的径向叠放设置。Optionally, the stator yoke includes a plurality of stacked second laminations, and the plurality of second laminations are stacked in a radial direction of the stator assembly.
可选地,所述定子轭部包括多个叠放设置的第二叠片,多个所述第二叠片沿所述定子组件的轴向堆叠设置。Optionally, the stator yoke includes a plurality of stacked second laminations, and the plurality of second laminations are stacked along the axial direction of the stator assembly.
可选地,所述定子轭部为卷绕件,所述卷绕件沿所述定子组件的周向卷绕设置。Optionally, the stator yoke is a winding, and the winding is wound along the circumference of the stator assembly.
可选地,所述定子轭部形成为一体件。Optionally, the stator yoke is formed as a single piece.
可选地,所述定子齿部上形成有第一中心孔,所述定子轭部位于所述第一中心孔内。Optionally, a first center hole is formed on the stator tooth portion, and the stator yoke portion is located in the first center hole.
可选地,所述定子轭部上形成有第二中心孔,所述第一中心孔与所述第二中心孔均形成为所述定子磁芯的安装孔。Optionally, a second center hole is formed on the stator yoke, and the first center hole and the second center hole are both formed as mounting holes of the stator core.
可选地,所述定子轭部设置在所述定子齿部的轴向一侧。Optionally, the stator yoke is arranged on one axial side of the stator teeth.
可选地,所述定子轭部与所述定子齿部连接。Optionally, the stator yoke is connected to the stator teeth.
可选地,所述定子轭部与所述定子齿部上分别形成第一连接结构及第二连接结构,所述第一连接结构与所述第二连接结构配合。Optionally, a first connection structure and a second connection structure are formed on the stator yoke and the stator teeth, respectively, and the first connection structure cooperates with the second connection structure.
可选地,所述第一连接结构与所述第二连接结构插接配合。Optionally, the first connecting structure is plug-fitted with the second connecting structure.
可选地,所述定子轭部包括本体及插接部,所述插接部形成在所述本体沿所述定子组件的轴向一侧。Optionally, the stator yoke includes a body and an inserting portion, and the inserting portion is formed on one side of the body along the axial direction of the stator assembly.
可选地,多个所述铁芯总成包括第一类铁芯和第二类铁芯,在所述定子组件的轴向方向上,所述第二类铁芯为多个且多个所述第二类铁芯的两端均设有所述第一类铁芯;所述绕组总成包括多相绕组,所述第一类铁芯的朝向所述第二类铁芯的端面设有所述绕组的线圈,所述第二类铁芯的两侧端面均设有所述线圈,位于所述第二类铁芯的两侧的所述线圈相数相同。Optionally, the multiple core assemblies include a first type of core and a second type of core, in the axial direction of the stator assembly, there are multiple second type of cores and both ends of the multiple second type of cores are provided with the first type of core; the winding assembly includes a multi-phase winding, the end surface of the first type of core facing the second type of core is provided with the coil of the winding, the end surfaces of both sides of the second type of core are provided with the coil, and the coils are provided on the end surfaces of the two sides of the second type of core, and the coils located on both sides of the second type of core have the same number of phases.
可选地,每个所述第二类铁芯的两端的所述线圈串联连接,在所述定子组件的轴向间隔设置的同相的所述线圈通过连接线焊接连接。Optionally, the coils at both ends of each of the second-type iron cores are connected in series, and the coils of the same phase arranged at axial intervals in the stator assembly are connected by welding via connecting wires.
可选地,所述绝缘骨架的轴向端面设有引线通道,所述引线通道沿所述铁芯总成的径向延伸。Optionally, an axial end surface of the insulating skeleton is provided with a lead wire channel, and the lead wire channel extends in the radial direction of the core assembly.
可选地,所述绝缘骨架的外周壁设有多个均匀间隔设置的过线槽,至少一个所述过线槽与所述引线通道连通。Optionally, the outer peripheral wall of the insulating frame is provided with a plurality of wire passing grooves evenly spaced apart, and at least one of the wire passing grooves is connected to the lead-in channel.
根据本申请实施例的电磁作动器,包括:机壳,所述机壳内形成容纳腔;动子组件,所述动子组件设于所述容纳腔内;定子组件,所述定子组件为前述的定子组件,所述定子组件设于所述容纳腔内,所述动子组件和所述定子组件的其中一个与所述机壳连接;所述动子组件和所述定子组件耦合以使得所述动子组件和所述定子组件的其中一个与所述机壳沿轴线移动。According to the electromagnetic actuator of the embodiment of the present application, it includes: a housing, a housing forming a housing cavity; a movable assembly, the movable assembly is arranged in the housing cavity; a stator assembly, the stator assembly is the aforementioned stator assembly, the stator assembly is arranged in the housing cavity, and one of the movable assembly and the stator assembly is connected to the housing; the movable assembly and the stator assembly are coupled so that one of the movable assembly and the stator assembly moves along the axis with the housing.
根据本申请实施例的电磁作动器,通过采用前述的定子组件,以保证电磁作动器的性能,并使得电磁作动器结构简单,降低电磁作动器的装配难度。According to the electromagnetic actuator of the embodiment of the present application, the aforementioned stator assembly is adopted to ensure the performance of the electromagnetic actuator, simplify the structure of the electromagnetic actuator, and reduce the difficulty of assembling the electromagnetic actuator.
可选地,所述电磁作动器还包括中心杆,所述铁芯总成设置于所述中心杆,所述中心杆的部分结构伸出所述机 壳。Optionally, the electromagnetic actuator further comprises a center rod, the core assembly is arranged on the center rod, and a portion of the structure of the center rod extends out of the machine. shell.
可选地,所述中心杆设置有第一限位结构,所述铁芯总成上设有限位部,所述限位部与所述第一限位结构配合,以限制所述铁芯总成相对于所述中心杆的转动。Optionally, the center rod is provided with a first limiting structure, and the core assembly is provided with a limiting portion, and the limiting portion cooperates with the first limiting structure to limit the rotation of the core assembly relative to the center rod.
可选地,所述中心杆设有第一定位部,所述铁芯总成设有第二定位部,所述第一定位部和所述第二定位部配合以使所述中心杆和所述铁芯总成相对静止。Optionally, the center rod is provided with a first positioning portion, and the core assembly is provided with a second positioning portion, and the first positioning portion and the second positioning portion cooperate to make the center rod and the core assembly relatively stationary.
可选地,所述第一定位部形成为设于所述中心杆的外周壁的凹槽,所述第二定位部形成为设于所述铁芯总成的凹槽,防转杆设于所述第一定位部和所述第二定位部之间。Optionally, the first positioning portion is formed as a groove provided on the outer peripheral wall of the center rod, the second positioning portion is formed as a groove provided on the core assembly, and the anti-rotation rod is provided between the first positioning portion and the second positioning portion.
根据本申请实施例的减振装置,包括前述的电磁作动器,所述电磁作动器适于连接在车轮与车身之间。The vibration reduction device according to the embodiment of the present application includes the aforementioned electromagnetic actuator, and the electromagnetic actuator is suitable for being connected between the wheel and the vehicle body.
根据本申请实施例的减振装置,通过采用前述的电磁作动器,以保证减振装置的性能,并使得减振装置结构简单,降低减振装置的装配难度。According to the vibration reduction device of the embodiment of the present application, the aforementioned electromagnetic actuator is adopted to ensure the performance of the vibration reduction device, simplify the structure of the vibration reduction device, and reduce the difficulty of assembling the vibration reduction device.
根据本申请实施例的悬架系统,包括前述的减振装置。The suspension system according to the embodiment of the present application includes the aforementioned vibration reduction device.
根据本申请实施例的悬架系统,通过采用前述的减振装置,以保证悬架系统的性能,并使得悬架系统结构简单,降低悬架系统的装配难度。According to the suspension system of the embodiment of the present application, the aforementioned vibration reduction device is adopted to ensure the performance of the suspension system, simplify the structure of the suspension system, and reduce the difficulty of assembling the suspension system.
根据本申请实施例的车辆,包括前述的悬架系统。A vehicle according to an embodiment of the present application includes the aforementioned suspension system.
根据本申请实施例的车辆,通过采用前述的悬架系统,以保证车辆的性能,并降低车辆的装配难度。According to the vehicle of the embodiment of the present application, the aforementioned suspension system is adopted to ensure the performance of the vehicle and reduce the difficulty of assembling the vehicle.
本申请的附加方面和优点将在下面的描述中变得明显,或通过本申请的实践了解到。Additional aspects and advantages of the present application will become apparent from the following description or may be learned through practice of the present application.
本申请的上述和/或附加的方面和优点从结合下面附图对实施例的描述中将变得明显和容易理解,其中:The above and/or additional aspects and advantages of the present application will become apparent and easily understood from the description of the embodiments in conjunction with the following drawings, in which:
图1为本申请第一方面一些实施例的电磁作动器的示意图。FIG1 is a schematic diagram of an electromagnetic actuator according to some embodiments of the first aspect of the present application.
图2为本申请第一方面一些实施例的电磁作动器的剖视图。FIG. 2 is a cross-sectional view of an electromagnetic actuator according to some embodiments of the first aspect of the present application.
图3为本申请第一方面一些实施例的电磁作动器的爆炸图。FIG3 is an exploded view of an electromagnetic actuator according to some embodiments of the first aspect of the present application.
图4为图2中的电磁作动器的部分结构的放大图。FIG. 4 is an enlarged view of a portion of the structure of the electromagnetic actuator in FIG. 2 .
图5为本申请第二方面一些实施例的电磁作动器的示意图。FIG5 is a schematic diagram of an electromagnetic actuator according to some embodiments of the second aspect of the present application.
图6为本申请第二方面一些实施例的电磁作动器的爆炸图。FIG6 is an exploded view of an electromagnetic actuator according to some embodiments of the second aspect of the present application.
图7为本申请第二方面一些实施例的电磁作动器的剖视图。FIG. 7 is a cross-sectional view of an electromagnetic actuator according to some embodiments of the second aspect of the present application.
图8为本申请第二方面另一些实施例的电磁作动器的爆炸图。FIG8 is an exploded view of an electromagnetic actuator according to other embodiments of the second aspect of the present application.
图9为本申请第二方面一些实施例的第一子壳体的示意图。FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of the first sub-shell of some embodiments of the second aspect of the present application.
图10为本申请第二方面一些实施例的第一子壳体的另一角度的示意图。FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of the first sub-shell at another angle of some embodiments of the second aspect of the present application.
图11为本申请第二方面一些实施例的第二子壳体的示意图。FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of a second sub-shell of some embodiments of the second aspect of the present application.
图12为本申请第二方面一些实施例的第二子壳体的另一角度的示意图。FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of the second sub-shell at another angle of some embodiments of the second aspect of the present application.
图13为本申请第二方面一些实施例的导向杆的示意图。Figure 13 is a schematic diagram of a guide rod of some embodiments of the second aspect of the present application.
图14为本申请第二方面一些实施例的中心杆与定子组件配合时的示意图。FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of the center rod and the stator assembly of some embodiments of the second aspect of the present application.
图15为本申请第二方面一些实施例的轴承的主视图。Figure 15 is a front view of the bearing of some embodiments of the second aspect of the present application.
图16为本申请第二方面一些实施例的轴承的示意图。FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of bearings of some embodiments of the second aspect of the present application.
图17为本申请第三方面一些实施例的电磁作动器的剖视图。FIG. 17 is a cross-sectional view of an electromagnetic actuator according to some embodiments of the third aspect of the present application.
图18为图17中区域A的局部放大图。FIG. 18 is a partial enlarged view of area A in FIG. 17 .
图19为本申请第三方面一些实施例的电磁作动器的俯视图。FIG. 19 is a top view of an electromagnetic actuator according to some embodiments of the third aspect of the present application.
图20为本申请第三方面另一些实施例的电磁作动器的剖视图。FIG. 20 is a cross-sectional view of an electromagnetic actuator according to other embodiments of the third aspect of the present application.
图21为本申请第四方面一些实施例的电磁作动器的示意图。Figure 21 is a schematic diagram of an electromagnetic actuator in some embodiments of the fourth aspect of the present application.
图22为本申请第四方面一些实施例的电磁作动器的剖视图。Figure 22 is a cross-sectional view of an electromagnetic actuator of some embodiments of the fourth aspect of the present application.
图23为图22中的电磁作动器的部分结构的示意图。FIG. 23 is a schematic diagram of a partial structure of the electromagnetic actuator in FIG. 22 .
图24为本申请第四方面一些实施例的电磁作动器省去部分结构后的示意图。Figure 24 is a schematic diagram of the electromagnetic actuator of some embodiments of the fourth aspect of the present application with some structures omitted.
图25为本申请第四方面一些实施例的中心杆的主视图。Figure 25 is a front view of the center rod of some embodiments of the fourth aspect of the present application.
图26为本申请第四方面一些实施例的出线装置与连接线的示意图。Figure 26 is a schematic diagram of the wire outlet device and connecting wires of some embodiments of the fourth aspect of the present application.
图27为本申请第五方面一些实施例的电磁作动器的剖视图。Figure 27 is a cross-sectional view of an electromagnetic actuator of some embodiments of the fifth aspect of the present application.
图28为本申请第五方面一些实施例的中心杆与第二部分的示意图。Figure 28 is a schematic diagram of the center rod and the second part of some embodiments of the fifth aspect of the present application.
图29为本申请第五方面一些实施例的电磁作动器的部分结构的剖视图。Figure 29 is a cross-sectional view of a partial structure of an electromagnetic actuator in some embodiments of the fifth aspect of the present application.
图30为本申请第五方面一些实施例的电磁作动器的部分结构的俯视图。Figure 30 is a top view of the partial structure of the electromagnetic actuator of some embodiments of the fifth aspect of the present application.
图31为本申请第五方面一些实施例的定子组件的示意图。Figure 31 is a schematic diagram of the stator assembly of some embodiments of the fifth aspect of the present application.
图32为本申请第五方面另一些实施例的中心杆与第二部分的剖视图。Figure 32 is a cross-sectional view of the center rod and the second part of other embodiments of the fifth aspect of the present application.
图33为本申请第五方面另一些实施例的定子组件的示意图。Figure 33 is a schematic diagram of the stator assembly of other embodiments of the fifth aspect of the present application.
图34为本申请第五方面再一些实施例的电磁作动器的部分结构的示意图。Figure 34 is a schematic diagram of the partial structure of the electromagnetic actuator of some further embodiments of the fifth aspect of the present application.
图35为本申请第五方面再一些实施例的定子组件的部分结构的示意图。Figure 35 is a schematic diagram of the partial structure of the stator assembly of some further embodiments of the fifth aspect of the present application.
图36为本申请第六方面一些实施例的电磁作动器的剖视图。Figure 36 is a cross-sectional view of an electromagnetic actuator of some embodiments of the sixth aspect of the present application.
图37为本申请第六方面一些实施例的中心杆的剖视图。Figure 37 is a cross-sectional view of the center rod of some embodiments of the sixth aspect of the present application.
图38为本申请第六方面一些实施例的电磁作动器的部分结构的俯视图。Figure 38 is a top view of the partial structure of the electromagnetic actuator of some embodiments of the sixth aspect of the present application.
图39为本申请第六方面一些实施例的电磁作动器的部分结构的剖视图。Figure 39 is a cross-sectional view of a partial structure of an electromagnetic actuator of some embodiments of the sixth aspect of the present application.
图40为本申请第六方面另一些实施例的中心杆的剖视图。Figure 40 is a cross-sectional view of the center rod of other embodiments of the sixth aspect of the present application.
图41为本申请的定子磁芯的第一方面一些实施例的示意图。FIG. 41 is a schematic diagram of some embodiments of the first aspect of the stator core of the present application.
图42为图41中的定子磁芯切去部分结构的示意图。 FIG. 42 is a schematic diagram of a structure in which part of the stator core in FIG. 41 is cut away.
图43为本申请的定子磁芯的第二方面一些实施例的示意图。FIG43 is a schematic diagram of some embodiments of the second aspect of the stator core of the present application.
图44为图43中的定子磁芯切去部分结构的示意图。FIG. 44 is a schematic diagram of a structure in which part of the stator core in FIG. 43 is cut away.
图45为本申请的定子磁芯的第三方面一些实施例的示意图。FIG. 45 is a schematic diagram of some embodiments of the third aspect of the stator core of the present application.
图46为图45中的定子磁芯切去部分结构的示意图。FIG46 is a schematic diagram of a structure in which part of the stator core in FIG45 is cut away.
图47为本申请的定子磁芯的第四方面一些实施例的示意图。FIG. 47 is a schematic diagram of some embodiments of the fourth aspect of the stator core of the present application.
图48为图47中的定子磁芯切去部分结构的示意图。FIG48 is a schematic diagram of a structure in which part of the stator core in FIG47 is cut away.
图49为本申请的定子磁芯的第五方面一些实施例的示意图。FIG49 is a schematic diagram of some embodiments of the fifth aspect of the stator core of the present application.
图50为本申请的定子磁芯的第五方面一些实施例的爆炸图。FIG. 50 is an exploded view of some embodiments of the fifth aspect of the stator core of the present application.
图51为本申请的定子磁芯的第五方面一些实施例的爆炸图。Figure 51 is an exploded view of some embodiments of the fifth aspect of the stator core of the present application.
图52为本申请的定子磁芯的第六方面一些实施例的示意图。Figure 52 is a schematic diagram of some embodiments of the sixth aspect of the stator core of the present application.
图53为本申请的定子磁芯的第六方面一些实施例的爆炸图。FIG. 53 is an exploded view of some embodiments of the sixth aspect of the stator core of the present application.
图54为本申请的定子磁芯的第七方面一些实施例的示意图。Figure 54 is a schematic diagram of some embodiments of the seventh aspect of the stator core of the present application.
图55为图54中的定子轭部的俯视图。Figure 55 is a top view of the stator yoke in Figure 54.
图56为图55沿A-A线的剖视图。Figure 56 is a cross-sectional view of Figure 55 along line A-A.
图57为图54中的定子齿部的示意图。Figure 57 is a schematic diagram of the stator teeth in Figure 54.
图58为图54中的定子齿部与定子轭部配合时的局部放大图。Figure 58 is a partial enlarged view of the stator teeth and stator yoke in Figure 54 when they are matched.
图59为本申请第七方面一些实施例的电磁作动器的示意图。Figure 59 is a schematic diagram of an electromagnetic actuator of some embodiments of the seventh aspect of the present application.
图60为图59中的定子组件的示意图。Figure 60 is a schematic diagram of the stator assembly in Figure 59.
图61为图60中的定子组件的剖视图。Figure 61 is a cross-sectional view of the stator assembly in Figure 60.
图62为图61中的区域B的局部放大图。FIG62 is a partially enlarged view of area B in FIG61 .
图63为本申请第七方面一些实施例的第一类铁芯的示意图。Figure 63 is a schematic diagram of the first type of iron core of some embodiments of the seventh aspect of the present application.
图64为本申请第七方面一些实施例的绝缘骨架的示意图。Figure 64 is a schematic diagram of the insulating skeleton of some embodiments of the seventh aspect of the present application.
图65为本申请第七方面一些实施例的线圈的示意图。Figure 65 is a schematic diagram of coils of some embodiments of the seventh aspect of the present application.
图66为本申请第七方面一些实施例的第二类铁芯与线圈配合时的示意图。Figure 66 is a schematic diagram of the cooperation between the second type of iron core and the coil in some embodiments of the seventh aspect of the present application.
图67为本申请一些实施例的第三类铁芯的示意图。Figure 67 is a schematic diagram of the third type of iron core in some embodiments of the present application.
图68为本申请一些实施例的第三类铁芯的剖视图。Figure 68 is a cross-sectional view of the third type of core in some embodiments of the present application.
图69为本申请一些实施例的支撑铁芯的示意图。Figure 69 is a schematic diagram of the support core of some embodiments of the present application.
图70为本申请一些实施例的支撑架的示意图。Figure 70 is a schematic diagram of a support frame according to some embodiments of the present application.
图71为本申请一些实施例的第三类铁芯与线圈配合时的剖视图。Figure 71 is a cross-sectional view of the third type of iron core and coil in some embodiments of the present application.
图72为本申请第八方面一些实施例的电磁作动器的示意图。Figure 72 is a schematic diagram of an electromagnetic actuator in some embodiments of the eighth aspect of the present application.
图73为本申请第八方面一些实施例的电磁作动器的剖视图。Figure 73 is a cross-sectional view of an electromagnetic actuator of some embodiments of the eighth aspect of the present application.
图74为本申请第八方面一些实施例的机壳的剖视图。Figure 74 is a cross-sectional view of the casing of some embodiments of the eighth aspect of the present application.
图75为本申请第八方面一些实施例的中心杆的示意图。Figure 75 is a schematic diagram of the center rod of some embodiments of the eighth aspect of the present application.
图76为本申请第八方面一些实施例的中心杆的另一角度的示意图。Figure 76 is a schematic diagram of another angle of the center rod of some embodiments of the eighth aspect of the present application.
图77为本申请第八方面一些实施例的中心杆的爆炸图。Figure 77 is an exploded view of the center rod of some embodiments of the eighth aspect of the present application.
图78为本申请第八方面一些实施例的第一接线组件的示意图。Figure 78 is a schematic diagram of the first wiring assembly of some embodiments of the eighth aspect of the present application.
图79为本申请第八方面一些实施例的第一接线组件的主视图。Figure 79 is a front view of the first wiring assembly of some embodiments of the eighth aspect of the present application.
图80为本申请第八方面一些实施例的第一接线组件的爆炸图。Figure 80 is an exploded view of the first wiring assembly of some embodiments of the eighth aspect of the present application.
图81为本申请第八方面一些实施例的第二接线组件的示意图。Figure 81 is a schematic diagram of the second wiring assembly of some embodiments of the eighth aspect of the present application.
图82为本申请第八方面一些实施例的第二接线组件的主视图。Figure 82 is a front view of the second wiring assembly of some embodiments of the eighth aspect of the present application.
图83为本申请第八方面一些实施例的第二接线组件的爆炸图。Figure 83 is an exploded view of the second wiring assembly of some embodiments of the eighth aspect of the present application.
图84为本申请第八方面一些实施例的第三接线组件的示意图。Figure 84 is a schematic diagram of the third wiring assembly of some embodiments of the eighth aspect of the present application.
图85为本申请第八方面一些实施例的第三接线组件的主视图。Figure 85 is a front view of the third wiring assembly of some embodiments of the eighth aspect of the present application.
图86为本申请第八方面一些实施例的第三接线组件的爆炸图。Figure 86 is an exploded view of the third wiring assembly of some embodiments of the eighth aspect of the present application.
图87为本申请第八方面一些实施例的第一铁芯单元的示意图。Figure 87 is a schematic diagram of the first core unit of some embodiments of the eighth aspect of the present application.
图88为本申请第八方面一些实施例的第一铁芯单元的俯视图。Figure 88 is a top view of the first core unit of some embodiments of the eighth aspect of the present application.
图89为本申请第八方面一些实施例的第一铁芯单元的爆炸图。Figure 89 is an exploded view of the first core unit of some embodiments of the eighth aspect of the present application.
图90为本申请第八方面一些实施例的内侧出线装置的爆炸图。Figure 90 is an exploded view of the inner wire outlet device of some embodiments of the eighth aspect of the present application.
图91为本申请第八方面一些实施例的线圈的示意图。Figure 91 is a schematic diagram of coils of some embodiments of the eighth aspect of the present application.
图92为本申请第八方面一些实施例的线圈的俯视图。Figure 92 is a top view of the coils of some embodiments of the eighth aspect of the present application.
图93为本申请第八方面一些实施例的第二类铁芯的示意图。Figure 93 is a schematic diagram of the second type of iron core of some embodiments of the eighth aspect of the present application.
图94为本申请第八方面一些实施例的第二类铁芯的剖视图。Figure 94 is a cross-sectional view of the second type of iron core of some embodiments of the eighth aspect of the present application.
图95为本申请第八方面一些实施例的第二类铁芯省去线圈后的示意图。Figure 95 is a schematic diagram of the second type of iron core of some embodiments of the eighth aspect of the present application after the coil is omitted.
图96为本申请第八方面一些实施例的内侧接线装置的示意图。Figure 96 is a schematic diagram of the inner wiring device of some embodiments of the eighth aspect of the present application.
图97为本申请第八方面一些实施例的内侧接线装置的爆炸图。Figure 97 is an exploded view of the inner wiring device of some embodiments of the eighth aspect of the present application.
图98为本申请第八方面一些实施例的第二铁芯单元的示意图。Figure 98 is a schematic diagram of the second core unit of some embodiments of the eighth aspect of the present application.
图99为本申请第八方面一些实施例的第二铁芯单元的俯视图。Figure 99 is a top view of the second core unit of some embodiments of the eighth aspect of the present application.
图100为本申请第八方面一些实施例的第二铁芯单元省去线圈后的示意图。Figure 100 is a schematic diagram of the second core unit of some embodiments of the eighth aspect of the present application after the coil is omitted.
图101为本申请第八方面一些实施例的底部接线装置的示意图。Figure 101 is a schematic diagram of the bottom wiring device of some embodiments of the eighth aspect of the present application.
图102为本申请第八方面一些实施例的底部接线装置的爆炸图。Figure 102 is an exploded view of the bottom wiring device of some embodiments of the eighth aspect of the present application.
图103为本申请第八方面一些实施例的第一出线组件的示意图。 Figure 103 is a schematic diagram of the first output line assembly of some embodiments of the eighth aspect of the present application.
图104为本申请第八方面一些实施例的第一出线组件的爆炸图。Figure 104 is an exploded view of the first outlet wire assembly of some embodiments of the eighth aspect of the present application.
图105为本申请第八方面一些实施例的第二出线组件的示意图。Figure 105 is a schematic diagram of the second output line assembly of some embodiments of the eighth aspect of the present application.
图106为本申请第八方面一些实施例的第二出线组件的爆炸图。Figure 106 is an exploded view of the second output line assembly of some embodiments of the eighth aspect of the present application.
图107为本申请第八方面一些实施例的电磁作动器的第一相引线连接的示意图。Figure 107 is a schematic diagram of the first phase lead connection of the electromagnetic actuator of some embodiments of the eighth aspect of the present application.
图108为图107的侧视图。Figure 108 is a side view of Figure 107.
图109为图108沿B-B线的剖视图。Figure 109 is a cross-sectional view of Figure 108 along line B-B.
图110为图107的俯视图。Figure 110 is a top view of Figure 107.
图111为本申请第八方面一些实施例的电磁作动器的第二相引线连接的示意图。Figure 111 is a schematic diagram of the second phase lead connection of the electromagnetic actuator of some embodiments of the eighth aspect of the present application.
图112为图111的侧视图。Figure 112 is a side view of Figure 111.
图113为图112沿C-C线的剖视图。Figure 113 is a cross-sectional view of Figure 112 along line C-C.
图114为图111的俯视图。Figure 114 is a top view of Figure 111.
图115为本申请第八方面一些实施例的电磁作动器的第三相引线连接的示意图。Figure 115 is a schematic diagram of the third phase lead connection of the electromagnetic actuator in some embodiments of the eighth aspect of the present application.
图116为图115的侧视图。Figure 116 is a side view of Figure 115.
图117为图116沿D-D线的剖视图。Figure 117 is a cross-sectional view of Figure 116 along line D-D.
图118为图115的俯视图。Figure 118 is a top view of Figure 115.
图119为本申请第九方面一些实施例的电磁作动器的示意图。Figure 119 is a schematic diagram of an electromagnetic actuator in some embodiments of the ninth aspect of the present application.
图120为本申请第九方面一些实施例的电磁作动器的部分结构的示意图。Figure 120 is a schematic diagram of the partial structure of the electromagnetic actuator of some embodiments of the ninth aspect of the present application.
图121为本申请第九方面一些实施例的电磁作动器的部分结构的剖视图。Figure 121 is a cross-sectional view of a partial structure of an electromagnetic actuator in some embodiments of the ninth aspect of the present application.
图122为本申请第九方面一些实施例的电磁作动器的部分结构的爆炸图。Figure 122 is an exploded view of the partial structure of the electromagnetic actuator of some embodiments of the ninth aspect of the present application.
图123为本申请一些实施例的绝缘骨架的俯视图。Figure 123 is a top view of the insulating skeleton of some embodiments of the present application.
图124为本申请一些实施例的绝缘骨架的侧视图。Figure 124 is a side view of the insulating skeleton of some embodiments of the present application.
图125为本申请一些实施例的绝缘骨架的示意图。Figure 125 is a schematic diagram of the insulating skeleton of some embodiments of the present application.
图126为本申请一些实施例的绝缘骨架的另一角度的示意图。Figure 126 is a schematic diagram of the insulating skeleton from another angle of some embodiments of the present application.
图127为本申请一些实施例的绝缘骨架与铁芯总成配合时的示意图。Figure 127 is a schematic diagram of the insulation skeleton and the core assembly of some embodiments of the present application.
图128为本申请第十方面一些实施例的电磁作动器的部分结构的剖视图。Figure 128 is a cross-sectional view of the partial structure of the electromagnetic actuator of some embodiments of the tenth aspect of the present application.
图129为图128中的部分结构的放大图。FIG129 is an enlarged view of part of the structure in FIG128 .
图130为本申请第十方面一些实施例的电磁作动器的部分结构的部分剖视图。Figure 130 is a partial cross-sectional view of part of the structure of the electromagnetic actuator of some embodiments of the tenth aspect of the present application.
图131为本申请第十方面一些实施例的电磁作动器的部分结构的示意图。Figure 131 is a schematic diagram of the partial structure of the electromagnetic actuator of some embodiments of the tenth aspect of the present application.
图132为本申请第十一方面一些实施例的电磁作动器的剖视图。Figure 132 is a cross-sectional view of an electromagnetic actuator of some embodiments of the eleventh aspect of the present application.
图133为图132中区域C的局部放大图。Figure 133 is a partially enlarged view of area C in Figure 132.
图134为图132中区域D的局部放大图。Figure 134 is a partially enlarged view of area D in Figure 132.
图135为本申请第十一方面另一些实施例的电磁作动器的剖视图。Figure 135 is a cross-sectional view of an electromagnetic actuator of other embodiments of the eleventh aspect of the present application.
图136为图135中区域E的局部放大图。Figure 136 is a partially enlarged view of area E in Figure 135.
图137为本申请第十二方面一些实施例的电磁作动器的剖视图。Figure 137 is a cross-sectional view of an electromagnetic actuator of some embodiments of the twelfth aspect of the present application.
图138为本申请第十二方面一些实施例的电磁作动器的部分结构的示意图。Figure 138 is a schematic diagram of the partial structure of the electromagnetic actuator of some embodiments of the twelfth aspect of the present application.
图139为图138中的电磁作动器的部分剖视图。Figure 139 is a partial cross-sectional view of the electromagnetic actuator in Figure 138.
图140为图139中的电磁作动器的另一方向的剖视图。Figure 140 is a cross-sectional view of the electromagnetic actuator in Figure 139 from another direction.
图141为本申请第十三方面一些实施例的电磁作动器的示意图。Figure 141 is a schematic diagram of an electromagnetic actuator of some embodiments of the thirteenth aspect of the present application.
图142为本申请第十三方面一些实施例的电磁作动器的剖视图。Figure 142 is a cross-sectional view of an electromagnetic actuator of some embodiments of the thirteenth aspect of the present application.
图143为本申请第十三方面一些实施例的激光传感器的示意图。Figure 143 is a schematic diagram of a laser sensor of some embodiments of the thirteenth aspect of the present application.
图144为本申请第十三方面一些实施例的机壳向上移动后的示意图。Figure 144 is a schematic diagram of some embodiments of the thirteenth aspect of the present application after the casing moves upward.
图145为本申请第十三方面一些实施例的机壳向下移动后的示意图。Figure 145 is a schematic diagram of some embodiments of the thirteenth aspect of the present application after the casing moves downward.
图146为本申请第十三方面一些实施例的激光传感器与定子组件配合时的示意图。Figure 146 is a schematic diagram of the laser sensor and stator assembly of some embodiments of the thirteenth aspect of the present application.
图147为本申请第十四方面一些实施例的电磁作动器的仰视图。Figure 147 is a bottom view of the electromagnetic actuator of some embodiments of the fourteenth aspect of the present application.
图148为本申请第十四方面一些实施例的电磁作动器的剖视图。Figure 148 is a cross-sectional view of an electromagnetic actuator of some embodiments of the fourteenth aspect of the present application.
图149为图148沿E-E线的剖视图。Figure 149 is a cross-sectional view of Figure 148 along line E-E.
图150为本申请第十四方面一些实施例的电磁作动器的部分结构的示意图。Figure 150 is a schematic diagram of the partial structure of the electromagnetic actuator of some embodiments of the fourteenth aspect of the present application.
图151为本申请第十五方面一些实施例的电磁作动器的剖视图。Figure 151 is a cross-sectional view of an electromagnetic actuator of some embodiments of the fifteenth aspect of the present application.
图152为本申请第十五方面一些实施例的电磁作动器的部分结构的示意图。Figure 152 is a schematic diagram of the partial structure of the electromagnetic actuator of some embodiments of the fifteenth aspect of the present application.
图153为本申请第十五方面一些实施例的电磁作动器的部分磁场分布示意图之一。Figure 153 is one of the partial magnetic field distribution schematic diagrams of the electromagnetic actuator of some embodiments of the fifteenth aspect of the present application.
图154为本申请第十五方面一些实施例的电磁作动器的部分磁场分布示意图之二。Figure 154 is the second schematic diagram of partial magnetic field distribution of the electromagnetic actuator of some embodiments of the fifteenth aspect of the present application.
图155为本申请第十五方面一些实施例的第二检测件的磁场强度与中心杆行程的线性关系图。Figure 155 is a linear relationship diagram between the magnetic field strength of the second detection component and the center rod stroke of some embodiments of the fifteenth aspect of the present application.
图156为本申请第十五方面一些实施例的第一检测件的电信号与中心杆行程的线性关系图。Figure 156 is a linear relationship diagram between the electrical signal of the first detection component and the center rod stroke in some embodiments of the fifteenth aspect of the present application.
图157为本申请第十五方面一些实施例的第二检测件与第一检测件的结构示意图之一。Figure 157 is one of the structural schematic diagrams of the second detection component and the first detection component in some embodiments of the fifteenth aspect of the present application.
图158为本申请第十五方面一些实施例的第二检测件与第一检测件的结构示意图之二。Figure 158 is the second structural schematic diagram of the second detection component and the first detection component of some embodiments of the fifteenth aspect of the present application.
图159为本申请第十六方面一些实施例的电磁作动器的剖视图。Figure 159 is a cross-sectional view of an electromagnetic actuator of some embodiments of the sixteenth aspect of the present application.
图160为图159内的区域F的局部放大图。Figure 160 is a partially enlarged view of area F in Figure 159.
图161为本申请第十六方面一些实施例的第一检测件的示意图。Figure 161 is a schematic diagram of the first detection component of some embodiments of the sixteenth aspect of the present application.
图162为本申请第十六方面一些实施例的机壳向上移动后的示意图。Figure 162 is a schematic diagram of some embodiments of the sixteenth aspect of the present application after the casing moves upward.
图163为本申请第十六方面一些实施例的机壳向下移动后的示意图。Figure 163 is a schematic diagram of some embodiments of the sixteenth aspect of the present application after the housing moves downward.
图164为本申请第十六方面一些实施例的电磁作动器的仰视图。 Figure 164 is a bottom view of the electromagnetic actuator of some embodiments of the sixteenth aspect of the present application.
图165为本申请第十七方面一些实施例的检测模块的示意图。Figure 165 is a schematic diagram of the detection module of some embodiments of the seventeenth aspect of the present application.
图166为本申请第十七方面一些实施例的检测模块的另一角度的示意图。Figure 166 is a schematic diagram of the detection module of some embodiments of the seventeenth aspect of the present application from another angle.
图167为本申请第十七方面一些实施例的电磁作动器的仰视图。Figure 167 is a bottom view of the electromagnetic actuator of some embodiments of the seventeenth aspect of the present application.
图168为本申请第十八方面一些实施例的电磁作动器的示意图。Figure 168 is a schematic diagram of an electromagnetic actuator of some embodiments of the eighteenth aspect of the present application.
图169为本申请第十八方面一些实施例的电磁作动器省去部分结构后的示意图。Figure 169 is a schematic diagram of the electromagnetic actuator of some embodiments of the eighteenth aspect of the present application with some structures omitted.
图170为图169中的部分结构的放大图。Figure 170 is an enlarged view of part of the structure in Figure 169.
图171为本申请第十八方面一些实施例的电磁作动器的剖视图。Figure 171 is a cross-sectional view of an electromagnetic actuator of some embodiments of the eighteenth aspect of the present application.
图172为本申请第十八方面一些实施例的电磁作动器的俯视图。Figure 172 is a top view of the electromagnetic actuator of some embodiments of the eighteenth aspect of the present application.
图173为图172中的部分结构的放大图。Figure 173 is an enlarged view of part of the structure in Figure 172.
图174为本申请一些实施例的悬架系统的示意图。Figure 174 is a schematic diagram of a suspension system of some embodiments of the present application.
图175为本申请一些实施例的悬架系统的剖视图。Figure 175 is a cross-sectional view of a suspension system according to some embodiments of the present application.
图176为本申请一些实施例的车辆的示意图。Figure 176 is a schematic diagram of a vehicle according to some embodiments of the present application.
附图标记:Reference numerals:
1000、电磁作动器;100、机壳;101、子壳体;1011、筒体;1013、卡槽;1012、端盖;400、导向杆;430、导向凸起;410、安装凸台;411、通孔;420、安装板;421、第五连接孔;1014、伸入部;110、第一子壳体;115、第一空腔;111、第一连接部;1111、第一连接凸耳;1112、第一连接孔;112、第三连接部;1121、第三连接孔;113、第一避让槽;114、第三避让槽;120、第二子壳体;125、第二空腔;121、第二连接部;1211、第二连接凸耳;1212、第二连接孔;122、第四连接部;1221、第四连接孔;123、第二避让槽;124、第四避让槽;150、第一紧固件;160、第一避让通孔;161、第二避让通孔;180、第六连接孔;130、容纳腔;131、避让孔;193、防转孔;194、导线槽;195、第二加强筋;191、安装座;220、动子组件;210、定子组件;211、铁芯总成;2014、定子磁芯;2141、定子齿部;21411、第一叠片;21412、第一中心孔;21416、第一连接结构;21417、第二防转凸起;2142、定子轭部;21422、第二叠片;21421、第二中心孔;21423、第二连接结构;21427、本体;21428、插接部;21425、防转凹槽;2133、绕线槽;21415、定位凸起;21424、倾斜面;21426、第一凸台结构;2012、第一加强筋;2111、第一类铁芯;21111、第一环形槽;21114、第一铁芯单元;21115、第二铁芯单元;21116、第一内部安装孔;21117、第三内部安装孔;2112、第二类铁芯;21122、第二内部安装孔;2119、放置槽;350、第二定位部;2019、槽口;2013、排线槽;2015、线头出线槽;20111、凹槽;2011、走线空间;2016、支撑架;2017、支撑铁芯;2110、第三类铁芯;212、绕组总成;2121、连接线;21211、第一相引线;21212、第二相引线;21213、第三相引线;2018、第一出线头;214、第二出线头;2123、线圈;21231、引出线;21214、第一相绕组;21215、第二相绕组;21216、第三相绕组;2122、绝缘纸;213、绝缘骨架;2131、引线通道;2132、过线槽;2138、第二环形槽;2136、内侧壁;2134、第二凸台结构;2135、绝缘部;2137、装配孔;1016、螺栓;1017、定位销;140、转轴;1015、弹性限位件;300、中心杆;230、出线装置;330、过线通道;333、径向孔;334、轴向孔;331、导杆端出线槽;332、绕组段出线槽;340、第一定位部;370、第一防转部;320、冷却腔室;3211、第二进水口;3212、第二出水口;32111、第二冷却管;32121、第三冷却管;321、第一冷却腔室;322、第二冷却腔室;3221、子腔室;810、冷却结构;310、导向孔;311、出线口;831、第一螺纹段;851、第二螺纹段;312、密封盖;323、加注口;2113、接线组件;21131、长接线组件;21132、中接线组件;21133、短接线组件;2114、导电件;2115、绝缘层;21151、第一限位特征;2116、限位件;2117、第一接头;2118、第二接头;860、内侧出线装置;861、第一装配件;862、第一绝缘件;863、第一导线;870、内侧接线装置;871、第二装配件;872、第二绝缘件;873、第二导线;880、底部接线装置;881、第三绝缘件;882、第三导线;8821、第一相接头;8822、第二相接头;8823、第三相接头;216、出线组件;2161、长出线组件;2162、短出线组件;2163、第四绝缘件;2164、第四导线;2165、第二限位特征;2166、卡线凹槽;360、防转杆;380、第一限位件;390、第二限位件;391、第一部分;392、第二部分;393、活塞部;900、检测模块;910、激光传感器;920、第一传感器安装架;930、传感器;931、传感器连接端;932、连接杆;933、感应头;940、感应件;950、装配槽;960、传感器安装槽;970、第二传感器安装架;192、安装支架;1921、避让通道;170、轴承;171、凸起部;840、导向轴承;850、限位螺母;500、上支撑;600、弹簧;700、衬套;800、缓冲块;830、装配螺母;820、防尘罩;10000、悬架系统;2000、车轮;3000、板簧;4000、转向节;5000、减振装置;6000、副车架;20000、车辆。1000, electromagnetic actuator; 100, housing; 101, sub-housing; 1011, cylinder; 1013, slot; 1012, end cover; 400, guide rod; 430, guide protrusion; 410, mounting boss; 411, through hole; 420, mounting plate; 421, fifth connecting hole; 1014, insertion portion; 110, first sub-housing; 115, first cavity; 111, first connecting portion; 1111, first connecting lug; 1112, first connecting hole; 112, third connecting portion; 1121, third connecting hole; 113, first avoidance groove; 114, third avoidance groove; 120, second sub-housing; 125, second cavity; 121, second connecting portion; 1211, second connecting lug ear; 1212, second connecting hole; 122, fourth connecting portion; 1221, fourth connecting hole; 123, second avoidance groove; 124, fourth avoidance groove; 150, first fastener; 160, first avoidance through hole; 161, second avoidance through hole; 180, sixth connecting hole; 130, accommodating cavity; 131, avoidance hole; 193, anti-rotation hole; 194, wire groove; 195, second reinforcing rib; 191, mounting seat; 220, mover assembly; 210, stator assembly; 211, core assembly; 2014, stator core; 2141, stator tooth; 21411, first lamination; 21412, first center hole; 21416, first connecting structure; 21417, second anti-rotation protrusion; 2 142, stator yoke; 21422, second lamination; 21421, second center hole; 21423, second connection structure; 21427, body; 21428, plug-in portion; 21425, anti-rotation groove; 2133, winding groove; 21415, positioning protrusion; 21424, inclined surface; 21426, first boss structure; 2012, first reinforcing rib; 2111, first type iron core; 21111, first annular groove; 21114, first iron core unit; 21115, second iron core unit; 21116, first internal mounting hole; 21117, third internal mounting hole; 2112, second type iron core; 21122, second internal mounting hole; 2119, placement groove; 35 0, second positioning part; 2019, notch; 2013, cable slot; 2015, wire outlet slot; 20111, groove; 2011, wiring space; 2016, support frame; 2017, support core; 2110, third type core; 212, winding assembly; 2121, connecting wire; 21211, first phase lead; 21212, second phase lead; 21213, third phase lead; 2018, first outlet head; 214, second outlet head; 2123, coil; 21231, lead wire; 21214, first phase winding; 21215, second phase winding; 21216, third phase winding; 2122, insulating paper; 213, insulating skeleton; 2131, lead channel; 2 132, wire groove; 2138, second annular groove; 2136, inner wall; 2134, second boss structure; 2135, insulating part; 2137, assembly hole; 1016, bolt; 1017, positioning pin; 140, rotating shaft; 1015, elastic stopper; 300, center rod; 230, outlet device; 330, wire passage; 333, radial hole; 334, axial hole; 331, guide rod end outlet groove; 332, winding section outlet groove; 340, first positioning part; 370, first anti-rotation part; 320, cooling chamber; 3211, second water inlet; 3212, second water outlet; 32111, second cooling pipe; 32121, third cooling pipe; 321, first cooling chamber ; 322, second cooling chamber; 3221, sub-chamber; 810, cooling structure; 310, guide hole; 311, outlet; 831, first thread segment; 851, second thread segment; 312, sealing cover; 323, filling port; 2113, wiring assembly; 21131, long wiring assembly; 21132, middle wiring assembly; 21133, short wiring assembly; 2114, conductive member; 2115, insulating layer; 21151, first limiting feature; 2116, limiting member; 2117, first connector; 2118, second connector; 860, inner outlet device; 861, first assembly member; 862, first insulating member; 863, first conductor; 870, inner wiring device; 871, Second assembly part; 872, second insulating part; 873, second conductor; 880, bottom wiring device; 881, third insulating part; 882, third conductor; 8821, first phase connector; 8822, second phase connector; 8823, third phase connector; 216, outlet assembly; 2161, long outlet assembly; 2162, short outlet assembly; 2163, fourth insulating part; 2164, fourth conductor; 2165, second limiting feature; 2166, wire clamping groove; 360, anti-rotation rod; 380, first limiting part; 390, second limiting part; 391, first part; 392, second part; 393, piston part; 900, detection module; 910, laser sensor; 920, first sensor sensor mounting frame; 930, sensor; 931, sensor connection end; 932, connecting rod; 933, induction head; 940, induction member; 950, assembly groove; 960, sensor mounting groove; 970, second sensor mounting frame; 192, mounting bracket; 1921, avoidance channel; 170, bearing; 171, protrusion; 840, guide bearing; 850, limit nut; 500, upper support; 600, spring; 700, bushing; 800, buffer block; 830, assembly nut; 820, dust cover; 10000, suspension system; 2000, wheel; 3000, leaf spring; 4000, steering knuckle; 5000, shock absorber; 6000, subframe; 20000, vehicle.
下面详细描述本申请的实施例,所述实施例的示例在附图中示出,其中自始至终相同或类似的标号表示相同或类似的元件或具有相同或类似功能的元件。下面通过参考附图描述的实施例是示例性的,仅用于解释本申请,而不能理解为对本申请的限制。The embodiments of the present application are described in detail below, and examples of the embodiments are shown in the accompanying drawings, wherein the same or similar reference numerals throughout represent the same or similar elements or elements having the same or similar functions. The embodiments described below with reference to the accompanying drawings are exemplary and are only used to explain the present application, and cannot be understood as limiting the present application.
在本申请的描述中,需要理解的是,术语“中心”、“纵向”、“横向”、“长度”、“宽度”、“厚度”、“上”、“下”、“前”、“后”、“左”、“右”、“竖直”、“水平”、“顶”、“底”、“内”、“外”、“顺时针”、“逆时针”、“轴向”、“径向”、“周向”等指示的方位或位置关系为基于附图所示的方位或位置关系,仅是为了便于描述本申请和简化描述,而不是指示或暗示所指的装置或元件必须具有特定的方位、以特定的方位构造和操作,因此不能理解为对本申请的限制。In the description of the present application, it should be understood that the terms "center", "longitudinal", "lateral", "length", "width", "thickness", "up", "down", "front", "back", "left", "right", "vertical", "horizontal", "top", "bottom", "inside", "outside", "clockwise", "counterclockwise", "axial", "radial", "circumferential" and the like indicate orientations or positional relationships based on the orientations or positional relationships shown in the accompanying drawings, and are only for the convenience of describing the present application and simplifying the description, and do not indicate or imply that the referred device or element must have a specific orientation, be constructed and operated in a specific orientation, and therefore should not be understood as a limitation on the present application.
在本申请的描述中,限定有“第一”、“第二”的特征可以明示或者隐含地包括一个或者更多个该特征,用于区别描述特征,无顺序之分,无轻重之分。In the description of the present application, features defined as “first” or “second” may explicitly or implicitly include one or more such features, and are used to distinguish and describe the features, without any distinction in order or importance.
下面参考说明书附图描述本申请实施例的电磁作动器1000的定子组件210。The stator assembly 210 of the electromagnetic actuator 1000 according to the embodiment of the present application will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
结合图59、图60、图61和图62所示,根据本申请实施例的一种电磁作动器1000的定子组件210包括:多个铁芯总成211、多个绕组总成212和多个绝缘骨架213。 As shown in Figures 59, 60, 61 and 62, a stator assembly 210 of an electromagnetic actuator 1000 according to an embodiment of the present application includes: a plurality of core assemblies 211, a plurality of winding assemblies 212 and a plurality of insulating frames 213.
其中,多个铁芯总成211沿定子组件210的轴向依次层叠设置。The plurality of core assemblies 211 are stacked in sequence along the axial direction of the stator assembly 210 .
多个绕组总成212设于多个铁芯总成211。The plurality of winding assemblies 212 are disposed on the plurality of core assemblies 211 .
每个铁芯总成211和绕组总成212之间设有绝缘骨架213。An insulating frame 213 is provided between each core assembly 211 and the winding assembly 212 .
由上述结构可知,本申请实施例的电磁作动器1000的定子组件210,由铁芯总成211、绕组总成212和绝缘骨架213组成,且每个铁芯总成211和绕组总成212之间均设有绝缘骨架213,以保证定子组件210的性能,并使得定子组件210结构简单,降低定子组件210的装配难度。It can be seen from the above structure that the stator assembly 210 of the electromagnetic actuator 1000 of the embodiment of the present application is composed of an iron core assembly 211, a winding assembly 212 and an insulating frame 213, and an insulating frame 213 is provided between each iron core assembly 211 and the winding assembly 212 to ensure the performance of the stator assembly 210, and to make the structure of the stator assembly 210 simple, thereby reducing the difficulty of assembling the stator assembly 210.
在一些实施例中,结合图41-图48所示,铁芯总成211包括定子磁芯2014,定子磁芯2014包括:定子齿部2141和定子轭部2142,定子齿部2141包括多个沿定子组件210的轴向堆叠设置的第一叠片21411,定子轭部2142形成为环状且设于定子齿部2141,定子轭部2142的至少部分位于定子齿部2141的一侧以使定子齿部2141与定子轭部2142之间形成绕线槽2133,绕组总成212包括多相绕组,绕组的线圈2123(线圈2123的具体结构可参见图65)均放置于绕线槽2133上。从而实现将绕组总成212设在铁芯总成211上,以保证定子组件210的工作性能,并降低定子组件210的装配难度。In some embodiments, in combination with Figures 41-48, the core assembly 211 includes a stator core 2014, and the stator core 2014 includes: a stator tooth portion 2141 and a stator yoke portion 2142, the stator tooth portion 2141 includes a plurality of first laminations 21411 stacked along the axial direction of the stator assembly 210, the stator yoke portion 2142 is formed in a ring shape and is arranged on the stator tooth portion 2141, at least a portion of the stator yoke portion 2142 is located on one side of the stator tooth portion 2141 so that a winding groove 2133 is formed between the stator tooth portion 2141 and the stator yoke portion 2142, the winding assembly 212 includes a multi-phase winding, and the coils 2123 of the winding (the specific structure of the coil 2123 can be seen in Figure 65) are all placed on the winding groove 2133. Thereby, the winding assembly 212 is arranged on the core assembly 211 to ensure the working performance of the stator assembly 210 and reduce the difficulty of assembling the stator assembly 210 .
需要说明的是,通过将定子齿部2141设置成包括多个沿定子组件210的轴向堆叠设置的第一叠片21411,多个第一叠片21411相比于将定子齿部2141设置为一整块导体的结构而言,可有效减弱定子齿部2141的涡流损耗,进而提高电磁作动器1000的推力和效率。It should be noted that, by configuring the stator tooth 2141 to include a plurality of first laminations 21411 stacked along the axial direction of the stator assembly 210, the plurality of first laminations 21411 can effectively reduce the eddy current loss of the stator tooth 2141 compared to configuring the stator tooth 2141 as a whole conductor, thereby improving the thrust and efficiency of the electromagnetic actuator 1000.
在一些实施例中,绕线槽2133形成在定子齿部2141的轴向一侧并位于定子轭部2142的径向外周,从而便于将绕组的线圈2123放置于绕线槽2133上。In some embodiments, the winding groove 2133 is formed on one axial side of the stator tooth portion 2141 and is located on the radial outer periphery of the stator yoke portion 2142 , so as to facilitate placing the coil 2123 of the winding on the winding groove 2133 .
在一些实施例中,结合图41-图48所示,定子轭部2142设置在定子齿部2141的轴向一侧。以使定子齿部2141与定子轭部2142之间形成绕线槽2133,从而便于将绕组的线圈2123放置于绕线槽2133上,降低绕组总成212与铁芯总成211的配合难度,以保证定子组件210的工作性能。In some embodiments, as shown in FIGS. 41 to 48 , the stator yoke 2142 is disposed on one axial side of the stator tooth 2141. A winding groove 2133 is formed between the stator tooth 2141 and the stator yoke 2142, so that the coil 2123 of the winding is conveniently placed on the winding groove 2133, and the difficulty of matching the winding assembly 212 with the core assembly 211 is reduced, so as to ensure the working performance of the stator assembly 210.
在一些实施例中,结合图41-图46所示,定子轭部2142包括多个叠放设置的第二叠片21422,多个第二叠片21422沿定子组件210的径向叠放设置。以有效削弱定子齿部2141的涡流损耗。In some embodiments, as shown in FIGS. 41 to 46 , the stator yoke 2142 includes a plurality of stacked second laminations 21422 , and the plurality of second laminations 21422 are stacked along the radial direction of the stator assembly 210 , so as to effectively reduce the eddy current loss of the stator teeth 2141 .
也就是说,定子齿部2141的多个第一叠片21411沿定子组件210的轴向堆叠设置,定子轭部2142的多个第二叠片21422沿定子组件210的径向叠放设置,轴向叠压的齿部和径向叠压的轭部可以明显削弱定子齿部2141中的涡流损耗。That is to say, the multiple first laminations 21411 of the stator tooth portion 2141 are stacked along the axial direction of the stator assembly 210, and the multiple second laminations 21422 of the stator yoke portion 2142 are stacked along the radial direction of the stator assembly 210. The axially stacked teeth and the radially stacked yoke portions can significantly weaken the eddy current loss in the stator tooth portion 2141.
在一些实施例中,如图41和图42所示,定子齿部2141和定子轭部2142由一体式硅钢片冲压叠压所制成,一体式的冲压结构也可保证电磁作动器1000的推力和效率,同时削弱电磁作动器1000的推力波动。In some embodiments, as shown in Figures 41 and 42, the stator teeth 2141 and the stator yoke 2142 are made of one-piece silicon steel sheets stamped and laminated. The one-piece stamping structure can also ensure the thrust and efficiency of the electromagnetic actuator 1000 while weakening the thrust fluctuation of the electromagnetic actuator 1000.
同时,一体式的冲压结构还具有结构断面少、胶粘少、装配精度高以及不影响电磁作动器1000的推力效率的优势。At the same time, the integrated stamping structure also has the advantages of less structural cross-section, less adhesiveness, high assembly accuracy and no influence on the thrust efficiency of the electromagnetic actuator 1000.
当然,在另一些实施例中,结合图44和图45所示,定子轭部2142也可固定在定子齿部2141上以形成定子磁芯2014,也就是说,定子磁芯2014也可由独立的定子轭部2142和定子齿部2141固定制成。Of course, in other embodiments, as shown in Figures 44 and 45, the stator yoke 2142 can also be fixed on the stator teeth 2141 to form the stator core 2014, that is, the stator core 2014 can also be made by fixing independent stator yokes 2142 and stator teeth 2141.
在一些实施例中,定子轭部2142与定子齿部2141连接。以使得定子轭部2142与定子齿部2141相对位置稳定,保证定子磁芯2014的工作性能。In some embodiments, the stator yoke 2142 is connected to the stator teeth 2141 so that the relative positions of the stator yoke 2142 and the stator teeth 2141 are stable, thereby ensuring the working performance of the stator core 2014 .
在一些实施例中,定子轭部2142和定子齿部2141通过激光焊加强连接。In some embodiments, the stator yoke 2142 and the stator teeth 2141 are connected by laser welding.
需要说明的是,上述定子轭部2142和定子齿部2141的装配方式可使得定子磁芯2014具有分开叠压、工艺成熟等优点,定子磁芯2014可适用于复杂的铁芯总成211结构。It should be noted that the above-mentioned assembly method of the stator yoke 2142 and the stator teeth 2141 can make the stator core 2014 have the advantages of separate lamination and mature technology, and the stator core 2014 can be suitable for complex core assembly 211 structure.
在其他的一些实施例中,结合图45和图46所示,定子轭部2142轴向插入并固定在轴向叠压的定子齿部2141内。这样也可使得定子磁芯2014由独立的定子轭部2142和定子齿部2141固定制成。In some other embodiments, as shown in Figures 45 and 46, the stator yoke 2142 is axially inserted and fixed in the axially stacked stator teeth 2141. In this way, the stator core 2014 can also be made by fixing the independent stator yoke 2142 and stator teeth 2141.
在一些实施例中,定子轭部2142插入定子齿部2141内并与定子齿部2141通过激光焊加强连接,在保证一定的装配精度时,还也保证定子轭部2142和定子齿部2141连接紧固。In some embodiments, the stator yoke 2142 is inserted into the stator teeth 2141 and is reinforced with the stator teeth 2141 by laser welding, which ensures that the stator yoke 2142 and the stator teeth 2141 are firmly connected while ensuring a certain assembly accuracy.
此外,上述配合形式在大幅度降低铁芯总成211的涡流损耗的同时,还可提高安装精度,降低对直线电机推力和效率的影响,削弱推力波动。In addition, the above-mentioned matching form can significantly reduce the eddy current loss of the core assembly 211, while also improving the installation accuracy, reducing the impact on the thrust and efficiency of the linear motor, and weakening thrust fluctuations.
在一些实施例中,结合图47和图48所示,定子轭部2142包括多个叠放设置的第二叠片21422,多个第二叠片21422沿定子组件210的轴向堆叠设置。也就是说,不限于将多个第二叠片21422沿定子组件210的径向堆叠设置,也可将多个第二叠片21422设置成沿定子组件210的轴向堆叠设置,由于硅钢片轴向冲压叠压工艺非常成熟,因此该技术方案的工艺可行性高。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 47 and FIG. 48 , the stator yoke 2142 includes a plurality of stacked second laminations 21422, and the plurality of second laminations 21422 are stacked in the axial direction of the stator assembly 210. That is, it is not limited to stacking the plurality of second laminations 21422 in the radial direction of the stator assembly 210, and the plurality of second laminations 21422 may also be stacked in the axial direction of the stator assembly 210. Since the axial stamping and stacking process of silicon steel sheets is very mature, the process feasibility of this technical solution is high.
综上,定子磁芯2014由轴向叠压的硅钢片固定在轴向叠压的硅钢片上所制成。In summary, the stator core 2014 is made of axially laminated silicon steel sheets fixed on axially laminated silicon steel sheets.
在一些实施例中,定子轭部2142和定子齿部2141通过激光焊连接。In some embodiments, the stator yoke 2142 and the stator teeth 2141 are connected by laser welding.
通过上述配合方式,可使得定子轭部2142和定子齿部2141能够分开叠压,轴向安装精度高,且不影响直线电机的推力和效率,削弱推力波动。Through the above-mentioned matching method, the stator yoke 2142 and the stator tooth 2141 can be separately stacked, with high axial installation accuracy, without affecting the thrust and efficiency of the linear motor, and weakening thrust fluctuations.
在一些实施例中,结合图41-图46所示,定子轭部2142为卷绕件,卷绕件沿定子组件210的周向卷绕设置。需要说明的是,这里的卷绕件是指,定子轭部2142由一整片硅钢片绕轴线螺旋卷绕而成,其作用等效于轴向叠压硅钢片削弱定子齿部2141涡流损耗的作用,也就是可以较多的削弱定子轭部2142中的涡流损耗。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 41 to FIG. 46 , the stator yoke 2142 is a winding, and the winding is arranged along the circumference of the stator assembly 210. It should be noted that the winding here means that the stator yoke 2142 is formed by spirally winding a whole piece of silicon steel sheet around the axis, and its function is equivalent to the function of axially stacking silicon steel sheets to weaken the eddy current loss of the stator teeth 2141, that is, the eddy current loss in the stator yoke 2142 can be largely weakened.
在一些实施例中,结合图41-图46所示,定子齿部2141上形成有第一中心孔21412,定子轭部2142位于第一中心孔21412内。以实现将定子轭部2142设在定子齿部2141上,降低定子齿部2141与定子轭部2142的配合难度。In some embodiments, as shown in FIGS. 41 to 46 , a first center hole 21412 is formed on the stator tooth 2141, and the stator yoke 2142 is located in the first center hole 21412. This allows the stator yoke 2142 to be disposed on the stator tooth 2141, thereby reducing the difficulty of matching the stator tooth 2141 with the stator yoke 2142.
在一些实施例中,结合图41-图46所示,定子轭部2142上形成有第二中心孔21421,第一中心孔21412与第二中心孔21421均形成为定子磁芯2014的安装孔。从而便于将定子磁芯2014装配在中心杆300上,实现定子磁芯2014与中心杆300的配合连接。In some embodiments, as shown in FIGS. 41 to 46 , a second center hole 21421 is formed on the stator yoke 2142, and both the first center hole 21412 and the second center hole 21421 are formed as mounting holes for the stator core 2014. This facilitates the assembly of the stator core 2014 on the center rod 300, thereby achieving the matching connection between the stator core 2014 and the center rod 300.
在一些实施例中,结合图41-图48所示,定子轭部2142及定子齿部2141的至少一个上形成有与中心杆300配合的定位凸起21415。这样在装配过程中,可使得定子轭部2142和定子齿部2141能够与中心杆300形成过盈配 合,保证铁芯总成211与中心杆300的连接强度以及相对位置稳定性,避免铁芯总成211在运动过程中在中心杆300的结构上发生周向旋转的情况,同时提高定子轭部2142与中心杆300的装配精度,并在显著削弱涡流损耗的同时,减少对直线电机推力和效率的影响。In some embodiments, as shown in FIGS. 41 to 48 , at least one of the stator yoke 2142 and the stator tooth 2141 is formed with a positioning protrusion 21415 that cooperates with the center rod 300. In this way, during the assembly process, the stator yoke 2142 and the stator tooth 2141 can form an interference fit with the center rod 300. The combination ensures the connection strength and relative position stability between the core assembly 211 and the center rod 300, avoids the circumferential rotation of the core assembly 211 on the structure of the center rod 300 during movement, and improves the assembly accuracy of the stator yoke 2142 and the center rod 300, and significantly weakens the eddy current loss while reducing the impact on the thrust and efficiency of the linear motor.
在一些实施例中,结合图41-图48所示,定子轭部2142和定子齿部2141上均形成有与中心杆300配合的定位凸起21415。以使得定子轭部2142和定子齿部2141能够与中心杆300形成紧密配合。In some embodiments, as shown in FIGS. 41 to 48 , positioning protrusions 21415 that cooperate with the center rod 300 are formed on the stator yoke 2142 and the stator teeth 2141 , so that the stator yoke 2142 and the stator teeth 2141 can form a tight fit with the center rod 300 .
在一些实施例中,结合图41-图48所示,定子齿部2141上形成有凹槽20111,用于线圈2123之间的跨相连接。In some embodiments, as shown in FIGS. 41-48 , a groove 20111 is formed on the stator tooth 2141 for cross-phase connection between the coils 2123 .
同时,通过在定子轭部2142和定子齿部2141上均形成与中心杆300配合的定位凸起21415,还可保证凹槽20111对齐,降低线圈2123的出线难度。At the same time, by forming positioning protrusions 21415 that cooperate with the center rod 300 on the stator yoke 2142 and the stator tooth 2141, the alignment of the grooves 20111 can be ensured, thereby reducing the difficulty of wiring the coil 2123.
在一些实施例中,结合图49-图53所示,定子轭部2142形成为一体件。也就是说,定子轭部2142不限于形成为卷绕件,还可形成为一体件,以降低定子轭部2142的成型难度。In some embodiments, as shown in Figures 49 to 53, the stator yoke 2142 is formed as an integral piece. That is, the stator yoke 2142 is not limited to being formed as a winding piece, but can also be formed as an integral piece to reduce the difficulty of forming the stator yoke 2142.
在一些实施例中,结合图49-图53所示,定子轭部2142包括本体21427及插接部21428,插接部21428形成在本体21427沿定子组件210的轴向一侧。以便于利用插接部21428实现定子轭部2142与定子齿部2141的固定连接,并降低定子轭部2142与定子齿部2141的连接难度。In some embodiments, as shown in FIGS. 49 to 53 , the stator yoke 2142 includes a body 21427 and a plug-in portion 21428, and the plug-in portion 21428 is formed on one side of the body 21427 along the axial direction of the stator assembly 210. The plug-in portion 21428 is used to realize the fixed connection between the stator yoke 2142 and the stator tooth 2141, and the connection difficulty between the stator yoke 2142 and the stator tooth 2141 is reduced.
在一些实施例中,结合图49-图53所示,定子齿部2141由轴向叠压硅钢片制成,定子轭部2142由实体材料机加工制成,其中,定子轭部2142的材料为软磁材料,定子轭部2142和定子齿部2141上均形成与中心杆300配合的定位凸起21415,定子齿部2141上形成有凹槽20111,用于线圈2123之间的跨相连接。In some embodiments, as shown in Figures 49-53, the stator tooth portion 2141 is made of axially laminated silicon steel sheets, and the stator yoke portion 2142 is machined from solid material, wherein the material of the stator yoke portion 2142 is soft magnetic material, and positioning protrusions 21415 that cooperate with the center rod 300 are formed on the stator yoke portion 2142 and the stator tooth portion 2141, and a groove 20111 is formed on the stator tooth portion 2141 for cross-phase connection between the coils 2123.
在一些实施例中,结合图49、图50和图51所示,插接部21428为形成为本体21427上的凸台,定子齿部2141上形成有第一连接结构21416,第一连接结构21416形成能够为燕尾槽,凸台插入燕尾槽内与定子齿部2141固定,同时使用激光焊进一步加强定子轭部2142与定子齿部2141的齿轭的连接强度,实现定子轭部2142与定子齿部2141的固定连接。In some embodiments, in combination with Figures 49, 50 and 51, the plug-in portion 21428 is formed as a boss on the main body 21427, and a first connecting structure 21416 is formed on the stator tooth portion 2141. The first connecting structure 21416 is formed to be a dovetail groove, and the boss is inserted into the dovetail groove and fixed to the stator tooth portion 2141. At the same time, laser welding is used to further strengthen the connection strength between the stator yoke portion 2142 and the stator tooth portion 2141, thereby achieving a fixed connection between the stator yoke portion 2142 and the stator tooth portion 2141.
同时,上述结构还可使定子齿部2141能够较大幅度削弱铁芯总成211中的涡流损耗,同时也保证了直线电机的推力和效率。At the same time, the above structure can also enable the stator tooth portion 2141 to significantly weaken the eddy current loss in the core assembly 211, while also ensuring the thrust and efficiency of the linear motor.
在一些实施例中,采用同一梯形冲头冲压出形成为燕尾槽的第一连接结构21416,使得第一连接结构21416的开槽越靠近定子齿部2141的外缘越宽,这样当插接部21428插入第一连接结构21416内时,因为燕尾槽的槽口宽度小于燕尾槽的底部宽度,可保证插接部21428在第一连接结构21416内无法滑脱,加强了定子轭部2142与定子齿部2141的固定强度。In some embodiments, the same trapezoidal punch is used to punch out the first connection structure 21416 formed as a dovetail groove, so that the slot of the first connection structure 21416 becomes wider as it is closer to the outer edge of the stator tooth portion 2141. In this way, when the plug-in portion 21428 is inserted into the first connection structure 21416, because the slot width of the dovetail groove is smaller than the bottom width of the dovetail groove, the plug-in portion 21428 can be prevented from slipping out of the first connection structure 21416, thereby strengthening the fixing strength between the stator yoke portion 2142 and the stator tooth portion 2141.
在一些实施例中,燕尾槽底部的相对两端朝向远离燕尾槽的内部倒圆角,倒圆由于带倒圆角的冲头形成,使用带倒圆角的冲头可提高冲头的使用寿命,同时,通过在燕尾槽上设置倒圆角还可避免插接部21428与第一连接结构21416在装配过程中产生干涉,保证插接部21428可以沿轴向正常插入第一连接结构21416内并完成定子轭部2142与定子齿部2141的固定。In some embodiments, the opposite ends of the bottom of the dovetail groove are chamfered toward the inside away from the dovetail groove. The chamfer is formed by a punch with chamfered corners. Using a punch with chamfered corners can increase the service life of the punch. At the same time, by setting the chamfer on the dovetail groove, interference between the plug-in portion 21428 and the first connecting structure 21416 during the assembly process can be avoided, thereby ensuring that the plug-in portion 21428 can be normally inserted into the first connecting structure 21416 along the axial direction and complete the fixation of the stator yoke portion 2142 and the stator tooth portion 2141.
此外,当插接部21428插入第一连接结构21416内时,由于插接部21428的侧面与本体21427的底部端面形成有倒圆角,会导致本体21427的底部端面与定子齿部2141的端面无法贴合,因此,本实施例在本体21427的底部端面与插接部21428的侧面之间形成朝向插接部2142中心线倾斜的斜面,可在插接部21428的侧面与本体21427的底部端面有倒圆角存在时,保证定子轭部2142与定子齿部2141的贴合,从而保证结构的可靠性。In addition, when the plug-in portion 21428 is inserted into the first connecting structure 21416, since the side surface of the plug-in portion 21428 and the bottom end surface of the main body 21427 form a rounded corner, the bottom end surface of the main body 21427 and the end surface of the stator tooth portion 2141 cannot fit together. Therefore, in this embodiment, an inclined surface inclined toward the center line of the plug-in portion 2142 is formed between the bottom end surface of the main body 21427 and the side surface of the plug-in portion 21428. When the side surface of the plug-in portion 21428 and the bottom end surface of the main body 21427 have rounded corners, the stator yoke portion 2142 and the stator tooth portion 2141 can be fit together, thereby ensuring the reliability of the structure.
在一些实施例中,结合图52和图53所示,定子轭部2142包括本体21427及插接部21428,本体21427设于多个第一叠片21411的轴向侧,本体21427的平面尺寸与第一叠片21411的内外径等同,插接部21428插接配合在第一中心孔21412内,这样也可实现定子轭部2142与定子齿部2141的固定连接。In some embodiments, in combination with Figures 52 and 53, the stator yoke 2142 includes a main body 21427 and a plug-in portion 21428. The main body 21427 is arranged on the axial side of the plurality of first laminations 21411. The planar size of the main body 21427 is equal to the inner and outer diameters of the first laminations 21411. The plug-in portion 21428 is plugged into the first center hole 21412, thereby achieving a fixed connection between the stator yoke 2142 and the stator tooth portion 2141.
可选地,结合图52和图53所示,定子齿部2141上设有第二防转凸起21417,定子轭部2142上设有防转凹槽21425,第二防转凸起21417配合在防转凹槽21425内,实现定子齿部2141与定子轭部2142的固定配合,防止定子齿部2141转动,进一步保证凹槽20111对齐,降低线圈2123的出线难度。Optionally, in combination with Figures 52 and 53, a second anti-rotation protrusion 21417 is provided on the stator tooth 2141, and an anti-rotation groove 21425 is provided on the stator yoke 2142. The second anti-rotation protrusion 21417 is engaged in the anti-rotation groove 21425 to achieve fixed engagement between the stator tooth 2141 and the stator yoke 2142, preventing the stator tooth 2141 from rotating, further ensuring the alignment of the groove 20111, and reducing the difficulty of wiring the coil 2123.
在一些实施例中,定子轭部2142与定子齿部2141通过第二防转凸起21417和防转凹槽21425配合连接后,再使用激光焊进一步加强定子轭部2142与定子齿部2141的连接强度。In some embodiments, after the stator yoke 2142 and the stator teeth 2141 are connected by the second anti-rotation protrusion 21417 and the anti-rotation groove 21425, laser welding is used to further strengthen the connection strength between the stator yoke 2142 and the stator teeth 2141.
在一些实施例中,结合图52和图53所示,本体21427和插接部21428的连接处设有第一凸台结构21426,防止本体21427和插接部21428的连接处断裂,还可进一步加强连接处的机械强度。In some embodiments, as shown in Figures 52 and 53, a first boss structure 21426 is provided at the connection between the main body 21427 and the plug-in portion 21428 to prevent the connection between the main body 21427 and the plug-in portion 21428 from breaking and further enhance the mechanical strength of the connection.
在一些实施例中,结合图54-图58所示,定子轭部2142与定子齿部2141上分别形成第一连接结构21416及第二连接结构21423,第一连接结构21416与第二连接结构21423配合。以实现定子轭部2142与定子齿部2141的配合连接。In some embodiments, as shown in FIGS. 54 to 58 , a first connection structure 21416 and a second connection structure 21423 are formed on the stator yoke 2142 and the stator tooth 2141 , respectively, and the first connection structure 21416 cooperates with the second connection structure 21423 to achieve the cooperative connection between the stator yoke 2142 and the stator tooth 2141 .
在一些实施例中,结合图54-图58所示,第一连接结构21416与第二连接结构21423插接配合。从而实现定子轭部2142与定子齿部2141的插接配合,降低定子轭部2142与定子齿部2141的固定难度,并保证固定质量,使得定子轭部2142与定子齿部2141相对位置稳定。In some embodiments, as shown in FIGS. 54 to 58 , the first connection structure 21416 is plugged into the second connection structure 21423. This allows the stator yoke 2142 to be plugged into the stator teeth 2141, reduces the difficulty of fixing the stator yoke 2142 and the stator teeth 2141, ensures the fixing quality, and stabilizes the relative position of the stator yoke 2142 and the stator teeth 2141.
在一些实施例中,结合图54-图58所示,定子轭部2142的下方设有多个第二连接结构21423,第二连接结构21423形成为立柱结构,立柱的厚度与定子齿部2141的厚度等高,定子齿部2141上设有多个与立柱结构配合的第一连接结构21416,第一连接结构21416形成为燕尾槽,立柱结构插入定子齿部2141对应位置的燕尾槽内,以此将定子轭部2142与定子齿部2141固定连接。In some embodiments, in combination with Figures 54-58, a plurality of second connection structures 21423 are provided below the stator yoke 2142, and the second connection structure 21423 is formed as a column structure, and the thickness of the column is the same as the thickness of the stator tooth portion 2141, and a plurality of first connection structures 21416 cooperating with the column structure are provided on the stator tooth portion 2141, and the first connection structure 21416 is formed as a dovetail groove, and the column structure is inserted into the dovetail groove at the corresponding position of the stator tooth portion 2141, so as to fix the stator yoke 2142 and the stator tooth portion 2141.
需要说明的是,因线圈2123围绕着定子轭部2142并盘绕放置在定子齿部2141上,当电磁作动器1000运行时,磁力线主要沿着定子齿部2141内的径向和定子轭部2142内的轴向方向移动,其中,定子齿部2141通过轴向叠压的硅钢片可较多的削弱齿部内产生的涡流损耗,定子轭部2142通过周向卷绕的硅钢片削弱定子轭部2142中的涡流损耗。It should be noted that since the coil 2123 surrounds the stator yoke 2142 and is coiled and placed on the stator teeth 2141, when the electromagnetic actuator 1000 is running, the magnetic lines of force mainly move along the radial direction within the stator teeth 2141 and the axial direction within the stator yoke 2142, wherein the stator teeth 2141 can largely weaken the eddy current loss generated in the teeth through the axially stacked silicon steel sheets, and the stator yoke 2142 can weaken the eddy current loss in the stator yoke 2142 through the circumferentially wound silicon steel sheets.
在一些实施例中,定子轭部2142采用冲压后卷绕的工艺成型,其中,立柱在冲压时采用同一冲头,冲头形状为梯形,因若使用方形冲头,立柱结构与定子轭部2142连接处和定子齿部2141的局部区域会形成装配干涉,同时若不设计倒圆角,冲头的寿命会大大简短,从而导致成本增加。 In some embodiments, the stator yoke 2142 is formed by a process of stamping and then winding, wherein the same punch is used for stamping the column, and the punch shape is trapezoidal. If a square punch is used, assembly interference will form at the connection between the column structure and the stator yoke 2142 and the local area of the stator tooth 2141. At the same time, if the chamfered corners are not designed, the life of the punch will be greatly shortened, thereby increasing costs.
因此,本实施例使用同一个带倒圆角的梯形冲头来加工第二连接结构21423,可降低工艺成本并满足工艺装配要求。Therefore, this embodiment uses the same trapezoidal punch with rounded corners to process the second connection structure 21423, which can reduce the process cost and meet the process assembly requirements.
此外,在第二连接结构21423与第一连接结构21416配合时,当第二连接结构21423插入定子齿部214所开的燕尾槽内,由于第二连接结构21423的侧面与定子轭部2142的底部端面形成有倒圆角,会产生定子轭部2142的底部端面与定子齿部2141的端面无法贴合的风险,通过采用梯形冲头,可在定子轭部2142的底部端面与第二连接结构21423的侧面形成朝向第二连接结构21423的中心线倾斜的倾斜面21424(如图58所示),这种可在第二连接结构21423与定子轭部2142的底部端面有倒圆角存在时,保证定子轭部2142与定子齿部2141可以贴合,从而保证结构的可靠性。In addition, when the second connecting structure 21423 cooperates with the first connecting structure 21416, when the second connecting structure 21423 is inserted into the dovetail groove opened in the stator tooth portion 214, since the side surface of the second connecting structure 21423 and the bottom end surface of the stator yoke 2142 form a chamfer, there is a risk that the bottom end surface of the stator yoke 2142 and the end surface of the stator tooth portion 2141 cannot fit together. By adopting a trapezoidal punch, an inclined surface 21424 inclined toward the center line of the second connecting structure 21423 can be formed on the bottom end surface of the stator yoke 2142 and the side surface of the second connecting structure 21423 (as shown in Figure 58). This can ensure that the stator yoke 2142 and the stator tooth portion 2141 can fit together when the second connecting structure 21423 and the bottom end surface of the stator yoke 2142 have chamfers, thereby ensuring the reliability of the structure.
还需要说明的是,由于第二连接结构21423在冲压时采用同一冲头,卷制完成的第二连接结构21423的宽度大小会沿径向变化,其中,越靠近定子轭部2142的径向外缘,第二连接结构21423的宽度越宽,从而使得形成定子轭部2142形成为燕尾梯形的形状。It should also be noted that since the same punch is used during stamping of the second connecting structure 21423, the width of the rolled second connecting structure 21423 will vary radially, wherein the closer to the radial outer edge of the stator yoke 2142, the wider the width of the second connecting structure 21423, thereby forming the stator yoke 2142 into a dovetail trapezoidal shape.
在一些实施例中,如图57所示,定子齿部2141通过冲压在固定位置冲出多个形成为燕尾槽的第一连接结构21416,当第二连接结构21423插入第一连接结构21416内时,因为燕尾槽的槽口宽度小于燕尾槽的底部宽度,可保证第二连接结构21423在第一连接结构21416内无法滑脱,加强了定子轭部2142与定子齿部2141的固定强度。In some embodiments, as shown in Figure 57, the stator tooth portion 2141 is punched out at a fixed position to form a plurality of first connection structures 21416 formed as dovetail grooves. When the second connection structure 21423 is inserted into the first connection structure 21416, because the groove width of the dovetail groove is smaller than the bottom width of the dovetail groove, it can be ensured that the second connection structure 21423 cannot slip out of the first connection structure 21416, thereby strengthening the fixing strength between the stator yoke portion 2142 and the stator tooth portion 2141.
在一些实施例中,如图57所示,第一连接结构21416的槽内角上设有倒圆角,若第二连接结构21423上设有与倒圆角相配合的结构,以避免定子轭部2142与定子齿部2141在安装时发生干涉,从而保证定子轭部2142上的第二连接结构21423可以正常插入定子齿部2141的第一连接结构21416内并完成定子轭部2142与定子齿部2141的固定连接。In some embodiments, as shown in Figure 57, the inner corner of the groove of the first connecting structure 21416 is provided with a chamfered corner. If the second connecting structure 21423 is provided with a structure matching the chamfered corner, it can avoid interference between the stator yoke 2142 and the stator tooth 2141 during installation, thereby ensuring that the second connecting structure 21423 on the stator yoke 2142 can be normally inserted into the first connecting structure 21416 of the stator tooth 2141 and complete the fixed connection between the stator yoke 2142 and the stator tooth 2141.
综上,本实施例的定子轭部2142与定子齿部2141结合第二连接结构21423的立柱结构、第一连接结构21416的燕尾槽结构设计,可使螺旋卷绕的定子轭部2142与轴向叠压的定子齿部2141形成机械连接,同时采用激光焊,进一步加强了定子轭部2142和定子齿部2141的连接强度。In summary, the stator yoke 2142 and the stator tooth 2141 of this embodiment, combined with the column structure of the second connection structure 21423 and the dovetail groove structure design of the first connection structure 21416, can form a mechanical connection between the spirally wound stator yoke 2142 and the axially stacked stator tooth 2141. At the same time, laser welding is used to further enhance the connection strength between the stator yoke 2142 and the stator tooth 2141.
在一些实施例中,结合图59-图66所示,铁芯总成211包括第一类铁芯2111和第二类铁芯2112,在定子组件210的轴向方向上,第二类铁芯2112为多个且多个第二类铁芯2112的两端均设有第一类铁芯2111,第一类铁芯2111的朝向第二类铁芯2112的端面设有线圈2123,第二类铁芯2112的两侧端面均设有线圈2123,位于第二类铁芯2112的两侧的线圈2123相数相同。从而实现铁芯总成211与绕组总成212的配合连接,并降低各相线圈2123之间的连接难度。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 59 to FIG. 66 , the core assembly 211 includes a first type of core 2111 and a second type of core 2112. In the axial direction of the stator assembly 210, there are multiple second type of cores 2112, and both ends of the multiple second type of cores 2112 are provided with the first type of core 2111. The end surface of the first type of core 2111 facing the second type of core 2112 is provided with a coil 2123, and both end surfaces of the second type of core 2112 are provided with a coil 2123. The coils 2123 on both sides of the second type of core 2112 have the same number of phases. This achieves the coordinated connection between the core assembly 211 and the winding assembly 212, and reduces the difficulty of connecting the coils 2123 of each phase.
在一些实施例中,每个第二类铁芯2112的两端的线圈2123串联连接,在定子组件210的轴向间隔设置的同相的线圈2123通过连接线2121焊接连接。从而实现同相的线圈2123的焊接连接,保证绕组总成212的性能。In some embodiments, the coils 2123 at both ends of each second type iron core 2112 are connected in series, and the coils 2123 of the same phase arranged at intervals in the axial direction of the stator assembly 210 are welded and connected by connecting wires 2121. Thus, the welding connection of the coils 2123 of the same phase is achieved, and the performance of the winding assembly 212 is guaranteed.
在一些实施例中,结合图59-图66所示,本实施例通过巧妙的设计将铁芯总成211设置为由第一类铁芯2111和第二类铁芯2112组成,同一第二类铁芯2112上的线圈2123为同相线圈,同一第二类铁芯2112上的线圈2123之间采用焊接的方式进行接线,这样无论是在布置空间还是在生产效率、加工难度、维修便利、结构复杂度以及零件的一致性等诸多方面均全面超越传统设计。In some embodiments, in combination with Figures 59-66, this embodiment uses a clever design to configure the core assembly 211 to be composed of a first type of core 2111 and a second type of core 2112. The coils 2123 on the same second type of core 2112 are in-phase coils, and the coils 2123 on the same second type of core 2112 are connected by welding. In this way, the traditional design is fully surpassed in many aspects such as layout space, production efficiency, processing difficulty, maintenance convenience, structural complexity and consistency of parts.
其中,结合图60、图61和图62所示,本实施例的定子组件210主要由连接线2121、铁芯总成211、绝缘骨架213、线圈2123和绝缘纸2122等组成,连接线2121分别为A、B、C三相,线圈采用扁线,增大空间利用率,连接线2121通过铁芯总成211表面所开的凹槽20111以及绝缘骨架213表面所开的过线槽2132在线圈2123的截止处折弯导出,第一类铁芯2111为单边设置线圈2123。Among them, in combination with Figures 60, 61 and 62, the stator assembly 210 of this embodiment is mainly composed of connecting wires 2121, an iron core assembly 211, an insulating frame 213, a coil 2123 and insulating paper 2122. The connecting wires 2121 are three-phase A, B, and C respectively, and the coils are flat wires to increase space utilization. The connecting wires 2121 are bent and led out at the end of the coil 2123 through the grooves 20111 opened on the surface of the iron core assembly 211 and the wire grooves 2132 opened on the surface of the insulating frame 213. The first type of iron core 2111 is a single-sided coil 2123.
可选地,定子组件210的轴向中部由第二类铁芯2112、绝缘骨架213和线圈2123装配而成,定子组件210的端部由第一类铁芯2111、线圈2123和绝缘骨架213装配而成,其中,第一类铁芯2111上的线圈2123为A相线圈2123。Optionally, the axial middle portion of the stator assembly 210 is assembled by a second type of iron core 2112, an insulating frame 213 and a coil 2123, and the end portion of the stator assembly 210 is assembled by a first type of iron core 2111, a coil 2123 and an insulating frame 213, wherein the coil 2123 on the first type of iron core 2111 is an A-phase coil 2123.
在一些示例中,定子组件210上的组成顺序从起始端部依次为A相线圈2123、B相线圈2123和C相线圈2123,相邻两个异相线圈2123之间被绝缘纸2122分隔,同相线圈2123之间串联,在定子组件210内部双边线圈也采用串联的连接方式,线圈2123之间在接线时,线圈2123的引出线与线圈2123截止处折弯的连接线2121进行焊接,实现线路的接通,减少了接线错误。In some examples, the order of components on the stator assembly 210 from the starting end is A-phase coil 2123, B-phase coil 2123 and C-phase coil 2123, and two adjacent out-of-phase coils 2123 are separated by insulating paper 2122. The same-phase coils 2123 are connected in series, and the bilateral coils inside the stator assembly 210 are also connected in series. When the coils 2123 are connected, the lead wires of the coils 2123 are welded to the connecting wires 2121 bent at the end of the coils 2123 to achieve line connection and reduce wiring errors.
在一些实施例中,结合图63、图64和图65所示,第一类铁芯2111上设有第一环形槽21111、排线槽2013和凹槽20111,绝缘骨架213的结构与第一类铁芯2111的结构类似,绝缘骨架213上设有第二环形槽2138、引线通道2131和过线槽2132,绝缘骨架213嵌套在第一环形槽21111中,线圈2123上形成有引出线21231和第一出线头2018,在线圈2123加工时,引出线21231进行直角折弯处理,由内向外进行绕线,在线圈2123的截止处进行两次折弯形成第一出线头2018,在进行装配时,线圈2123嵌套在第一环形槽21111,引出线21231经过排线槽2013和引线通道2131延伸至第一类铁芯2111的外侧进行接线和接通电源,此种方式结构简单、加工方式的一致性较好而且加工工艺简单,操作步骤少,操作空间大,有利于降低成本和提高从生产的效率。In some embodiments, in combination with FIGS. 63, 64 and 65, the first type of iron core 2111 is provided with a first annular groove 21111, a wire arrangement groove 2013 and a groove 20111, and the structure of the insulating skeleton 213 is similar to that of the first type of iron core 2111. The insulating skeleton 213 is provided with a second annular groove 2138, a lead wire channel 2131 and a wire passing groove 2132. The insulating skeleton 213 is nested in the first annular groove 21111, and a lead wire 21231 and a first lead terminal 2018 are formed on the coil 2123. When the coil 2123 is processed, the lead wire 21231 and the first lead terminal 2018 are formed. The lead wire 21231 is bent at a right angle and wound from the inside to the outside, and is bent twice at the end of the coil 2123 to form a first lead end 2018. During assembly, the coil 2123 is nested in the first annular groove 21111, and the lead wire 21231 extends through the wire arrangement groove 2013 and the lead channel 2131 to the outside of the first type of iron core 2111 for wiring and power supply. This method has a simple structure, good consistency in processing methods, simple processing technology, fewer operating steps, and a large operating space, which is conducive to reducing costs and improving production efficiency.
在一些实施例中,如图66所示,第二类铁芯2112上同样设有绝缘骨架213和线圈2123,第二类铁芯2112的两侧均具有第一环形槽21111、排线槽2013和凹槽20111,第一环形槽21111中嵌套绝缘骨架213,同相线圈2123嵌套在绝缘骨架213上,其中两个排线槽2013相差180°,一侧的线圈2123通过第一出线头2018与另一侧线圈2123的第一出线头2018在焊接点进行串联,使得零部件结构相同,结构简单,生产加工效率高,有利于批量化生产和成本控制。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 66 , an insulating skeleton 213 and a coil 2123 are also provided on the second type of iron core 2112. Both sides of the second type of iron core 2112 have a first annular groove 21111, a wire arrangement groove 2013 and a groove 20111. The insulating skeleton 213 is nested in the first annular groove 21111, and the same-phase coil 2123 is nested on the insulating skeleton 213, wherein the two wire arrangement grooves 2013 are 180° apart, and the coil 2123 on one side is connected in series with the first wire outlet 2018 of the coil 2123 on the other side at the welding point through the first wire outlet 2018, so that the components have the same structure, the structure is simple, the production and processing efficiency is high, and it is conducive to mass production and cost control.
同时,通过在第二类铁芯2112的两侧端面均设置线圈2123,空间利用率高。At the same time, by arranging the coils 2123 on both side end surfaces of the second type iron core 2112, the space utilization rate is high.
在一些实施例中,根据绝缘骨架213的引线通道2131的开口朝向不同,线圈2123的引线的折弯方式分为两种。例如,引出线21231从线圈2123的上方折弯出线;或,引出线21231从线圈2123的下方折弯出线,线圈2123的绕线方式相同,均由内向外,绕线方式简单。In some embodiments, according to the different opening directions of the lead wire channel 2131 of the insulating frame 213, there are two ways to bend the lead wire of the coil 2123. For example, the lead wire 21231 is bent from the top of the coil 2123; or, the lead wire 21231 is bent from the bottom of the coil 2123. The winding method of the coil 2123 is the same, both from the inside to the outside, and the winding method is simple.
在一些实施例中,同相的线圈2123之间的连接同样是串联,连接点依然采用焊接的方式,可操作性好,工艺简单有利于生产和加工,而且焊点在外部,装配时以及焊接时更加直观,有利于规避接线错误,提高生产效率, 且此种方式的操作空间大,方便操作,节约工时。In some embodiments, the connection between the coils 2123 of the same phase is also in series, and the connection points are still welded, which has good operability, simple process, and is conducive to production and processing. In addition, the welding points are on the outside, which is more intuitive during assembly and welding, which is conducive to avoiding wiring errors and improving production efficiency. Moreover, this method has a large operating space, is easy to operate, and saves working hours.
综上,本实施例的铁芯总成211由一个个独立的模块堆叠而成,模块单元之间被绝缘纸2122隔开,每一个模块基本组成部分均为铁芯、绝缘骨架213和线圈2123,每一个零件的加工工艺简单,结构基本相同,结构的复杂度低,装配方便,便于批量化生产和加工,节约成本和工时,提高生产效率。In summary, the core assembly 211 of the present embodiment is composed of stacked independent modules, and the module units are separated by insulating paper 2122. The basic components of each module are the core, the insulating frame 213 and the coil 2123. The processing technology of each part is simple, the structure is basically the same, the complexity of the structure is low, and the assembly is convenient. It is convenient for mass production and processing, saving costs and working hours, and improving production efficiency.
在一些实施例中,结合图60、图61和图62所示,铁芯总成211和绕组总成212之间设有绝缘骨架213,绝缘骨架213的轴向端面设有引线通道2131,引线通道2131沿铁芯总成211的径向延伸。其中,通过在铁芯总成211和绕组总成212之间设置绝缘骨架213,以实现铁芯总成211和绕组总成212的绝缘配合,保证定子组件210的性能。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 60, FIG. 61 and FIG. 62, an insulating frame 213 is provided between the core assembly 211 and the winding assembly 212, and a lead wire channel 2131 is provided on the axial end surface of the insulating frame 213, and the lead wire channel 2131 extends along the radial direction of the core assembly 211. The insulating frame 213 is provided between the core assembly 211 and the winding assembly 212 to achieve insulation matching between the core assembly 211 and the winding assembly 212, thereby ensuring the performance of the stator assembly 210.
同时,通过在绝缘骨架213的轴向端面设置沿铁芯总成211的径向延伸的引线通道2131,以便于将线圈2123的引出线21231引出至铁芯总成211的外侧,从而方便线圈2123的接线和接通电源。At the same time, a lead channel 2131 extending radially along the core assembly 211 is set on the axial end face of the insulating skeleton 213 to facilitate leading the lead wire 21231 of the coil 2123 to the outside of the core assembly 211, thereby facilitating wiring of the coil 2123 and connecting to the power supply.
在一些实施例中,结合图123-图127所示,绝缘骨架213的外周壁设有多个均匀间隔设置的过线槽2132,至少一个过线槽2132与引线通道2131连通。从而便于将连接线圈2123的连接线2121引出。In some embodiments, as shown in FIGS. 123 to 127 , the outer peripheral wall of the insulating frame 213 is provided with a plurality of evenly spaced wire grooves 2132 , and at least one wire groove 2132 is connected to the lead-in channel 2131 , so as to facilitate leading out the connecting wire 2121 of the connecting coil 2123 .
需要说明的是,通过设置本实施例的绝缘骨架213,可使得铁芯总成211、绕组总成212和绝缘骨架213均形成为独立的零部件,降低铁芯总成211、绕组总成212和绝缘骨架213的设计难度,同时本实施例的绝缘骨架213无论是在布置空间还是在生产效率上均具有加工难度低、维修便利、结构简单以及一致性高等优点。It should be noted that by providing the insulating skeleton 213 of the present embodiment, the core assembly 211, the winding assembly 212 and the insulating skeleton 213 can be formed as independent components, thereby reducing the difficulty of designing the core assembly 211, the winding assembly 212 and the insulating skeleton 213. At the same time, the insulating skeleton 213 of the present embodiment has the advantages of low processing difficulty, convenient maintenance, simple structure and high consistency both in terms of layout space and production efficiency.
在一些实施例中,结合图123-图127所示,绝缘骨架213主要由引线通道2131、第二环形槽2138和过线槽2132组成。In some embodiments, as shown in FIGS. 123 to 127 , the insulating skeleton 213 is mainly composed of a lead channel 2131 , a second annular groove 2138 and a wire passing groove 2132 .
在一些实施例中,结合图123和图126所示,绝缘骨架213在外延沿其圆周方向上开六个过线槽2132,六个过线槽2132的位置均匀分布,即两槽之间间隔60°,绝缘骨架213的表面开设有第二环形槽2138,第二环形槽2138、第二环形槽2138的内侧壁2136和第二环形槽2138的外侧壁之间形成绕组空间,绕组空间用于装配线圈2123。In some embodiments, in combination with Figures 123 and 126, the insulating skeleton 213 has six wire passing grooves 2132 in the circumferential direction of the extension, and the positions of the six wire passing grooves 2132 are evenly distributed, that is, the interval between two grooves is 60°, and a second annular groove 2138 is opened on the surface of the insulating skeleton 213, and a winding space is formed between the second annular groove 2138, the inner wall 2136 of the second annular groove 2138 and the outer wall of the second annular groove 2138, and the winding space is used to assemble the coil 2123.
在一些实施例中,在绝缘骨架213的设置第二环形槽2138的相对侧设有由引线通道2131形成的第二凸台结构2134和由过线槽2132形成的绝缘部2135,第二凸台结构2134和绝缘部2135主要用于和铁芯总成211上的结构件相嵌套,大大提高了空间利用率,减少零件的占用体积,因此可以减少整个结构的体积,并保证绝缘骨架213与铁芯总成211的配合强度。In some embodiments, a second boss structure 2134 formed by the lead channel 2131 and an insulating portion 2135 formed by the wire groove 2132 are provided on the opposite side of the insulating skeleton 213 where the second annular groove 2138 is provided. The second boss structure 2134 and the insulating portion 2135 are mainly used to be nested with structural parts on the core assembly 211, which greatly improves space utilization and reduces the volume occupied by parts. Therefore, the volume of the entire structure can be reduced and the matching strength between the insulating skeleton 213 and the core assembly 211 is ensured.
通过上述设置,在使用时,将铁芯总成211、绕组总成212和绝缘骨架213进行装配组合成为一个单独的模块(如图127所示),其中,绝缘骨架213嵌套在铁芯总成211表面的第一环形槽21111中,其中绝缘骨架213的第二凸台结构2134与第一环形槽21111中的排线槽2013相结合,过线槽2132形成的绝缘部2135与铁芯总成211圆周方向上的凹槽20111对齐,使得线圈2123在铁芯总成211的外部进行串联接线时有更大的操作空间,有利于后续线圈2123之间的焊接接线,便于操作。Through the above-mentioned arrangement, when in use, the core assembly 211, the winding assembly 212 and the insulating skeleton 213 are assembled and combined into a single module (as shown in FIG. 127 ), wherein the insulating skeleton 213 is nested in the first annular groove 21111 on the surface of the core assembly 211, wherein the second boss structure 2134 of the insulating skeleton 213 is combined with the wire arrangement groove 2013 in the first annular groove 21111, and the insulating portion 2135 formed by the wire groove 2132 is aligned with the groove 20111 in the circumferential direction of the core assembly 211, so that the coils 2123 have a larger operating space when connected in series outside the core assembly 211, which is beneficial to the subsequent welding connection between the coils 2123 and facilitates operation.
需要说明的是,在一些实施例中,由于定子组件210是由一个个模块堆叠而成,而模块则是由铁芯总成211、绕组总成212和绝缘骨架213装配而成,位于定子组件210端部的模块仅单侧存在绕组总成212和绝缘骨架213,位于定子组件210轴向中部的模块铁芯总成211的两端均设有绕组总成212和绝缘骨架213,在接入三相电源时,同一模块的绕组总成212的线圈2123为同相,且线圈2123的引线和出线位置相差180°,线圈2123的引线经过绝缘骨架213上的引线通道2131,再经过过线槽2132,延伸至铁芯总成211外周,模块内部的串联接线是在两侧绝缘骨架213的过线槽2132所衔接的部分进行的,且采用焊接的方式接线,在过线槽2132处接线,有较大的操作空间。It should be noted that, in some embodiments, since the stator assembly 210 is stacked up by modules, and the modules are assembled by the core assembly 211, the winding assembly 212 and the insulating frame 213, the module located at the end of the stator assembly 210 has only one side of the winding assembly 212 and the insulating frame 213, and the module located in the axial middle of the stator assembly 210 has both ends of the core assembly 211 provided with the winding assembly 212 and the insulating frame 213. When the three-phase power supply is connected, the same module The coils 2123 of the winding assembly 212 are in phase, and the lead and outlet positions of the coils 2123 differ by 180°. The lead of the coil 2123 passes through the lead channel 2131 on the insulating frame 213, and then passes through the wire groove 2132 to extend to the outer periphery of the core assembly 211. The series wiring inside the module is carried out at the part where the wire grooves 2132 of the insulating frames 213 on both sides are connected, and the wiring is carried out by welding. The wiring at the wire groove 2132 has a larger operating space.
同时,由于绝缘骨架213表面设有引线通道2131,使得绝缘骨架213的结构具有唯一性,这样可以有效避免装配和接线错误,提高了生产效率。At the same time, since the lead channel 2131 is provided on the surface of the insulating frame 213, the structure of the insulating frame 213 is unique, which can effectively avoid assembly and wiring errors and improve production efficiency.
在一些实施例中,在接入三相电源时,不仅模块内部需要进行绕组线圈之间的串联接线,接入同相电源的模块同样需要串联接线,不论是引线的间隔角度还是引线与出线的间隔角度均为60°的倍数,因此在绝缘骨架213沿着外延的圆周方向设置六个均匀分布的过线槽2132,提高了零件的通用性和利用率,可以大大的增加生产效率,节约成本,有助于批量化的生产。In some embodiments, when connected to a three-phase power supply, not only do the winding coils inside the module need to be connected in series, but the modules connected to the same-phase power supply also need to be connected in series. Both the lead spacing angle and the lead and output angle are multiples of 60°. Therefore, six evenly distributed wire grooves 2132 are set along the circumferential direction of the extension on the insulating frame 213, which improves the versatility and utilization of parts, can greatly increase production efficiency, save costs, and facilitate mass production.
在一些实施例中,绝缘骨架213的中心开设有装配孔2137,便于绝缘骨架213与铁芯总成211的装配配合。在装配孔2137的轴向上,绝缘骨架213的外侧边缘凸出于第一环形槽21111,绝缘固定213的内侧边缘凸出于第一环形槽21111,从而实现线圈绕组与定子铁心的绝缘。In some embodiments, an assembly hole 2137 is provided at the center of the insulating frame 213 to facilitate assembly of the insulating frame 213 and the core assembly 211. In the axial direction of the assembly hole 2137, the outer edge of the insulating frame 213 protrudes from the first annular groove 21111, and the inner edge of the insulating fixture 213 protrudes from the first annular groove 21111, thereby achieving insulation between the coil winding and the stator core.
在一些实施例中,内侧壁2136围设在装配孔2137的外周,以实现在绝缘骨架213的装配孔2137与第二环形槽2138之间形成一定壁厚的空心圆柱。In some embodiments, the inner wall 2136 is disposed around the outer circumference of the assembly hole 2137 to form a hollow cylinder with a certain wall thickness between the assembly hole 2137 of the insulation frame 213 and the second annular groove 2138 .
在一些实施例中,空心圆柱的表面设置阶梯状的限位台,相邻两个异相线圈2123之间被绝缘纸2122分隔,绝缘纸2122嵌套在壁厚较薄处的空心圆柱上,以便于对绝缘纸2122进行固定,且结构紧凑,材料的利用率高。In some embodiments, a stepped limit platform is provided on the surface of the hollow cylinder, and two adjacent out-of-phase coils 2123 are separated by insulating paper 2122. The insulating paper 2122 is nested on the hollow cylinder where the wall thickness is thinner to facilitate fixing the insulating paper 2122. The structure is compact and the material utilization rate is high.
下面参照描述本申请实施例的电磁作动器1000。The electromagnetic actuator 1000 according to an embodiment of the present application is described below with reference to FIG.
根据本申请实施例的一种电磁作动器1000包括:机壳100、动子组件220和定子组件210。An electromagnetic actuator 1000 according to an embodiment of the present application includes: a housing 100 , a mover assembly 220 and a stator assembly 210 .
其中,机壳100内形成容纳腔130。A receiving cavity 130 is formed in the housing 100 .
动子组件220设于所述容纳腔130内。The moving subassembly 220 is disposed in the accommodating cavity 130 .
定子组件210,定子组件210为前述的定子组件210,定子组件210的具体结构在此不作赘述,定子组件210设于容纳腔130内,动子组件220和定子组件210的其中一个与机壳100连接。The stator assembly 210 is the aforementioned stator assembly 210 , and the specific structure of the stator assembly 210 is not described in detail here. The stator assembly 210 is disposed in the accommodating cavity 130 , and one of the mover assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210 is connected to the housing 100 .
动子组件220和定子组件210耦合以使得动子组件220和定子组件210的其中一个与机壳100沿轴线移动。The mover assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210 are coupled so that one of the mover assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210 moves along the axis with the housing 100 .
由上述结构可知,本申请实施例的电磁作动器1000,通过采用前述的定子组件210,可有效降低电磁作动器1000的装配难度,并保证电磁作动器1000的工作性能。It can be seen from the above structure that the electromagnetic actuator 1000 of the embodiment of the present application can effectively reduce the difficulty of assembling the electromagnetic actuator 1000 and ensure the working performance of the electromagnetic actuator 1000 by adopting the aforementioned stator assembly 210.
在一些实施例中,结合图20-图26所示,电磁作动器1000包括:中心杆300,中心杆300的部分结构伸出机壳100。以便于实现中心杆300与外部组件的固定连接,降低中心杆300与外部组件的连接难度,从而保证电磁作 动器的工作性能。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 20 to FIG. 26 , the electromagnetic actuator 1000 includes: a central rod 300, and a portion of the central rod 300 extends out of the housing 100. This facilitates the fixed connection between the central rod 300 and the external components, reduces the difficulty of connecting the central rod 300 and the external components, and ensures the electromagnetic actuator. Actuator working performance.
在一些实施例中,结合图21和图22所示,定子组件210包括:铁芯总成211和绕组总成212,铁芯总成211设置于中心杆300,绕组总成212设于铁芯总成211。以便于利用中心杆300支撑铁芯总成211和绕组总成212,提高铁芯总成211和绕组总成212的位置稳定性,同时使得铁芯总成211和绕组总成212能够和动子组件220配合,保证电磁作动器1000的工作性能。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 21 and FIG. 22 , the stator assembly 210 includes: a core assembly 211 and a winding assembly 212, wherein the core assembly 211 is disposed on the center rod 300, and the winding assembly 212 is disposed on the core assembly 211. In order to facilitate supporting the core assembly 211 and the winding assembly 212 by the center rod 300, the position stability of the core assembly 211 and the winding assembly 212 is improved, and at the same time, the core assembly 211 and the winding assembly 212 can cooperate with the mover assembly 220 to ensure the working performance of the electromagnetic actuator 1000.
综上,定子组件210设于中心杆300,动子组件220设于机壳100,动子组件210和定子组件220耦合配合,以使得中心杆300和机壳100能够产生相对移动,从而保证电磁作动器1000的工作性能。In summary, the stator assembly 210 is disposed on the center rod 300, and the mover assembly 220 is disposed on the housing 100. The mover assembly 210 and the stator assembly 220 are coupled to each other so that the center rod 300 and the housing 100 can produce relative movement, thereby ensuring the working performance of the electromagnetic actuator 1000.
在一些实施例中,中心杆300设置有第一限位结构,铁芯总成211上设有限位部,限位部与第一限位结构配合,以限制铁芯总成211相对于中心杆300的转动。提高铁芯总成211的位置稳定性,并使得在动子组件220和定子组件210的耦合配合下,中心杆300和机壳100能够有效产生相对动作,以保证电磁作动器1000的工作性能。In some embodiments, the center rod 300 is provided with a first limiting structure, and the core assembly 211 is provided with a limiting portion, which cooperates with the first limiting structure to limit the rotation of the core assembly 211 relative to the center rod 300. The position stability of the core assembly 211 is improved, and under the coupling cooperation of the mover assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210, the center rod 300 and the housing 100 can effectively produce relative movements to ensure the working performance of the electromagnetic actuator 1000.
在一些实施例中,铁芯总成211上的限位部可以理解为是上文中的定位凸起21415。In some embodiments, the limiting portion on the core assembly 211 can be understood as the positioning protrusion 21415 mentioned above.
在一些实施例中,铁芯总成211和中心杆300之间设有圆柱销,以限制铁芯总成211相对于中心杆300的转动。In some embodiments, a cylindrical pin is disposed between the core assembly 211 and the center rod 300 to limit the rotation of the core assembly 211 relative to the center rod 300 .
在一些实施例中,结合图128-图131所示,中心杆300设有第一定位部340(第一定位部340的具体结构可参见图25),铁芯总成211设有第二定位部350,第一定位部340和第二定位部350配合以使中心杆300和铁芯总成211相对静止。从而实现对铁芯总成211和中心杆300进行周向限位,避免铁芯总成211绕中心杆300转动,保证铁芯总成211的工作性能。In some embodiments, as shown in FIGS. 128 to 131 , the center rod 300 is provided with a first positioning portion 340 (the specific structure of the first positioning portion 340 can be seen in FIG. 25 ), and the core assembly 211 is provided with a second positioning portion 350. The first positioning portion 340 and the second positioning portion 350 cooperate to make the center rod 300 and the core assembly 211 relatively stationary. Thus, the core assembly 211 and the center rod 300 are circumferentially limited, the core assembly 211 is prevented from rotating around the center rod 300, and the working performance of the core assembly 211 is ensured.
在一些实施例中,结合图128-图131所示,第一定位部340形成为设于中心杆300的外周壁的凹槽,第二定位部350形成为设于铁芯总成211的凹槽,防转杆360设于第一定位部340和第二定位部350之间。以限制中心杆300和铁芯总成211的位置,使得中心杆300和铁芯总成211相对静止,并降低中心杆300和铁芯总成211的限位难度,同时保证线圈2123的出线与设计状态一致。In some embodiments, as shown in FIGS. 128 to 131 , the first positioning portion 340 is formed as a groove provided on the outer peripheral wall of the center rod 300, the second positioning portion 350 is formed as a groove provided on the core assembly 211, and the anti-rotation rod 360 is provided between the first positioning portion 340 and the second positioning portion 350. The positions of the center rod 300 and the core assembly 211 are limited so that the center rod 300 and the core assembly 211 are relatively stationary, and the difficulty of limiting the center rod 300 and the core assembly 211 is reduced, while ensuring that the outlet of the coil 2123 is consistent with the designed state.
需要说明的是,通过上述设置还可避免中心杆300与塔顶配合时,铁芯总成211随着装配螺母830一起绕中心杆300中心轴转动导致无法拧紧的问题。It should be noted that the above arrangement can also avoid the problem that when the center rod 300 is matched with the tower top, the core assembly 211 rotates around the central axis of the center rod 300 together with the assembly nut 830, resulting in failure to tighten.
在一些实施例中,结合图1、图2和图3所示,机壳100包括多个子壳体101,多个子壳体101连接以限定出容纳腔130。In some embodiments, as shown in combination with FIG. 1 , FIG. 2 , and FIG. 3 , the housing 100 includes a plurality of sub-housings 101 , and the plurality of sub-housings 101 are connected to define a receiving chamber 130 .
需要说明的是,在本申请的描述中,除非另有说明,“多个”的含义是两个或两个以上,也就是说,机壳100包括至少两个子壳体101,至少两个子壳体101连接以限定出容纳腔130,这样在降低机壳100装配难度的同时,还可降低容纳腔130的成型难度,提高可维修性。It should be noted that, in the description of the present application, unless otherwise specified, "plurality" means two or more, that is, the housing 100 includes at least two sub-housings 101, and at least two sub-housings 101 are connected to define a accommodating cavity 130. This can reduce the difficulty of assembling the housing 100 while also reducing the difficulty of molding the accommodating cavity 130, thereby improving maintainability.
结合图1-图4所示,动子组件220设于容纳腔130内,定子组件210设于容纳腔130内,动子组件220和定子组件210的其中一个与机壳100连接。也就是说,动子组件220和定子组件210均设于容纳腔130内,一方面可利用机壳100支撑动子组件220和定子组件210的其中一个,从而提高动子组件220和定子组件210的其中一个的位置稳定性,在一定程度上保证动子组件220和定子组件210的工作性能,另一方面还可利用机壳100保护动子组件220和定子组件210,延长动子组件220和定子组件210的使用寿命,从而降低动子组件220和定子组件210的使用成本。As shown in combination with FIGS. 1 to 4 , the movable assembly 220 is disposed in the accommodating cavity 130, the stator assembly 210 is disposed in the accommodating cavity 130, and one of the movable assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210 is connected to the housing 100. That is to say, the movable assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210 are both disposed in the accommodating cavity 130. On the one hand, the housing 100 can be used to support one of the movable assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210, thereby improving the position stability of one of the movable assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210, and ensuring the working performance of the movable assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210 to a certain extent. On the other hand, the housing 100 can also be used to protect the movable assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210, prolonging the service life of the movable assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210, thereby reducing the use cost of the movable assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210.
可以理解的是,动子组件220和定子组件210的其中一个与机壳100连接是指动子组件220和定子组件210的其中一个与机壳100固定连接。It can be understood that one of the movable assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210 is connected to the housing 100 means that one of the movable assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210 is fixedly connected to the housing 100 .
同时,通过将机壳100设置成包括多个子壳体101,以使得机壳100由单独的多个部分组成,这样在装配动子组件220和定子组件210时,可首先将动子组件220和定子组件210设在多个子壳体101之间,随后再对多个子壳体101进行连接,以降低动子组件220和定子组件210的装配难度,提高装配效果,且还可在一定程度上避免动子组件220和定子组件210在装配过程中撞击机壳100,从而避免损坏动子组件220和定子组件210,以进一步延长动子组件220和定子组件210的使用寿命,保证动子组件220和定子组件210的工作性能。At the same time, by configuring the housing 100 to include a plurality of sub-housings 101, so that the housing 100 is composed of a plurality of separate parts, when assembling the movable assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210, the movable assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210 can be first arranged between the plurality of sub-housings 101, and then the plurality of sub-housings 101 can be connected, so as to reduce the difficulty of assembling the movable assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210, improve the assembly effect, and also to a certain extent avoid the movable assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210 from colliding with the housing 100 during the assembly process, thereby avoiding damage to the movable assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210, so as to further extend the service life of the movable assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210, and ensure the working performance of the movable assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210.
此外,通过上述设置,在需要维护、维修动子组件220和定子组件210时,还可直接打开机壳100,以降低动子组件220和定子组件210在使用过程中的维护难度。In addition, through the above arrangement, when the mover assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210 need to be maintained or repaired, the housing 100 can be directly opened to reduce the difficulty of maintaining the mover assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210 during use.
动子组件220和定子组件210耦合以使得动子组件220和定子组件210的另一个与机壳100沿轴线移动,进而带动动子组件220和定子组件210中与机壳100连接的组件沿轴线移动。其中,这里所说的轴线可以理解为是沿电磁作动器1000的轴向延伸的直线,也就是图2中的沿上下方向上延伸的直线。The moving assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210 are coupled so that the other of the moving assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210 moves along the axis with the housing 100, thereby driving the moving assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210 connected to the housing 100 to move along the axis. The axis mentioned here can be understood as a straight line extending along the axial direction of the electromagnetic actuator 1000, that is, a straight line extending in the up-down direction in FIG. 2 .
也就是说,动子组件220和定子组件210的其中一个与机壳100连接,当动子组件220和定子组件210形成为耦合配合时,动子组件220和定子组件210的其中一个与机壳100一起沿轴线移动,从而实现机壳100的移动,保证电磁作动器1000的工作性能。That is to say, one of the movable assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210 is connected to the housing 100. When the movable assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210 are coupled, one of the movable assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210 moves along the axis together with the housing 100, thereby realizing the movement of the housing 100 and ensuring the working performance of the electromagnetic actuator 1000.
在一些实施例中,动子组件220和定子组件210的其中一个为永磁体或电磁铁,另一个为电磁线圈,电磁线圈与永磁体配合,使得动子组件220和定子组件210能够形成耦合配合,从而电磁作动器1000的工作性能。即,动子组件220为第一励磁组件,定子组件210为第二励磁组件。In some embodiments, one of the mover assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210 is a permanent magnet or an electromagnet, and the other is an electromagnetic coil, and the electromagnetic coil cooperates with the permanent magnet, so that the mover assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210 can form a coupling cooperation, thereby improving the working performance of the electromagnetic actuator 1000. That is, the mover assembly 220 is the first excitation assembly, and the stator assembly 210 is the second excitation assembly.
由上述结构可知,本申请实施例的电磁作动器1000,通过将机壳100设置成包括多个子壳体101,多个子壳体101连接以限定出容纳腔130,在实现降低机壳100的装配难度的同时,还可降低动子组件220和定子组件210的装配以及维护难度,同时避免动子组件220和定子组件210在装配过程中与机壳100发生磕碰,保证动子组件220和定子组件210的工作性能。It can be seen from the above structure that the electromagnetic actuator 1000 of the embodiment of the present application, by configuring the housing 100 to include multiple sub-housings 101, and the multiple sub-housings 101 are connected to define a accommodating cavity 130. While reducing the difficulty of assembling the housing 100, it can also reduce the difficulty of assembling and maintaining the movable assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210, and at the same time avoid the movable assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210 from colliding with the housing 100 during the assembly process, thereby ensuring the working performance of the movable assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210.
可以理解的是,相比于现有技术,本申请将机壳100设置成包括多个子壳体101,从而降低设置在容纳腔130内的动子组件220和定子组件210的装配难度,且多个子壳体101还有利于降低机壳100自身的装配难度,从而使得动子组件220和定子组件210能够有效装配在机壳100内,并在一定程度上避免动子组件220和定子组件210在装配过程中与机壳100发生磕碰,保证动子组件220和定子组件210的工作性能。It can be understood that, compared with the prior art, the present application configures the casing 100 to include multiple sub-casings 101, thereby reducing the difficulty of assembling the movable assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210 arranged in the accommodating cavity 130, and the multiple sub-casings 101 are also beneficial to reducing the difficulty of assembling the casing 100 itself, so that the movable assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210 can be effectively assembled in the casing 100, and to a certain extent, avoid the movable assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210 from colliding with the casing 100 during the assembly process, thereby ensuring the working performance of the movable assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210.
在一些实施例中,结合图1和图2所示,多个子壳体101沿轴线排布设置。也就是说,多个子壳体101沿电磁作动器1000的轴向排布设置,这样可使得机壳100形成为沿电磁作动器1000的轴向排布的多个结构,降低机壳 100的成型难度,并降低设置在机壳100内的动子组件220和定子组件210的装配难度,提高电磁作动器1000的装配效率。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 1 and FIG. 2 , multiple sub-housings 101 are arranged along the axis. That is, multiple sub-housings 101 are arranged along the axial direction of the electromagnetic actuator 1000, so that the housing 100 can be formed into multiple structures arranged along the axial direction of the electromagnetic actuator 1000, thereby reducing the housing. 100, and reduces the difficulty of assembling the mover assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210 disposed in the housing 100, thereby improving the assembly efficiency of the electromagnetic actuator 1000.
在一些实施例中,如图2、图3和图4所示,多个子壳体101包括至少一端敞开的筒体1011及至少一个端盖1012,端盖1012与筒体1011配合。以形成机壳100,从而降低机壳100的成型难度。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 2 , FIG. 3 and FIG. 4 , the plurality of sub-shells 101 include a cylinder 1011 with at least one end open and at least one end cover 1012 , and the end cover 1012 cooperates with the cylinder 1011 to form the housing 100 , thereby reducing the difficulty of molding the housing 100 .
其中,通过将筒体1011的至少一端敞开,可方便将动子组件220和定子组件210装配到筒体1011内。By opening at least one end of the cylinder 1011 , the mover assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210 can be easily assembled into the cylinder 1011 .
同时,筒体1011的内表面精度、动子组件220的表面精度均要严格控制,保证动子组件220和定子组件210之间的气隙均匀,从而保证电磁作动器1000的工作性能。At the same time, the inner surface accuracy of the cylinder 1011 and the surface accuracy of the mover assembly 220 must be strictly controlled to ensure that the air gap between the mover assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210 is uniform, thereby ensuring the working performance of the electromagnetic actuator 1000.
在一些实施例中,如图2所示,端盖1012的下端集成安装支架192,安装支架192适于连接车桥,从而简化电磁作动器1000与车桥之间的连接方式,提高结构可靠性,减少电磁作动器1000组装工序和装配时间。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 2 , the lower end of the end cover 1012 is integrated with a mounting bracket 192 , and the mounting bracket 192 is suitable for connecting to the axle, thereby simplifying the connection method between the electromagnetic actuator 1000 and the axle, improving structural reliability, and reducing the assembly process and assembly time of the electromagnetic actuator 1000 .
其中,这里所说的安装支架192可以理解为是电磁作动器1000的下叉臂。The mounting bracket 192 mentioned here can be understood as the lower fork arm of the electromagnetic actuator 1000 .
在一些实施例中,如图2、图3和图4所示,端盖1012设在筒体1011的敞开处,保证容纳腔130的密封性。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 2 , FIG. 3 and FIG. 4 , the end cover 1012 is disposed at the opening of the cylinder 1011 to ensure the sealing of the accommodating chamber 130 .
在一些实施例中,如图2、图3和图4所示,端盖1012与筒体1011插接配合。这样在实现将端盖1012设在筒体1011的敞开处的同时,还可实现端盖1012与筒体1011的固定连接,保证机壳100的结构稳定性,并降低机壳100的成型难度。In some embodiments, as shown in Fig. 2, Fig. 3 and Fig. 4, the end cap 1012 is plugged into the cylinder 1011. In this way, the end cap 1012 is arranged at the opening of the cylinder 1011, and the end cap 1012 and the cylinder 1011 are fixedly connected, thereby ensuring the structural stability of the housing 100 and reducing the difficulty of molding the housing 100.
在一些实施例中,如图4所示,端盖1012的顶壁和筒体1011的下端中的其中一个设有卡槽1013且另一个设有伸入部1014,伸入部1014伸入卡槽1013。以实现端盖1012与筒体1011的插接配合。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 4 , one of the top wall of the end cap 1012 and the lower end of the cylinder 1011 is provided with a slot 1013 and the other is provided with an insertion portion 1014, and the insertion portion 1014 is inserted into the slot 1013 to achieve plug-in cooperation between the end cap 1012 and the cylinder 1011.
在一些实施例中,如图4所示,端盖1012与筒体1011通过螺栓1016连接。以进一步实现端盖1012与筒体1011的固定连接,并保证端盖1012与筒体1011的连接强度,同时使得端盖1012与筒体1011形成可拆卸连接,保证机壳100的结构稳定性以及工作性能。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG4 , the end cover 1012 is connected to the cylinder 1011 by bolts 1016. This further realizes the fixed connection between the end cover 1012 and the cylinder 1011, ensures the connection strength between the end cover 1012 and the cylinder 1011, and makes the end cover 1012 and the cylinder 1011 form a detachable connection, thereby ensuring the structural stability and working performance of the housing 100.
在一些实施例中,如图4所示,端盖1012与筒体1011通过定位销1017定位,从而定位端盖1012的安装方向,防止错装,并降低端盖1012与筒体1011的连接难度。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 4 , the end cap 1012 and the cylinder 1011 are positioned by a positioning pin 1017 , thereby positioning the installation direction of the end cap 1012 , preventing mis-installation, and reducing the difficulty of connecting the end cap 1012 and the cylinder 1011 .
在一些实施例中,端盖1012的外周壁上设置有沿径向向外突出的端盖连接凸台,筒体1011上设置有对应的筒体连接凸台,端盖连接凸台以及筒体连接凸台上设置均有连接孔,紧固件或者螺栓穿设在连接孔内,以实现对端盖1012和筒体1011的固定连接,通过连接凸台实现连接,能够在提高端盖1012和筒体1011的腔体的同时,还可提高连接稳固性。In some embodiments, an end cover connecting boss protruding radially outward is provided on the outer peripheral wall of the end cover 1012, and a corresponding cylinder connecting boss is provided on the cylinder 1011. Both the end cover connecting boss and the cylinder connecting boss are provided with connecting holes, and fasteners or bolts are passed through the connecting holes to achieve a fixed connection between the end cover 1012 and the cylinder 1011. The connection is achieved through the connecting boss, which can improve the cavity of the end cover 1012 and the cylinder 1011 while also improving the stability of the connection.
需要说明的是,螺栓1016和定位销1017的规格、数量可根据实际机械强度要求进行合理设计。It should be noted that the specifications and quantity of the bolts 1016 and the positioning pins 1017 can be reasonably designed according to the actual mechanical strength requirements.
在一些实施例中,如图2、图3和图4所示,端盖1012上设有导向杆400,导向杆400与动子组件220和定子组件210的另一个移动配合以导引机壳100与动子组件220和定子组件210的其中一个的移动方向。也就是说,动子组件220和定子组件210的其中一个与机壳100固定连接,动子组件220和定子组件210的另一个与导向杆400移动配合,从而避免机壳100在移动过程中发生偏移,也就是确保机壳100能够沿既定方向进行移动,保证机壳100移动的准确性。In some embodiments, as shown in Fig. 2, Fig. 3 and Fig. 4, a guide rod 400 is provided on the end cover 1012, and the guide rod 400 is movably matched with the other one of the movable assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210 to guide the moving direction of the housing 100 and one of the movable assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210. That is, one of the movable assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210 is fixedly connected to the housing 100, and the other of the movable assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210 is movably matched with the guide rod 400, so as to avoid the housing 100 from deflecting during the movement process, that is, to ensure that the housing 100 can move in a predetermined direction, and to ensure the accuracy of the movement of the housing 100.
通过上述设置,当设置该电磁作动器1000应用至车辆20000上时,可使得车轮2000能够沿既定方向进行移动,保证车辆20000行驶时的平稳性。Through the above configuration, when the electromagnetic actuator 1000 is applied to the vehicle 20000, the wheel 2000 can be moved in a predetermined direction, thereby ensuring the stability of the vehicle 20000 when driving.
在一些实施例中,如图2、图3和图4所示,导向杆400与动子组件220和定子组件210的另一个之间设有导向轴承840。In some embodiments, as shown in FIGS. 2 , 3 and 4 , a guide bearing 840 is disposed between the guide rod 400 and the other of the mover assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210 .
在一些实施例中,动子组件220与机壳100固定连接,导向杆400与定子组件210移动配合以引导机壳100的移动方向,定子组件210下端的垂直度、同心度均由导向杆400、导向轴承840决定。In some embodiments, the movable assembly 220 is fixedly connected to the housing 100, and the guide rod 400 and the stator assembly 210 move in coordination to guide the movement direction of the housing 100. The verticality and concentricity of the lower end of the stator assembly 210 are determined by the guide rod 400 and the guide bearing 840.
在一些实施例中,如图2所示,筒体1011的上端开有轴承安装槽孔用来装配轴承170,轴承170对定子组件210的上端起定位作用,定子组件210上端的垂直度、同心度均由筒体1011的顶面以及轴承170决定。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 2 , a bearing mounting slot is provided at the upper end of the cylinder 1011 for assembling the bearing 170 . The bearing 170 positions the upper end of the stator assembly 210 . The verticality and concentricity of the upper end of the stator assembly 210 are determined by the top surface of the cylinder 1011 and the bearing 170 .
综上,该实施例中的电磁作动器1000主要结构由轴承170、筒体1011、动子组件220、定子组件210、导向轴承840、端盖1012组成。其中,筒体1011内部贴有动子组件220,轴承170、筒体1011、端盖1012以及动子组件220组成电磁作动器1000的动子部分,定子组件210内部为线圈绕组,在通入三相电时会形成运动的磁场,该磁场作用在动子部分上,定子组件210和动子组件220产生相互作用力使机壳100上下运动,最终电磁作动器1000实现直线运动,且通过调节三相电的大小与方向来控制机壳100直线运动,达到实际需要的运动状态,且该实施例通过合理设计端盖1012与筒体1011之间的结构,解决了动子组件220和定子组件210安装、安装支架192装配、机壳100移动定位等问题。In summary, the main structure of the electromagnetic actuator 1000 in this embodiment is composed of a bearing 170 , a cylinder 1011 , a mover assembly 220 , a stator assembly 210 , a guide bearing 840 , and an end cover 1012 . Among them, the inside of the cylinder 1011 is attached with a mover assembly 220, and the bearing 170, the cylinder 1011, the end cover 1012 and the mover assembly 220 constitute the mover part of the electromagnetic actuator 1000. The inside of the stator assembly 210 is a coil winding. When three-phase electricity is passed, a moving magnetic field will be formed. The magnetic field acts on the mover part, and the stator assembly 210 and the mover assembly 220 generate an interaction force to make the casing 100 move up and down. Finally, the electromagnetic actuator 1000 realizes linear motion, and the linear motion of the casing 100 is controlled by adjusting the size and direction of the three-phase electricity to achieve the actual required motion state. In addition, this embodiment solves the problems of installation of the mover assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210, assembly of the mounting bracket 192, and movement and positioning of the casing 100 by reasonably designing the structure between the end cover 1012 and the cylinder 1011.
在一些示例中,在装配电磁作动器1000时,第一步将动子组件220从筒体1011的底部装入筒体1011的内表面,第二步将轴承170与筒体1011的顶面的装配,第三步将导向轴承840放入定子组件210下端面的安装孔中,随后将定子组件210从筒体1011的底部装入,定子组件210的上端插入轴承170内,最后将端盖1012从筒体1011的下端往上安装,导向杆400插入导向轴承840内,伸入部1014伸入卡槽1013,通过螺栓1016和定位销1017连接端盖1012和筒体1011,推拉机壳100检查机壳100运动是否顺畅,若不顺畅需检查导向杆400装配是否到位,各零件机加尺寸是否超标,最后通电电磁作动器1000的运动是否正常。In some examples, when assembling the electromagnetic actuator 1000, the first step is to install the mover assembly 220 from the bottom of the cylinder 1011 into the inner surface of the cylinder 1011, the second step is to assemble the bearing 170 with the top surface of the cylinder 1011, and the third step is to put the guide bearing 840 into the mounting hole on the lower end surface of the stator assembly 210, then install the stator assembly 210 from the bottom of the cylinder 1011, insert the upper end of the stator assembly 210 into the bearing 170, and finally install the end cover 1011. 12 Install from the lower end of the cylinder 1011 upwards, insert the guide rod 400 into the guide bearing 840, extend the extension part 1014 into the slot 1013, connect the end cover 1012 and the cylinder 1011 through the bolt 1016 and the positioning pin 1017, push and pull the housing 100 to check whether the movement of the housing 100 is smooth. If not, check whether the guide rod 400 is assembled in place, whether the machined dimensions of each part exceed the standard, and finally power on the electromagnetic actuator 1000 to see if the movement is normal.
值得注意的是,本实施例的电磁作动器1000,将筒体1011与端盖1012采用分体设计结构,方便安装定子组件210和动子组件220;通过将端盖1012、导向杆400以及安装支架192集成一体化设计,简化电磁作动器1000各零件之间的连接方式,减少组装工序和装配时间,提高结构可靠性,降低重量;通过在端盖1012集成导向杆400以及在端盖1012上顶面设计伸入部1014与筒体1011内表面配合安装,可保证导向杆400与筒体1011的中心重合,从而保证定子组件210和动子组件220之间的气隙均匀;通过在端盖1012和筒体1011之间增加定位销1017定位,用于定位端盖1012的安装方向,防止错装。It is worth noting that the electromagnetic actuator 1000 of this embodiment adopts a split design structure for the cylinder 1011 and the end cover 1012, which is convenient for installing the stator assembly 210 and the mover assembly 220; by integrating the end cover 1012, the guide rod 400 and the mounting bracket 192 into an integrated design, the connection method between the various parts of the electromagnetic actuator 1000 is simplified, the assembly process and assembly time are reduced, the structural reliability is improved, and the weight is reduced; by integrating the guide rod 400 in the end cover 1012 and designing the extension part 1014 on the top surface of the end cover 1012 to cooperate with the inner surface of the cylinder 1011 for installation, it can be ensured that the center of the guide rod 400 and the cylinder 1011 coincide, thereby ensuring that the air gap between the stator assembly 210 and the mover assembly 220 is uniform; by adding a positioning pin 1017 between the end cover 1012 and the cylinder 1011, it is used to locate the installation direction of the end cover 1012 to prevent misinstallation.
在一些实施例中,结合图5、图6和图8所示,多个子壳体101沿周向排布设置,周向与轴线大致垂直。也就是说,多个子壳体101不限于沿电磁作动器1000的轴线排布设置,也可沿电磁作动器1000的周向排布设置,这样也可降低机壳100的装配难度,同时降低动子组件220和定子组件210的装配以及维护难度,避免动子组件220 和定子组件210在装配过程中与机壳100发生磕碰,保证动子组件220和定子组件210的工作性能。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 5 , FIG. 6 and FIG. 8 , multiple sub-housings 101 are arranged along the circumferential direction, and the circumferential direction is substantially perpendicular to the axis. In other words, the multiple sub-housings 101 are not limited to being arranged along the axis of the electromagnetic actuator 1000, but can also be arranged along the circumferential direction of the electromagnetic actuator 1000, which can also reduce the difficulty of assembling the housing 100, and at the same time reduce the difficulty of assembling and maintaining the moving subassembly 220 and the stator assembly 210, avoiding the moving subassembly 220 The stator assembly 210 collides with the housing 100 during the assembly process to ensure the working performance of the mover assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210.
在一些实施例中,结合图9、图10、图11和图12所示,多个子壳体101包括第一子壳体110及第二子壳体120,第一子壳体110形成有第一空腔115,第二子壳体120形成有第二空腔125,第一子壳体110与第二子壳体120相对设置以使第一空腔115与第二空腔125合围形成容纳腔130。从而降低容纳腔130的成型难度,并便于将动子组件220和定子组件210设于容纳腔130内。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG9, FIG10, FIG11 and FIG12, the plurality of sub-housings 101 include a first sub-housing 110 and a second sub-housing 120, the first sub-housing 110 is formed with a first cavity 115, the second sub-housing 120 is formed with a second cavity 125, and the first sub-housing 110 and the second sub-housing 120 are arranged opposite to each other so that the first cavity 115 and the second cavity 125 are enclosed to form an accommodating cavity 130. This reduces the difficulty of molding the accommodating cavity 130, and facilitates the arrangement of the mover assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210 in the accommodating cavity 130.
在一些实施例中,如图6和图8所示,第一子壳体110与第二子壳体120可转动连接。这里是指,第一子壳体110与第二子壳体120不仅连接且可相对转动,这样在第一子壳体110与第二子壳体120装配过程中,可首先将第一子壳体110与第二子壳体120转动连接,连接到位后,再转动第一子壳体110与第二子壳体120的至少一个,以组成机壳100,从而降低机壳100的装配难度。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG6 and FIG8 , the first sub-housing 110 and the second sub-housing 120 are rotatably connected. Here, it means that the first sub-housing 110 and the second sub-housing 120 are not only connected but also relatively rotatable, so that during the assembly process of the first sub-housing 110 and the second sub-housing 120, the first sub-housing 110 and the second sub-housing 120 can be firstly rotatably connected, and after being connected in place, at least one of the first sub-housing 110 and the second sub-housing 120 can be rotated to form the housing 100, thereby reducing the difficulty of assembling the housing 100.
也就是说,本实施例的机壳100沿其周向分隔成两部分(第一子壳体110与第二子壳体120),且该两部分可转动地连接,这样可使得第一子壳体110与第二子壳体120能够绕转动连接点旋转以打开或闭合机壳100,降低机壳100的开合难度。That is to say, the casing 100 of the present embodiment is divided into two parts (a first sub-shell 110 and a second sub-shell 120) along its circumference, and the two parts are rotatably connected, so that the first sub-shell 110 and the second sub-shell 120 can rotate around the rotation connection point to open or close the casing 100, thereby reducing the difficulty of opening and closing the casing 100.
其中,当第一子壳体110与第二子壳体120转动使机壳100的内部完全打开时,一方面可便于装配动子组件220和定子组件210,另一方面还可便于维护动子组件220和定子组件210,同时还可在一定程度上避免动子组件220和定子组件210在装配过程中与机壳100发生磕碰;当第一子壳体110与第二子壳体120转动使机壳100的内部完全关闭时,可利用机壳100支撑、保护动子组件220和定子组件210。Among them, when the first sub-shell 110 and the second sub-shell 120 are rotated to fully open the interior of the casing 100, on the one hand, it is convenient to assemble the movable assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210, and on the other hand, it is also convenient to maintain the movable assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210, and at the same time, it can also avoid the movable assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210 from colliding with the casing 100 during the assembly process to a certain extent; when the first sub-shell 110 and the second sub-shell 120 are rotated to fully close the interior of the casing 100, the casing 100 can be used to support and protect the movable assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210.
需要说明的是,当机壳100形成为圆筒形外壳时,通过上述设置可实现在机壳100的径向上将机壳100分隔成第一子壳体110和第二子壳体120,以降低机壳100的装配难度,并降低动子组件220和定子组件210与机壳100的配合难度。It should be noted that when the casing 100 is formed into a cylindrical outer shell, the above-mentioned setting can realize the separation of the casing 100 into a first sub-shell 110 and a second sub-shell 120 in the radial direction of the casing 100, so as to reduce the difficulty of assembling the casing 100 and reduce the difficulty of matching the movable sub-assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210 with the casing 100.
在一些实施例中,结合图9、图10、图11和图12所示,第一子壳体110设有凸出其的第一连接部111,第二子壳体120设有凸出其的第二连接部121,第一连接部111和第二连接部121转动连接。这里是指,第一子壳体110上设有第一连接部111且第一连接部111凸出于第一子壳体110,第二子壳体120上设有第二连接部121且第二连接部121凸出第二子壳体120,这样便于实现第一连接部111和第二连接部121的转动连接,以降低第一连接部111和第二连接部121的连接难度。In some embodiments, in combination with FIGS. 9, 10, 11 and 12, the first sub-housing 110 is provided with a first connecting portion 111 protruding therefrom, the second sub-housing 120 is provided with a second connecting portion 121 protruding therefrom, and the first connecting portion 111 and the second connecting portion 121 are rotatably connected. Here, it means that the first sub-housing 110 is provided with a first connecting portion 111 and the first connecting portion 111 protrudes from the first sub-housing 110, and the second sub-housing 120 is provided with a second connecting portion 121 and the second connecting portion 121 protrudes from the second sub-housing 120, so as to facilitate the rotatable connection between the first connecting portion 111 and the second connecting portion 121, so as to reduce the difficulty of connecting the first connecting portion 111 and the second connecting portion 121.
同时,将第一连接部111和第二连接部121转动连接后,即可实现第一子壳体110和第二子壳体120的转动连接,这样在第二子壳体120与第一子壳体110装配过程中,即可首先将第二子壳体120与第一子壳体110转动连接,连接到位后,再转动第二子壳体120和第一子壳体110的至少一个,以组成机壳100,从而降低机壳100的装配难度。At the same time, after the first connecting portion 111 and the second connecting portion 121 are rotationally connected, the first sub-shell 110 and the second sub-shell 120 can be rotationally connected. In this way, during the assembly process of the second sub-shell 120 and the first sub-shell 110, the second sub-shell 120 and the first sub-shell 110 can be rotationally connected first. After the connection is in place, at least one of the second sub-shell 120 and the first sub-shell 110 is rotated to form the housing 100, thereby reducing the difficulty of assembling the housing 100.
在一些实施例中,如图5和图6所示,电磁作动器1000还包括转轴140,第一子壳体110及第二子壳体120上均设置有轴孔,转轴140设置于轴孔内,以使第一子壳体110与第二子壳体120相对运动。从而实现第一子壳体110与第二子壳体120的转动连接,并降低第一子壳体110与第二子壳体120的连接难度。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 5 and FIG. 6 , the electromagnetic actuator 1000 further includes a rotating shaft 140. The first sub-housing 110 and the second sub-housing 120 are both provided with shaft holes, and the rotating shaft 140 is disposed in the shaft holes so that the first sub-housing 110 and the second sub-housing 120 can move relative to each other. Thus, the first sub-housing 110 and the second sub-housing 120 can be connected in rotation, and the connection difficulty of the first sub-housing 110 and the second sub-housing 120 can be reduced.
在一些实施例中,结合图5-图12所示,第一连接部111包括多个第一连接凸耳1111,多个第一连接凸耳1111间隔设置,第二连接部121包括多个第二连接凸耳1211,多个第二连接凸耳1211间隔设置,多个第一连接凸耳1111和多个第二连接凸耳1211交错设置,第一连接凸耳1111上设有第一连接孔1112,第二连接凸耳1211上设有第二连接孔1212,转轴140用于穿设多个第一连接孔1112和多个第二连接孔1212,从而便于利用转轴140实现第一连接凸耳1111和第二连接凸耳1211的转动连接,也就是实现第一子壳体110与第二子壳体120的转动连接。In some embodiments, in combination with Figures 5-12, the first connecting portion 111 includes a plurality of first connecting lugs 1111, and the plurality of first connecting lugs 1111 are arranged at intervals. The second connecting portion 121 includes a plurality of second connecting lugs 1211, and the plurality of second connecting lugs 1211 are arranged at intervals. The plurality of first connecting lugs 1111 and the plurality of second connecting lugs 1211 are arranged alternately. The first connecting lug 1111 is provided with a first connecting hole 1112, and the second connecting lug 1211 is provided with a second connecting hole 1212. The rotating shaft 140 is used to penetrate the plurality of first connecting holes 1112 and the plurality of second connecting holes 1212, so as to facilitate the use of the rotating shaft 140 to realize the rotational connection between the first connecting lug 1111 and the second connecting lug 1211, that is, to realize the rotational connection between the first sub-shell 110 and the second sub-shell 120.
需要说明的是,上述所说的交错设置可以理解为是在图5中所示出的左右方向上,第一连接凸耳1111和第二连接凸耳1211非正对设置,从而使得多个第一连接凸耳1111和多个第二连接凸耳1211交错设置,这样在第一子壳体110和第二子壳体120转动对接完成后,可使得第一连接凸耳1111和第二连接凸耳1211在机壳100的前后方向上正对设置,这里所说的前后方向与图5中的上下方向、左右方向相交,从而使得转轴140能够同时穿设多个第一连接凸耳1111和多个第二连接凸耳1211,以便于利用转轴140实现多个第一连接凸耳1111和多个第二连接凸耳1211的连接,也就是实现第一连接部111和第二连接部121的转动连接。It should be noted that the staggered arrangement mentioned above can be understood as that in the left-right direction shown in Figure 5, the first connecting lug 1111 and the second connecting lug 1211 are not arranged opposite each other, so that multiple first connecting lugs 1111 and multiple second connecting lugs 1211 are arranged alternately, so that after the first sub-shell 110 and the second sub-shell 120 are rotated and docked, the first connecting lug 1111 and the second connecting lug 1211 can be arranged opposite each other in the front-to-back direction of the casing 100. The front-to-back direction mentioned here intersects with the up-down direction and the left-to-right direction in Figure 5, so that the rotating shaft 140 can be simultaneously penetrated by multiple first connecting lugs 1111 and multiple second connecting lugs 1211, so as to facilitate the use of the rotating shaft 140 to realize the connection of multiple first connecting lugs 1111 and multiple second connecting lugs 1211, that is, to realize the rotational connection of the first connecting part 111 and the second connecting part 121.
其中,图5中所示出的左右方向上也可理解为是第一子壳体110和第二子壳体120的对接方向,也就是说,第一子壳体110和第二子壳体120在对接的过程中,多个第一连接凸耳1111和多个第二连接凸耳1211交错设置,从而使得第一子壳体110和第二子壳体120在对接过程后,第一连接凸耳1111和第二连接凸耳1211在机壳100的前后方向上能够正对设置,可以理解的是,此时第一子壳体110及第二子壳体120上的轴孔在前后方向上正对设置。Among them, the left and right direction shown in Figure 5 can also be understood as the docking direction of the first sub-shell 110 and the second sub-shell 120, that is, during the docking process of the first sub-shell 110 and the second sub-shell 120, the multiple first connecting lugs 1111 and the multiple second connecting lugs 1211 are staggered, so that after the first sub-shell 110 and the second sub-shell 120 are docked, the first connecting lugs 1111 and the second connecting lugs 1211 can be arranged opposite to each other in the front-to-back direction of the casing 100. It can be understood that at this time, the axial holes on the first sub-shell 110 and the second sub-shell 120 are arranged opposite to each other in the front-to-back direction.
综上,本实施例的机壳100沿其周向分隔成两部分,并利用转轴140、第一连接部111和第二连接部121配合将第一子壳体110和第二子壳体120进行连接,使得第一子壳体110和第二子壳体120能够绕转轴140旋转打开或闭合机壳100,从而使得机壳100内部可以完全打开,这样有利于机壳100内的动子组件220和定子组件210的定位、安装、固定、检修等,且相对于机壳100端部开口而言,还可避免动子组件220和定子组件210在装配过程中与机壳100发生磕碰。In summary, the casing 100 of the present embodiment is divided into two parts along its circumference, and the first sub-shell 110 and the second sub-shell 120 are connected by using the rotating shaft 140, the first connecting part 111 and the second connecting part 121, so that the first sub-shell 110 and the second sub-shell 120 can be rotated around the rotating shaft 140 to open or close the casing 100, so that the interior of the casing 100 can be completely opened, which is conducive to the positioning, installation, fixation, maintenance, etc. of the movable assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210 in the casing 100, and relative to the end opening of the casing 100, it can also prevent the movable assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210 from colliding with the casing 100 during the assembly process.
在一些实施例中,如图6所示,在机壳100的轴向上,第一子壳体110的端部和第二子壳体120的端部转动连接。也就是说,第一子壳体110的轴向一端与第二子壳体120的轴向一端进行转动连接,从而实现第一子壳体110与第二子壳体120的转动配合,降低第一子壳体110与第二子壳体120的装配难度。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG6 , in the axial direction of the housing 100, the end of the first sub-housing 110 is rotatably connected to the end of the second sub-housing 120. In other words, one axial end of the first sub-housing 110 is rotatably connected to one axial end of the second sub-housing 120, thereby realizing the rotational cooperation between the first sub-housing 110 and the second sub-housing 120, and reducing the difficulty of assembling the first sub-housing 110 and the second sub-housing 120.
在一些实施例中,如图9、图10、图11和图12所示,第一连接部111设于第一子壳体110的轴向一端,第二连接部121设于第二子壳体120的轴向一端,这样在第一连接部111和第二连接部121转动连接后,即可实现第一子壳体110与第二子壳体120的转动配合,并使得第一子壳体110的端部和第二子壳体120的端部转动连接。In some embodiments, as shown in Figures 9, 10, 11 and 12, the first connecting portion 111 is disposed at one axial end of the first sub-shell 110, and the second connecting portion 121 is disposed at one axial end of the second sub-shell 120, so that after the first connecting portion 111 and the second connecting portion 121 are rotationally connected, the first sub-shell 110 and the second sub-shell 120 can be rotationally matched, and the end of the first sub-shell 110 and the end of the second sub-shell 120 can be rotationally connected.
通过上述设置,在机壳100装配的过程中,可首先将第一子壳体110的其中一端和第二子壳体120的其中一端进行转动连接,连接到位后,将动子组件220和定子组件210装配在第一子壳体110与第二子壳体120之间(如 图6所示),随后再驱动第一子壳体110的另一端和第二子壳体120的另一端朝向彼此的方向转动,以实现第一子壳体110与第二子壳体120的配合连接。Through the above arrangement, during the assembly of the housing 100, one end of the first sub-housing 110 and one end of the second sub-housing 120 can be firstly rotatably connected, and after the connection is in place, the mover assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210 are assembled between the first sub-housing 110 and the second sub-housing 120 (such as 6 ), and then the other end of the first sub-shell 110 and the other end of the second sub-shell 120 are driven to rotate toward each other to achieve the matching connection between the first sub-shell 110 and the second sub-shell 120.
在另一些实施例中,如图8所示,在机壳100的周向上,第一子壳体110的一侧和第二子壳体120的一侧转动连接。也就是说,不限于将第一子壳体110的端部和第二子壳体120的端部进行转动连接,也可在机壳100的周向上,将第一子壳体110的一侧和第二子壳体120的一侧进行转动连接,这里也可实现第一子壳体110与第二子壳体120的转动配合,降低第一子壳体110与第二子壳体120的装配难度。In other embodiments, as shown in FIG8 , one side of the first sub-housing 110 is rotatably connected to one side of the second sub-housing 120 in the circumferential direction of the housing 100. That is, it is not limited to rotatably connecting the end of the first sub-housing 110 and the end of the second sub-housing 120, and one side of the first sub-housing 110 and one side of the second sub-housing 120 in the circumferential direction of the housing 100 can also be rotatably connected, and the rotational cooperation between the first sub-housing 110 and the second sub-housing 120 can also be achieved, thereby reducing the difficulty of assembling the first sub-housing 110 and the second sub-housing 120.
在一些实施例中,如图8所示,第一连接部111设于第一子壳体110的周向上的一侧,第二连接部121设于第二子壳体120的周向上的一侧,这样在第一连接部111和第二连接部121转动连接后,即可实现第一子壳体110与第二子壳体120的转动配合,并使得第一子壳体110的一侧和第二子壳体120的一侧转动连接。In some embodiments, as shown in Figure 8, the first connecting portion 111 is arranged on one side of the first sub-shell 110 in the circumferential direction, and the second connecting portion 121 is arranged on one side of the second sub-shell 120 in the circumferential direction, so that after the first connecting portion 111 and the second connecting portion 121 are rotatably connected, the first sub-shell 110 and the second sub-shell 120 can be rotatably matched, and one side of the first sub-shell 110 and one side of the second sub-shell 120 can be rotatably connected.
通过上述设置,如图8所示,在机壳100装配的过程中,可首先将第一子壳体110在周向上的一侧和第二子壳体120在周向上的一侧进行转动连接,连接到位后,将动子组件220和定子组件210装配在第一子壳体110与第二子壳体120之间,随后再驱动第一子壳体110的周向上的另一侧和第二子壳体120的周向上的另一侧朝向彼此的方向转动,以实现第一子壳体110与第二子壳体120的配合连接。Through the above-mentioned arrangement, as shown in Figure 8, during the assembly of the casing 100, one side of the first sub-shell 110 in the circumferential direction and one side of the second sub-shell 120 in the circumferential direction can be first rotationally connected. After the connection is in place, the movable sub-assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210 are assembled between the first sub-shell 110 and the second sub-shell 120, and then the other side of the first sub-shell 110 in the circumferential direction and the other side of the second sub-shell 120 in the circumferential direction are driven to rotate toward each other to achieve the mating connection between the first sub-shell 110 and the second sub-shell 120.
在一些实施例中,第一子壳体110与第二子壳体120可拆卸配合。也就是说,第一子壳体110和第二子壳体120不仅可转动地连接,还形成可拆卸配合,这样可实现第一子壳体110和第二子壳体120的固定连接,使得第一子壳体110和第二子壳体120相对位置稳定,从而保证机壳100的位置稳定性,便于利用机壳100支撑、保护动子组件220和定子组件210,以延长动子组件220和定子组件210的使用寿命,并提高动子组件220和定子组件210的位置稳定性。In some embodiments, the first sub-housing 110 and the second sub-housing 120 are detachably matched. That is, the first sub-housing 110 and the second sub-housing 120 are not only rotatably connected, but also detachably matched, so that the first sub-housing 110 and the second sub-housing 120 can be fixedly connected, so that the relative position of the first sub-housing 110 and the second sub-housing 120 is stable, thereby ensuring the position stability of the housing 100, facilitating the use of the housing 100 to support and protect the mover assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210, so as to extend the service life of the mover assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210, and improve the position stability of the mover assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210.
同时,通过将第一子壳体110与第二子壳体120设置成可拆卸配合,还可降低第一子壳体110与第二子壳体120的装拆难度,以降低机壳100的装拆难度,并便于维护动子组件220和定子组件210。At the same time, by arranging the first sub-shell 110 and the second sub-shell 120 to be detachably matched, the difficulty of assembling and disassembling the first sub-shell 110 and the second sub-shell 120 can be reduced, so as to reduce the difficulty of assembling and disassembling the casing 100 and facilitate the maintenance of the movable sub-assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210.
在一些实施例中,如图6所示,第一子壳体110和第二子壳体120中的其中一个上设有第三连接部112,另一个上设有正对第三连接部112的第四连接部122,第一紧固件150连接第三连接部112和第四连接部122以使第一子壳体110和第二子壳体120可拆卸。这里是指,当第一子壳体110上设有第三连接部112时,第二子壳体120上设有第四连接部122;当第二子壳体120上设有第三连接部112时,第一子壳体110上设有第四连接部122,这样将第一紧固件150连接第三连接部112和第四连接部122时,即可实现第一子壳体110和第二子壳体120的可拆卸配合,在实现第一子壳体110和第二子壳体120的固定连接的同时,还可使得第一子壳体110和第二子壳体120相对位置稳定,从而保证机壳100的位置稳定性,并降低机壳100的装配难度。In some embodiments, as shown in Figure 6, one of the first sub-shell 110 and the second sub-shell 120 is provided with a third connecting portion 112, and the other is provided with a fourth connecting portion 122 facing the third connecting portion 112, and the first fastener 150 connects the third connecting portion 112 and the fourth connecting portion 122 to make the first sub-shell 110 and the second sub-shell 120 detachable. What is meant here is that when the third connecting portion 112 is provided on the first sub-shell 110, the fourth connecting portion 122 is provided on the second sub-shell 120; when the third connecting portion 112 is provided on the second sub-shell 120, the fourth connecting portion 122 is provided on the first sub-shell 110, so that when the first fastener 150 is connected to the third connecting portion 112 and the fourth connecting portion 122, the detachable cooperation of the first sub-shell 110 and the second sub-shell 120 can be achieved, and while achieving the fixed connection between the first sub-shell 110 and the second sub-shell 120, the relative position of the first sub-shell 110 and the second sub-shell 120 can be stabilized, thereby ensuring the position stability of the casing 100 and reducing the difficulty of assembling the casing 100.
在一些实施例中,结合图9、图10和图12所示,第三连接部112上设有第三连接孔1121,第四连接部122上设有第四连接孔1221,第一紧固件150连接第三连接孔1121和第四连接孔1221,从而实现第三连接部112和第四连接部122的固定连接。In some embodiments, in combination with Figures 9, 10 and 12, a third connection hole 1121 is provided on the third connection portion 112, a fourth connection hole 1221 is provided on the fourth connection portion 122, and the first fastener 150 connects the third connection hole 1121 and the fourth connection hole 1221, thereby achieving a fixed connection between the third connection portion 112 and the fourth connection portion 122.
可选地,第一紧固件150可为紧固螺栓、紧固螺钉或铆钉。Optionally, the first fastener 150 may be a fastening bolt, a fastening screw, or a rivet.
可选地,结合图5、图6和图8所示,第一子壳体110上设有多个第三连接部112,且多个第三连接部112分别位于第一子壳体110的侧壁和端壁上,第二子壳体120上设有多个正对第三连接部112的第四连接部122,这样当第一紧固件150连接第三连接部112和第四连接部122时,可使得第一子壳体110和第二子壳体120的侧壁和端壁均可实现可拆卸配合,以提高第一子壳体110和第二子壳体120的连接强度,从而使得第一子壳体110和第二子壳体120的相对位置稳定。Optionally, in combination with Figures 5, 6 and 8, a plurality of third connecting parts 112 are provided on the first sub-shell 110, and the plurality of third connecting parts 112 are respectively located on the side wall and the end wall of the first sub-shell 110, and a plurality of fourth connecting parts 122 are provided on the second sub-shell 120 that are opposite to the third connecting parts 112, so that when the first fastener 150 connects the third connecting parts 112 and the fourth connecting parts 122, the side walls and the end walls of the first sub-shell 110 and the second sub-shell 120 can be detachably matched to improve the connection strength between the first sub-shell 110 and the second sub-shell 120, thereby stabilizing the relative positions of the first sub-shell 110 and the second sub-shell 120.
在一些实施例中,如图7所示,机壳100设有第一避让通孔160,第一避让通孔160与容纳腔130连通,第一避让通孔160适用于避让中心杆300,第一避让通孔160内设有圆筒状的轴承170。其中,通过设置避让中心杆300且连通容纳腔130的第一避让通孔160,可确保中心杆300能够通过第一避让通孔160伸入容纳腔130内;通过在第一避让通孔160内设置圆筒状的轴承170,这样在中心杆300相对于容纳腔130活动时,可利用轴承170对中心杆300进行导向,以保证中心杆300活动时的位置准确性,同时还可避免中心杆300在活动过程中接触第一避让通孔160的孔壁,从而避免中心杆300与第一避让通孔160的孔壁发生干涉,以使得中心杆300能够准确地相对于容纳腔130活动。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 7 , the housing 100 is provided with a first avoidance through hole 160 , which is connected to the accommodating cavity 130 , and is suitable for avoiding the center rod 300 . A cylindrical bearing 170 is provided in the first avoidance through hole 160 . Among them, by setting a first avoidance through hole 160 that avoids the center rod 300 and is connected to the accommodating cavity 130, it can be ensured that the center rod 300 can extend into the accommodating cavity 130 through the first avoidance through hole 160; by setting a cylindrical bearing 170 in the first avoidance through hole 160, when the center rod 300 moves relative to the accommodating cavity 130, the bearing 170 can be used to guide the center rod 300 to ensure the position accuracy of the center rod 300 when it moves, and at the same time, it can also avoid the center rod 300 from contacting the hole wall of the first avoidance through hole 160 during the movement, thereby avoiding interference between the center rod 300 and the hole wall of the first avoidance through hole 160, so that the center rod 300 can accurately move relative to the accommodating cavity 130.
同时,通过设置轴承170,更有利于保证永磁体和线圈之间的气隙保持在设计的合理范围内,保证系统结构的稳定性、提升系统抗侧吸的能力。At the same time, by providing the bearing 170, it is more conducive to ensuring that the air gap between the permanent magnet and the coil is maintained within a reasonable designed range, ensuring the stability of the system structure and improving the system's ability to resist side suction.
需要说明的是,因第一避让通孔160形成在机壳100上,在第一避让通孔160加工过程中,易出现第一避让通孔160的孔壁光滑度低、第一避让通孔160的位置精度差的技术问题,此时若直接将中心杆300与第一避让通孔160配合,易出现中心杆300在活动过程中与第一避让通孔160干涉的问题,因此,本实施例在第一避让通孔160内设置圆筒状的轴承170,这样在利用轴承170对中心杆300进行导向的同时,还可避免中心杆300在活动过程中与第一避让通孔160的孔壁发生干涉,以保证中心杆300活动时的位置准确性。It should be noted that, since the first avoidance through hole 160 is formed on the housing 100, during the processing of the first avoidance through hole 160, technical problems such as low smoothness of the hole wall of the first avoidance through hole 160 and poor positional accuracy of the first avoidance through hole 160 are likely to occur. At this time, if the center rod 300 is directly matched with the first avoidance through hole 160, the center rod 300 is likely to interfere with the first avoidance through hole 160 during movement. Therefore, in this embodiment, a cylindrical bearing 170 is arranged in the first avoidance through hole 160. In this way, while the bearing 170 is used to guide the center rod 300, interference between the center rod 300 and the hole wall of the first avoidance through hole 160 during movement can be avoided, so as to ensure the positional accuracy of the center rod 300 during movement.
还需要说明的是,上述所说的中心杆300相对于容纳腔130活动可以是移动,也可以是转动。It should also be noted that the movement of the central rod 300 relative to the accommodating cavity 130 may be movement or rotation.
可选地,轴承170可拆卸地设在第一避让通孔160内,这样便于单独加工轴承170,以保证轴承170的结构精度,从而保证轴承170的导向性能。Optionally, the bearing 170 is detachably disposed in the first avoidance through hole 160 , so that the bearing 170 can be easily processed separately to ensure the structural accuracy of the bearing 170 , thereby ensuring the guiding performance of the bearing 170 .
在一些实施例中,如图15和图16所示,轴承170的外周设有凸起部171,凸起部171配合连接在第一避让通孔160内,以实现轴承170与第一避让通孔160的配合连接,从而便于利用轴承170对中心杆300进行导向,且使得轴承170的结构简单、安装方便,同时无需额外增加安装固定结构来固定轴承170。In some embodiments, as shown in Figures 15 and 16, a protrusion 171 is provided on the outer periphery of the bearing 170, and the protrusion 171 is matched and connected in the first avoidance through hole 160 to achieve the matching connection between the bearing 170 and the first avoidance through hole 160, so as to facilitate the use of the bearing 170 to guide the center rod 300, and make the structure of the bearing 170 simple and easy to install, and at the same time, there is no need to add an additional installation and fixing structure to fix the bearing 170.
在一些实施例中,如图6和图14所示,中心杆300上设有定子组件210,这样将中心杆300伸入容纳腔130内时,即可实现将定子组件210设在容纳腔130内,以使得定子组件210与动子组件220能够配合,从而保证电磁作动器1000的工作性能。In some embodiments, as shown in Figures 6 and 14, a stator assembly 210 is provided on the center rod 300, so that when the center rod 300 is extended into the accommodating cavity 130, the stator assembly 210 can be arranged in the accommodating cavity 130, so that the stator assembly 210 and the mover assembly 220 can cooperate with each other, thereby ensuring the working performance of the electromagnetic actuator 1000.
同时,通过在中心杆300上设置定子组件210,将动子组件220设于机壳100,还可形成永磁体外置、线圈组件内置的电磁方案,在有限空间约束条件下,能获得更大的气隙直径,从而能够提供更大的主动推力。 At the same time, by arranging the stator assembly 210 on the center rod 300 and the mover assembly 220 in the housing 100, an electromagnetic solution with a permanent magnet placed outside and a coil assembly placed inside can be formed. Under the constraints of limited space, a larger air gap diameter can be obtained, thereby providing greater active thrust.
需要说明的是,由于本实施例的机壳100沿其周向分隔成第一子壳体110和第二子壳体120,当机壳100用于在电磁作动器1000上时,由于将定子组件210设在第一子壳体110和第二子壳体120上需要将定子组件210分为两半,导致无法产生磁感线,因此,当机壳100用于在电磁作动器1000上时,将定子组件210设在中心杆300上,动子组件220设在第一子壳体110和第二子壳体120上并分为两部分;当机壳100用于在旋转电机上时,由于定子组件210方向不一样,所以定子组件210可以设在第一子壳体110和第二子壳体120上并分为两部分,也可设在中心杆300上。It should be noted that, since the casing 100 of the present embodiment is divided into a first sub-shell 110 and a second sub-shell 120 along its circumferential direction, when the casing 100 is used on the electromagnetic actuator 1000, since the stator assembly 210 needs to be divided into two halves when it is arranged on the first sub-shell 110 and the second sub-shell 120, magnetic flux lines cannot be generated. Therefore, when the casing 100 is used on the electromagnetic actuator 1000, the stator assembly 210 is arranged on the center rod 300, and the mover assembly 220 is arranged on the first sub-shell 110 and the second sub-shell 120 and divided into two parts; when the casing 100 is used on a rotating motor, since the directions of the stator assembly 210 are different, the stator assembly 210 can be arranged on the first sub-shell 110 and the second sub-shell 120 and divided into two parts, or it can be arranged on the center rod 300.
在一些实施例中,结合图6、图9和图11所示,第一子壳体110设有第一避让槽113,第二子壳体120设有第二避让槽123,第一避让槽113和第二避让槽123配合限定出第一避让通孔160。这样实现在机壳100上形成连通容纳腔130的第一避让通孔160的同时,还可降低第一避让通孔160的成型难度以及降低轴承170、中心杆300与第一避让通孔160的配合难度,提高机壳100的装配效率。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG6, FIG9 and FIG11, the first sub-housing 110 is provided with a first avoidance groove 113, and the second sub-housing 120 is provided with a second avoidance groove 123, and the first avoidance groove 113 and the second avoidance groove 123 cooperate to define a first avoidance through hole 160. In this way, the first avoidance through hole 160 communicating with the accommodating cavity 130 is formed on the housing 100, and the molding difficulty of the first avoidance through hole 160 and the matching difficulty of the bearing 170, the center rod 300 and the first avoidance through hole 160 are reduced, thereby improving the assembly efficiency of the housing 100.
同时,通过上述设置还可便于将中心杆300上的定子组件210装配在容纳腔130内。At the same time, the above arrangement can also facilitate the assembly of the stator assembly 210 on the center rod 300 into the accommodating cavity 130 .
综上可以理解为,将机壳100沿其周向分隔成第一子壳体110和第二子壳体120后,机壳100的中分面是通过轴承170轴线的平面。In summary, it can be understood that after the housing 100 is divided into the first sub-housing 110 and the second sub-housing 120 along its circumferential direction, the center dividing plane of the housing 100 is a plane passing through the axis of the bearing 170 .
需要说明的是,对于圆筒形电机外壳而言,该中分面可以将圆筒形电机外壳平分为左右对称两部分;对于其他形状电机外壳(如方形、五边形等)而言,该中分面可以将机壳100分成两部分但非对称。It should be noted that, for a cylindrical motor housing, the center dividing plane can divide the cylindrical motor housing into two symmetrical parts; for motor housings of other shapes (such as square, pentagonal, etc.), the center dividing plane can divide the housing 100 into two parts but they are asymmetrical.
也就是说,当机壳100形成为圆筒形电机外壳时,第一子壳体110和第二子壳体120大体结构对称;当机壳100形成为其他形状电机外壳时,第一子壳体110和第二子壳体120大体结构非对称。That is, when the housing 100 is formed into a cylindrical motor housing, the first sub-housing 110 and the second sub-housing 120 are generally symmetrical in structure; when the housing 100 is formed into a motor housing of other shapes, the first sub-housing 110 and the second sub-housing 120 are generally asymmetrical in structure.
在一些实施例中,如图6和图7所示,机壳100还包括导向杆400,动子组件220和定子组件210的另一个与导向杆400配合。从而避免动子组件220和定子组件210的另一个在移动过程中发生偏移,也就是确保动子组件220和定子组件210的另一个能够沿既定方向进行相对移动,保证动子组件220和定子组件210的另一个移动的准确性,这样在一定程度上可保证机壳100和动子组件220和定子组件210的另一个在相互运动过程中两者的相对轴向距离保持不变。In some embodiments, as shown in Fig. 6 and Fig. 7, the housing 100 further includes a guide rod 400, and the other of the movable subassembly 220 and the stator subassembly 210 cooperates with the guide rod 400. This prevents the movable subassembly 220 and the other of the stator subassembly 210 from deviating during the movement, that is, it ensures that the movable subassembly 220 and the other of the stator subassembly 210 can move relative to each other in a predetermined direction, and ensures the accuracy of the movement of the other of the movable subassembly 220 and the stator subassembly 210, so that to a certain extent, the relative axial distance between the housing 100 and the movable subassembly 220 and the other of the stator subassembly 210 remains unchanged during the mutual movement.
在一些实施例中,如图7所示,中心杆300位于容纳腔130内的一端设有导向孔310,导向杆400与导向孔310移动配合,以便于利用导向杆400导引中心杆300的移动方向,保证中心杆300移动的准确性。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 7 , a guide hole 310 is provided at one end of the center rod 300 located in the accommodating cavity 130 , and the guide rod 400 is movably matched with the guide hole 310 so as to utilize the guide rod 400 to guide the moving direction of the center rod 300 and ensure the accuracy of the movement of the center rod 300 .
在一些实施例中,如图7所示,导向杆400设置在转轴140上。这里是指,当第一子壳体110的端部和第二子壳体120的端部转动连接时,导向杆400设置在转轴140上,以实现导向杆400的端部与机壳100的固定连接,降低导向杆400与机壳100的配合难度,从而便于利用机壳100支撑导向杆400,提高导向杆400的位置稳定性。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG7 , the guide rod 400 is disposed on the rotating shaft 140. Here, it means that when the end of the first sub-housing 110 and the end of the second sub-housing 120 are rotatably connected, the guide rod 400 is disposed on the rotating shaft 140 to achieve a fixed connection between the end of the guide rod 400 and the housing 100, reduce the difficulty of matching the guide rod 400 with the housing 100, thereby facilitating the use of the housing 100 to support the guide rod 400 and improve the position stability of the guide rod 400.
在一些实施例中,结合图7和图13所示,导向杆400上设置有通孔411,转轴140穿设于通孔411内。从而实现将导向杆400设置在转轴140上。In some embodiments, as shown in combination with FIG. 7 and FIG. 13 , a through hole 411 is provided on the guide rod 400 , and the rotating shaft 140 is passed through the through hole 411 , so that the guide rod 400 is arranged on the rotating shaft 140 .
在一些实施例中,如图13所示,导向杆400的端部设置安装凸台410,安装凸台410上设有通孔411,转轴140穿设通孔411,以实现转轴140与导向杆400的配合连接。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 13 , a mounting boss 410 is disposed at the end of the guide rod 400 , a through hole 411 is disposed on the mounting boss 410 , and the rotating shaft 140 passes through the through hole 411 to achieve a mating connection between the rotating shaft 140 and the guide rod 400 .
综上,本实施例的第一子壳体110、第二子壳体120和导向杆400通过转轴140连接在一起,三者可以绕着转轴140相对旋转,在机壳100具体装配时,首先将转轴140依次穿过多个第一连接凸耳1111、多个第二连接凸耳1211和导向杆400的端部,以实现第一子壳体110、第二子壳体120和导向杆400的转动配合,随后将轴承170套设在中心杆300上,并将中心杆300套设在导向杆400上,紧接着将导向杆400、轴承170和中心杆300绕转轴140旋转,使其靠近第一子壳体110或第二子壳体120的其中一个,并保证轴承170配合在第三避让槽114或第四避让槽124内,随后再控制第一子壳体110或第二子壳体120的另一个绕转轴140旋转,使第一子壳体110和第二子壳体120贴合,最后再利用第一紧固件150连接第一子壳体110和第二子壳体120,以实现第一子壳体110和第二子壳体120的固定连接,在上述连接过程中,可以完全避免中心杆300上的定子组件210与第一子壳体110和第二子壳体120上的动子组件220接触,从而避免动子组件220和定子组件210的损伤,延长动子组件220和定子组件210的使用寿命。In summary, the first sub-shell 110, the second sub-shell 120 and the guide rod 400 of the present embodiment are connected together by the rotating shaft 140, and the three can rotate relative to each other around the rotating shaft 140. When the housing 100 is specifically assembled, the rotating shaft 140 is first passed through the plurality of first connecting lugs 1111, the plurality of second connecting lugs 1211 and the end of the guide rod 400 in sequence to achieve the rotational cooperation of the first sub-shell 110, the second sub-shell 120 and the guide rod 400, and then the bearing 170 is sleeved on the center rod 300, and the center rod 300 is sleeved on the guide rod 400, and then the guide rod 400, the bearing 170 and the center rod 300 are rotated around the rotating shaft 140 to make them close to one of the first sub-shell 110 or the second sub-shell 120. And ensure that the bearing 170 is engaged in the third avoidance groove 114 or the fourth avoidance groove 124, and then control the other of the first sub-shell 110 or the second sub-shell 120 to rotate around the rotating shaft 140 to make the first sub-shell 110 and the second sub-shell 120 fit together, and finally use the first fastener 150 to connect the first sub-shell 110 and the second sub-shell 120 to achieve a fixed connection between the first sub-shell 110 and the second sub-shell 120. In the above connection process, the stator assembly 210 on the center rod 300 can be completely avoided from contacting the movable sub-assembly 220 on the first sub-shell 110 and the second sub-shell 120, thereby avoiding damage to the movable sub-assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210 and extending the service life of the movable sub-assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210.
此外,通过上述设置还可使得导向杆400与机壳100形成分体式可拆装设计,在不损失导向杆400与机壳100同轴度的情况下,更有利于实现动子组件220在机壳100的内周面的安装和固定,同时还便于单独加工导向杆400,保证导向杆400表面的平滑度,从而保证导向杆400的导向性能。In addition, the above-mentioned arrangement can also enable the guide rod 400 and the housing 100 to form a split and detachable design, which is more conducive to the installation and fixation of the movable subassembly 220 on the inner circumferential surface of the housing 100 without losing the coaxiality of the guide rod 400 and the housing 100. At the same time, it is also convenient to process the guide rod 400 separately to ensure the smoothness of the surface of the guide rod 400, thereby ensuring the guiding performance of the guide rod 400.
在一些实施例中,如图6、图7和图8所示,导向杆400的至少部分结构伸出容纳腔130,通孔411设置在导向杆400伸出容纳腔130的部分结构上。也就是说,导向杆400的端部伸出第一子壳体110和第二子壳体120,导向杆400的端部与第一子壳体110和第二子壳体120连接。以实现导向杆400与机壳100的固定连接,从而便于利用机壳100支撑导向杆400,提高导向杆400的位置稳定性,以此保证导向杆400的工作性能,便于利用导向杆400导引中心杆300的移动方向。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 6 , FIG. 7 and FIG. 8 , at least part of the structure of the guide rod 400 extends out of the accommodating cavity 130, and the through hole 411 is provided on the part of the structure of the guide rod 400 extending out of the accommodating cavity 130. That is, the ends of the guide rod 400 extend out of the first sub-shell 110 and the second sub-shell 120, and the ends of the guide rod 400 are connected to the first sub-shell 110 and the second sub-shell 120. This realizes the fixed connection between the guide rod 400 and the housing 100, so that the housing 100 is conveniently used to support the guide rod 400, and the position stability of the guide rod 400 is improved, so as to ensure the working performance of the guide rod 400, and facilitate the use of the guide rod 400 to guide the moving direction of the center rod 300.
同时,通过将导向杆400的端部伸出第一子壳体110和第二子壳体120,可实现在机壳100的外部对导向杆400和机壳100进行连接,以降低导向杆400和机壳100的连接难度,也就是降低导向杆400的配合难度。At the same time, by extending the end of the guide rod 400 out of the first sub-shell 110 and the second sub-shell 120, the guide rod 400 and the shell 100 can be connected outside the shell 100 to reduce the difficulty of connecting the guide rod 400 and the shell 100, that is, to reduce the difficulty of matching the guide rod 400.
在一些实施例中,如图7所示,机壳100设有第二避让通孔161,第二避让通孔161与容纳腔130连通,第二避让通孔161用于避让导向杆400,从而使得导向杆400的端部能够伸出第一子壳体110和第二子壳体120并与第一子壳体110和第二子壳体120连接,以降低导向杆400和机壳100的连接难度。In some embodiments, as shown in Figure 7, the housing 100 is provided with a second avoidance through hole 161, which is connected to the accommodating cavity 130. The second avoidance through hole 161 is used to avoid the guide rod 400, so that the end of the guide rod 400 can extend out of the first sub-shell 110 and the second sub-shell 120 and be connected to the first sub-shell 110 and the second sub-shell 120, so as to reduce the difficulty of connecting the guide rod 400 and the housing 100.
可选地,结合图6、图8、图10和图12所示,第一子壳体110设有第三避让槽114,第二子壳体120设有第四避让槽124,第三避让槽114和第四避让槽124配合限定出第二避让通孔161。这样实现在机壳100上形成连通容纳腔130的第二避让通孔161的同时,还可降低第二避让通孔161的成型难度以及降低导向杆400与第二避让通孔161的配合难度,提高机壳100的装配效率。Optionally, as shown in Figures 6, 8, 10 and 12, the first sub-housing 110 is provided with a third avoidance groove 114, the second sub-housing 120 is provided with a fourth avoidance groove 124, and the third avoidance groove 114 and the fourth avoidance groove 124 cooperate to define a second avoidance through hole 161. In this way, the second avoidance through hole 161 communicating with the accommodating cavity 130 is formed on the housing 100, and the molding difficulty of the second avoidance through hole 161 and the matching difficulty of the guide rod 400 and the second avoidance through hole 161 are reduced, thereby improving the assembly efficiency of the housing 100.
可选地,如图7和图13所示,导向杆400上设有导向凸起430,导向凸起430配合连接在第二避让通孔161内,以实现导向杆400与第二避让通孔161的配合连接,并实现对导向杆400进行定位,以保证导向杆400的位置稳定性。 Optionally, as shown in Figures 7 and 13, a guide protrusion 430 is provided on the guide rod 400, and the guide protrusion 430 is matched and connected in the second avoidance through hole 161 to achieve the matching connection between the guide rod 400 and the second avoidance through hole 161, and to position the guide rod 400 to ensure the position stability of the guide rod 400.
在另一些实施例中,如图8所示,在机壳100的周向上,第一子壳体110的一侧和第二子壳体120的一侧转动连接,导向杆400的端部伸出至第一子壳体110和第二子壳体120的轴向端部一侧并与第一子壳体110和第二子壳体120连接。这里是指,当第一子壳体110的的一侧和第二子壳体120的一侧转动连接时,导向杆400的端部与第一子壳体110和第二子壳体120的轴向端部连接,这样在使得第一子壳体110和第二子壳体120形成转动连接的同时,还可确保导向杆400能够有效与中心杆300配合,以便于利用导向杆400引导中心杆300的移动方向。In other embodiments, as shown in FIG8 , in the circumferential direction of the housing 100, one side of the first sub-housing 110 is rotatably connected to one side of the second sub-housing 120, and the end of the guide rod 400 extends to one side of the axial end of the first sub-housing 110 and the second sub-housing 120 and is connected to the first sub-housing 110 and the second sub-housing 120. Here, it means that when one side of the first sub-housing 110 and one side of the second sub-housing 120 are rotatably connected, the end of the guide rod 400 is connected to the axial end of the first sub-housing 110 and the second sub-housing 120, so that the first sub-housing 110 and the second sub-housing 120 are rotatably connected, and the guide rod 400 can also be effectively matched with the center rod 300, so that the moving direction of the center rod 300 is guided by the guide rod 400.
在一些实施例中,如图8所示,在机壳100的周向上,第一子壳体110的一侧和第二子壳体120的一侧转动连接,导向杆400的端部设置安装板420,安装板420上设有第五连接孔421,第一子壳体110和第二子壳体120上均设有正对第五连接孔421的第六连接孔180,第二紧固件连接第五连接孔421和第六连接孔180,以使导向杆400固定连接至第一子壳体110和第二子壳体120,从而便于利用机壳100支撑导向杆400,提高导向杆400的位置稳定性,以此保证导向杆400的工作性能。In some embodiments, as shown in Figure 8, in the circumferential direction of the casing 100, one side of the first sub-shell 110 and one side of the second sub-shell 120 are rotatably connected, a mounting plate 420 is set at the end of the guide rod 400, and a fifth connecting hole 421 is provided on the mounting plate 420, and a sixth connecting hole 180 facing the fifth connecting hole 421 is provided on the first sub-shell 110 and the second sub-shell 120, and a second fastener connects the fifth connecting hole 421 and the sixth connecting hole 180 so that the guide rod 400 is fixedly connected to the first sub-shell 110 and the second sub-shell 120, so as to facilitate the use of the casing 100 to support the guide rod 400, improve the position stability of the guide rod 400, and thereby ensure the working performance of the guide rod 400.
可选地,第二紧固件可为紧固螺栓、紧固螺钉或铆钉。Optionally, the second fastener may be a fastening bolt, a fastening screw or a rivet.
综上,本实施例的第一子壳体110和第二子壳体120通过转轴140连接在一起,两者可以绕着转轴140相对旋转,在机壳100具体装配时,首先将转轴140依次穿过多个第一连接凸耳1111和多个第二连接凸耳1211,以实现第一子壳体110和第二子壳体120的转动配合,随后将中心杆300设在第一子壳体110和第二子壳体120的其中一个内,并将轴承170套设在中心杆300上以及将中心杆300套设在导向杆400上,紧接着将第一子壳体110和第二子壳体120的另一个绕转轴140旋转,使其靠近第一子壳体110或第二子壳体120的其中一个,并保证轴承170配合在第三避让槽114和第四避让槽124内,使第一子壳体110和第二子壳体120贴合,最后再利用第一紧固件150连接第一子壳体110和第二子壳体120,以及利用第二紧固件连接导向杆400,以实现第一子壳体110和第二子壳体120的固定连接,在上述连接过程中,也可以完全避免中心杆300上的定子组件210与第一子壳体110和第二子壳体120上的动子组件220接触,从而避免动子组件220和定子组件210的损伤,延长动子组件220和定子组件210的使用寿命。In summary, the first sub-shell 110 and the second sub-shell 120 of the present embodiment are connected together by the rotating shaft 140, and the two can rotate relative to each other around the rotating shaft 140. When the housing 100 is specifically assembled, the rotating shaft 140 is first passed through the plurality of first connecting lugs 1111 and the plurality of second connecting lugs 1211 in sequence to achieve the rotational cooperation of the first sub-shell 110 and the second sub-shell 120, and then the center rod 300 is disposed in one of the first sub-shell 110 and the second sub-shell 120, and the bearing 170 is sleeved on the center rod 300 and the center rod 300 is sleeved on the guide rod 400, and then the other of the first sub-shell 110 and the second sub-shell 120 is rotated around the rotating shaft 140 so that it is close to the first sub-shell 110 or the second sub-shell 120. One of the second sub-shells 120, and ensure that the bearing 170 fits in the third avoidance groove 114 and the fourth avoidance groove 124, so that the first sub-shell 110 and the second sub-shell 120 fit together, and finally use the first fastener 150 to connect the first sub-shell 110 and the second sub-shell 120, and use the second fastener to connect the guide rod 400 to achieve a fixed connection between the first sub-shell 110 and the second sub-shell 120. In the above-mentioned connection process, the stator assembly 210 on the center rod 300 can also be completely avoided from contacting the movable sub-assembly 220 on the first sub-shell 110 and the second sub-shell 120, thereby avoiding damage to the movable sub-assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210, and extending the service life of the movable sub-assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210.
在一些实施例中,本实施例的电磁作动器1000形成为圆筒型直线电机,圆筒型直线电机的结构相对闭合,密封性好且不存在单边磁拉力,以保证电磁作动器1000的工作性能。In some embodiments, the electromagnetic actuator 1000 of this embodiment is formed as a cylindrical linear motor, which has a relatively closed structure, good sealing and no unilateral magnetic pulling force, so as to ensure the working performance of the electromagnetic actuator 1000.
需要说明的是,当电磁作动器1000形成为圆筒型直线电机时,机壳100的第一子壳体110和第二子壳体120均形成为圆筒型,这样第一子壳体110和第二子壳体120配合即可形成完整的圆筒型电机外壳。It should be noted that when the electromagnetic actuator 1000 is formed as a cylindrical linear motor, the first sub-shell 110 and the second sub-shell 120 of the housing 100 are both formed as cylindrical, so that the first sub-shell 110 and the second sub-shell 120 can cooperate to form a complete cylindrical motor housing.
在一些实施例中,如图7所示,电磁作动器1000上设有弹簧600,弹簧600用于提供部分阻尼力且承受部分振动冲击,以提升电磁作动器1000的工作性能,从而保证车辆20000的舒适性。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 7 , a spring 600 is disposed on the electromagnetic actuator 1000 , and the spring 600 is used to provide a portion of the damping force and withstand a portion of the vibration impact, so as to improve the working performance of the electromagnetic actuator 1000 , thereby ensuring the comfort of the vehicle 20000 .
可选地,如图7所示,电磁作动器1000上还设有上支撑500和安装座191,上支撑500连接在中心杆300远离容纳腔130的一侧,安装座191连接在机壳100的外周壁,上支撑500和安装座191之间形成容纳弹簧600的容纳空间。将弹簧600放置在容纳空间内,以实现利用上支撑500和安装座191配合固定弹簧600,这样当电磁作动器1000应用至车辆20000的悬架系统10000时,在车辆20000受到路面激励且中心杆300和机壳100相对移动时,以便于利用弹簧600实现缓冲吸振,同时弹簧600还可起到一定的阻尼作用,提升电磁作动器1000的减振效果,从而提升车辆20000的舒适性。Optionally, as shown in FIG7 , the electromagnetic actuator 1000 is further provided with an upper support 500 and a mounting seat 191, the upper support 500 is connected to the side of the center rod 300 away from the accommodating cavity 130, the mounting seat 191 is connected to the outer peripheral wall of the housing 100, and a receiving space for accommodating the spring 600 is formed between the upper support 500 and the mounting seat 191. The spring 600 is placed in the receiving space to achieve the upper support 500 and the mounting seat 191 to cooperate and fix the spring 600, so that when the electromagnetic actuator 1000 is applied to the suspension system 10000 of the vehicle 20000, when the vehicle 20000 is excited by the road surface and the center rod 300 and the housing 100 move relatively, the spring 600 can be used to achieve buffering and vibration absorption, and the spring 600 can also play a certain damping role, thereby improving the vibration reduction effect of the electromagnetic actuator 1000, thereby improving the comfort of the vehicle 20000.
在一些实施例中,如图7所示,弹簧600布置在上支撑500和安装座191之间且弹簧600的上端与上支撑500止抵,弹簧600的下端与安装座191止抵,这样在中心杆300和机壳100相对移动的过程中,可压缩或拉伸弹簧600,以利用弹簧600提供部分阻尼力且承受部分振动冲击,提高车辆20000的舒适性。In some embodiments, as shown in Figure 7, the spring 600 is arranged between the upper support 500 and the mounting seat 191, and the upper end of the spring 600 abuts against the upper support 500, and the lower end of the spring 600 abuts against the mounting seat 191. In this way, during the relative movement of the center rod 300 and the housing 100, the spring 600 can be compressed or stretched, so that the spring 600 can provide part of the damping force and withstand part of the vibration impact, thereby improving the comfort of the vehicle 20000.
在一些实施例中,如图7所示,中心杆300远离容纳腔130的一侧上设有衬套700,衬套700与上支撑500连接,上支撑500和安装座191的相对两侧面均设有缓冲块800,弹簧600设在两个缓冲块800之间。In some embodiments, as shown in Figure 7, a bushing 700 is provided on the side of the center rod 300 away from the accommodating cavity 130, the bushing 700 is connected to the upper support 500, and buffer blocks 800 are provided on the opposite sides of the upper support 500 and the mounting seat 191, and the spring 600 is arranged between the two buffer blocks 800.
在一些实施例中,结合图17、图18、图19和图20所示,动子组件220与机壳100连接,机壳100和定子组件210之间设有弹性限位件1015,弹性限位件1015分别止抵机壳100和定子组件210。以保证电磁作动器1000在运行过程中能够对定子组件210的振动起到缓冲的作用,延长定子组件210的使用寿命,并减小电磁作动器1000在工作时产生的噪音。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 17 , FIG. 18 , FIG. 19 and FIG. 20 , the mover assembly 220 is connected to the housing 100, and an elastic stopper 1015 is provided between the housing 100 and the stator assembly 210, and the elastic stopper 1015 respectively stops against the housing 100 and the stator assembly 210. This ensures that the electromagnetic actuator 1000 can buffer the vibration of the stator assembly 210 during operation, prolong the service life of the stator assembly 210, and reduce the noise generated by the electromagnetic actuator 1000 during operation.
在一些实施例中,弹性限位件1015形成为弹簧600和/或缓冲垫。这里是指,弹性限位件1015形成为弹簧600;或,弹性限位件1015形成为缓冲垫;又或,弹性限位件1015形成为弹簧600和缓冲垫,以便于利用弹性限位件1015对定子组件210的振动起到缓冲的作用,延长定子组件210的使用寿命,并减小电磁作动器1000在工作时产生的噪音。In some embodiments, the elastic stopper 1015 is formed as a spring 600 and/or a buffer pad. Here, it means that the elastic stopper 1015 is formed as a spring 600; or, the elastic stopper 1015 is formed as a buffer pad; or, the elastic stopper 1015 is formed as a spring 600 and a buffer pad, so that the elastic stopper 1015 can buffer the vibration of the stator assembly 210, extend the service life of the stator assembly 210, and reduce the noise generated by the electromagnetic actuator 1000 during operation.
需要说明的是,本实施例的弹性限位件1015具体实现形式包括但不限于橡胶垫、聚氨酯垫、螺旋弹簧、叶片弹簧、卷簧等弹性件的形式,本实施例对弹性限位件1015的数量和分层方式也没有限制,如采用多层缓冲垫或周向布置多个弹簧的形式均属于本实施例可实现的实施例范围。It should be noted that the specific implementation forms of the elastic limiter 1015 of this embodiment include but are not limited to rubber pads, polyurethane pads, spiral springs, leaf springs, coil springs and other elastic parts. This embodiment has no restrictions on the number and layering of the elastic limiter 1015. For example, the use of multi-layer buffer pads or circumferentially arranged multiple springs are all within the scope of embodiments that can be implemented in this embodiment.
在一些实施例中,如图20所示,弹性限位件1015为螺旋弹簧,螺旋弹簧布置在机壳100和定子组件210之间,在实际使用中,为了缓冲定子组件210的运动,需要保证螺旋弹簧装配完成后处于压缩状态,因此,可以利用端盖1012的压装来保证螺旋弹簧的压缩量。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 20 , the elastic limit member 1015 is a coil spring, and the coil spring is arranged between the housing 100 and the stator assembly 210. In actual use, in order to buffer the movement of the stator assembly 210, it is necessary to ensure that the coil spring is in a compressed state after assembly. Therefore, the compression amount of the coil spring can be ensured by pressing the end cover 1012.
在一些实施例中,结合图17、图10和图20所示,定子组件210位于机壳100内部,沿机壳100的内部径向圆周分布,弹性限位件1015位于定子组件210的下部以及端盖1012的上侧。In some embodiments, as shown in Figures 17, 10 and 20, the stator assembly 210 is located inside the casing 100 and distributed along the inner radial circumference of the casing 100. The elastic limiter 1015 is located at the lower part of the stator assembly 210 and the upper side of the end cover 1012.
其中,定子组件210由多层磁铁组件,一层磁铁组成一个整圆环,所有层磁铁粘贴与机壳100的内壁,在最下层磁铁的底部,设置弹性限位件1015,弹性限位件1015的下端与端盖1012的止口顶部连接,因弹性限位件1015具有一定的弹性,以保证在电磁作动器1000运行过程中,弹性限位件1015能够对磁铁的振动起到缓冲的作用。Among them, the stator assembly 210 is composed of a multi-layer magnet assembly, a layer of magnets forms a complete circular ring, all layers of magnets are pasted to the inner wall of the casing 100, and an elastic limiter 1015 is arranged at the bottom of the lowest layer of magnets, and the lower end of the elastic limiter 1015 is connected to the top of the stopper of the end cover 1012. Because the elastic limiter 1015 has a certain elasticity, it can ensure that during the operation of the electromagnetic actuator 1000, the elastic limiter 1015 can buffer the vibration of the magnet.
需要说明的是,弹性限位件1015的尺寸并不固定,可以根据电磁作动器1000的尺寸调整,具有适配性高的优点。It should be noted that the size of the elastic limiter 1015 is not fixed and can be adjusted according to the size of the electromagnetic actuator 1000, which has the advantage of high adaptability.
同时,本实施例的弹性限位件1015可以集成密封模块的功能,起到对端盖1012与机壳100间隙的密封作用。At the same time, the elastic limiting member 1015 of the present embodiment can integrate the function of the sealing module to seal the gap between the end cover 1012 and the housing 100 .
在一些示例中,在装配过程中,首先在定子组件210的外表面涂胶,然后再沿电磁作动器1000的轴向分层将 定子组件210装配至机壳100内部,最下层的定子组件210装配完成后装配弹性限位件1015,最后装配端盖1012,当弹性限位件1015为螺旋弹簧时,可完成对螺旋弹簧的预压。In some examples, during the assembly process, glue is first applied to the outer surface of the stator assembly 210, and then the stator assembly 210 is layered along the axial direction of the electromagnetic actuator 1000. The stator assembly 210 is assembled into the housing 100 . After the stator assembly 210 at the bottom is assembled, the elastic limiter 1015 is assembled, and finally the end cover 1012 is assembled. When the elastic limiter 1015 is a coil spring, the coil spring can be pre-compressed.
还需要说明的是,本实施例的螺旋弹簧预压力不应过大,避免对磁铁产生过大的压力,在实施过程中预压力可以通过端盖1012上的伸入部1014的高度来控制。It should also be noted that the pre-stress of the helical spring of this embodiment should not be too large to avoid excessive pressure on the magnet. During implementation, the pre-stress can be controlled by the height of the extending portion 1014 on the end cover 1012.
在一些实施例中,多个子壳体101的相邻两个子壳体101可转动连接。这里是指,无论多个子壳体101是在机壳100的周向上相对设置还是在机壳100的轴向上相对设置,相邻两个子壳体101均形成可转动连接,以进一步降低机壳100的装配难度,同时降低动子组件220和定子组件210的装配难度,并可在一定程度上避免动子组件220和定子组件210在装配过程中与机壳100发生磕碰。In some embodiments, two adjacent sub-housings 101 of the plurality of sub-housings 101 are rotatably connected. This means that no matter whether the plurality of sub-housings 101 are arranged relative to each other in the circumferential direction of the housing 100 or in the axial direction of the housing 100, two adjacent sub-housings 101 are rotatably connected, so as to further reduce the difficulty of assembling the housing 100, and at the same time reduce the difficulty of assembling the mover assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210, and to a certain extent avoid collision between the mover assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210 and the housing 100 during assembly.
在一些实施例中,多个子壳体101可拆卸连接。这样可实现多个子壳体101的固定连接,使得多个子壳体101相对位置稳定,从而保证机壳100的位置稳定性,便于利用机壳100支撑、保护动子组件220和定子组件210,以延长动子组件220和定子组件210的使用寿命,并提高动子组件220和定子组件210的位置稳定性。In some embodiments, multiple sub-housings 101 are detachably connected. In this way, multiple sub-housings 101 can be fixedly connected, so that the relative positions of the multiple sub-housings 101 are stable, thereby ensuring the position stability of the housing 100, facilitating the use of the housing 100 to support and protect the mover assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210, thereby extending the service life of the mover assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210, and improving the position stability of the mover assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210.
同时,通过将多个子壳体101设置成可拆卸配合,还可降低多个子壳体101的装拆难度,以降低机壳100的装拆难度,并便于维护动子组件220和定子组件210。At the same time, by arranging the multiple sub-housings 101 to be detachably matched, the difficulty of assembling and disassembling the multiple sub-housings 101 can be reduced, so as to reduce the difficulty of assembling and disassembling the casing 100 and facilitate maintenance of the mover assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210.
在一些实施例中,结合图22和图23所示,中心杆300设有过线通道330,绕组总成212的连接线2121穿过过线通道330伸出机壳100。从而实现将绕组总成212的连接线2121从机壳100的内部引至机壳100的外部,以便于将绕组总成212的连接线2121引出,从而降低绕组总成212的电连接难度,同时还可利用中心杆300保护连接线2121,延长连接线2121的使用寿命,以及提高连接线2121的使用安全性。In some embodiments, as shown in combination with FIG. 22 and FIG. 23 , the center rod 300 is provided with a wire passage 330, and the connecting wire 2121 of the winding assembly 212 passes through the wire passage 330 and extends out of the housing 100. Thus, the connecting wire 2121 of the winding assembly 212 is led from the inside of the housing 100 to the outside of the housing 100, so as to facilitate the leading out of the connecting wire 2121 of the winding assembly 212, thereby reducing the difficulty of electrical connection of the winding assembly 212, and at the same time, the center rod 300 can be used to protect the connecting wire 2121, extend the service life of the connecting wire 2121, and improve the safety of the use of the connecting wire 2121.
在一些实施例中,电磁作动器1000的端部有快速更换接插件,可实现连接线2121与电控件的快速插拔。In some embodiments, a quick-change connector is provided at the end of the electromagnetic actuator 1000 to enable quick plugging and unplugging of the connecting wire 2121 and the electrical control component.
在一些实施例中,结合图22、图23和图26所示,中心杆300内设有出线装置230,出线装置230内设有过线通道330,从而实现在中心杆300内设置过线通道330,并降低过线通道330的成型难度。In some embodiments, in combination with Figures 22, 23 and 26, a wire outlet device 230 is provided in the center rod 300, and a wire passing channel 330 is provided in the wire outlet device 230, thereby realizing the setting of the wire passing channel 330 in the center rod 300 and reducing the difficulty of forming the wire passing channel 330.
需要说明的是,本实施例的电磁作动器1000的整体结构基于传统的液压阻尼减振器,其中中间阻尼器由直线电机替代,根据电磁作动器1000的结构组成,主要包含动子组件220(动子组件)、定子组件210(定子组件)和上支撑500,其中动子组件220和定子组件210组成直线电机,定子组件210的连接线2121经中心杆300引至机壳100外部。It should be noted that the overall structure of the electromagnetic actuator 1000 of this embodiment is based on the traditional hydraulic damping shock absorber, in which the intermediate damper is replaced by a linear motor. According to the structural composition of the electromagnetic actuator 1000, it mainly includes a mover assembly 220 (motor assembly), a stator assembly 210 (stator assembly) and an upper support 500, in which the mover assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210 constitute a linear motor, and the connecting line 2121 of the stator assembly 210 is led to the outside of the casing 100 through the center rod 300.
在一些示例中,定子组件210是定子组件的一部分,定子组件设在整个电磁作动器1000的内侧,包括连接线2121、出线装置230、检测模块900、中心杆300、第一限位件380、铁芯总成211、绕组总成212、导向轴承840、限位螺母850、轴承170和装配螺母830,其中,连接线2121、限位螺母850、导向轴承840、第一限位件380、出线装置230、轴承170、装配螺母830均装配在中心杆300上,共同组成中心组件,集成限位、定位、防转、散热、导向、出线等多项功能,铁芯总成211和绕组总成212组成定子组件210。In some examples, the stator assembly 210 is a part of the stator assembly, which is arranged on the inner side of the entire electromagnetic actuator 1000, and includes a connecting wire 2121, a wire outlet device 230, a detection module 900, a center rod 300, a first limit piece 380, a core assembly 211, a winding assembly 212, a guide bearing 840, a limit nut 850, a bearing 170 and an assembly nut 830, wherein the connecting wire 2121, the limit nut 850, the guide bearing 840, the first limit piece 380, the wire outlet device 230, the bearing 170 and the assembly nut 830 are all assembled on the center rod 300, and together constitute a central assembly, integrating multiple functions such as limiting, positioning, anti-rotation, heat dissipation, guiding, and wire outlet, and the core assembly 211 and the winding assembly 212 constitute the stator assembly 210.
在一些实施例中,铁芯总成211和绕组总成212均为圆环状,定子组件210由若干个铁芯总成211和绕组总成212按一层绕组总成212叠一层铁芯总成211堆叠而成并套在中心杆300上,最终成圆柱状,由限位螺母850固定在中心杆300上,这样设计便于铁芯总成211制造和绕组总成212绕线,检测模块900固定在中心杆300的装配槽950上,起到精确定位动子组件和定子组件之间的相对位置,从而实现准确控制,连接线2121经出线装置230固定在中心杆300上。In some embodiments, the core assembly 211 and the winding assembly 212 are both in an annular shape. The stator assembly 210 is composed of a plurality of core assemblies 211 and winding assemblies 212, which are stacked with one layer of winding assembly 212 on top of another layer of core assembly 211 and are sleeved on the center rod 300, eventually forming a cylindrical shape, which is fixed to the center rod 300 by a limiting nut 850. This design facilitates the manufacturing of the core assembly 211 and the winding of the winding assembly 212. The detection module 900 is fixed on the assembly groove 950 of the center rod 300 to accurately locate the relative position between the mover assembly and the stator assembly, thereby achieving accurate control. The connecting wire 2121 is fixed to the center rod 300 via the wire outlet device 230.
在一些实施例中,如图24所示,铁芯总成211的外周壁设有第一加强筋2012,第一加强筋2012内设有走线通道,走线通道用于将绕组总成212的不同相的连接线2121导引至中心杆300的过线通道330。这里是指,第一加强筋2012的内侧设有走线通道,利用走线通道便于将绕组总成212的连接线2121引出,降低绕组总成212的电连接难度。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG24 , the outer peripheral wall of the core assembly 211 is provided with a first reinforcing rib 2012, and a wiring channel is provided inside the first reinforcing rib 2012, and the wiring channel is used to guide the connecting wires 2121 of different phases of the winding assembly 212 to the wire passage 330 of the center rod 300. Here, it means that the wiring channel is provided on the inner side of the first reinforcing rib 2012, and the wiring channel is used to facilitate the leading out of the connecting wires 2121 of the winding assembly 212, thereby reducing the difficulty of electrical connection of the winding assembly 212.
同时,通过设置第一加强筋2012可降低走线通道的成型难度,走线通道还可限定连接线2121的位置,提高连接线2121的位置稳定性。At the same time, the difficulty of forming the wiring channel can be reduced by providing the first reinforcing rib 2012 . The wiring channel can also limit the position of the connecting line 2121 , thereby improving the position stability of the connecting line 2121 .
在一些实施例中,第一加强筋2012朝向铁芯总成211的外周凸起,以在第一加强筋2012朝向铁芯总成211内周的一侧上形成走线通道。In some embodiments, the first reinforcing rib 2012 protrudes toward the outer periphery of the core assembly 211 to form a wiring channel on the side of the first reinforcing rib 2012 facing the inner periphery of the core assembly 211 .
在一些实施例中,如图24所示,铁芯总成211的圆周上均布有多个槽口2019和若干可以约束出线方向的第一加强筋2012,绕组总成212的不同相的连接线2121沿着其中的走线通道从指定的槽口2019出线。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 24 , a plurality of slots 2019 and a plurality of first reinforcing ribs 2012 that can constrain the direction of the wire output are evenly distributed on the circumference of the core assembly 211 , and connecting wires 2121 of different phases of the winding assembly 212 are output from designated slots 2019 along the wiring channels therein.
同时,根据三相线同相之间需连接在一起的原则,绕组总成212同相的连接线2121从同一槽口2019出线,这样同相的连接线2121可以从铁芯总成211的外侧从上至下连接一起(如图24所示),工具操作空间不受限制,且后续检修时容易直观地发现问题,降低维修成本。At the same time, according to the principle that the three-phase lines of the same phase must be connected together, the connecting lines 2121 of the same phase of the winding assembly 212 are connected from the same slot 2019, so that the connecting lines 2121 of the same phase can be connected from the outside of the core assembly 211 from top to bottom (as shown in Figure 24), the tool operation space is not restricted, and problems can be easily and intuitively found during subsequent maintenance, thereby reducing maintenance costs.
需要说明的是,由于槽口2019限制出线方向,同时铁芯总成211与中心杆300有圆柱销限制铁芯总成211绕中心杆300转动,使得绕组总成212的连接线2121相对固定,位置偏差小,连接可靠。It should be noted that since the slot 2019 limits the wire output direction, and the core assembly 211 and the center rod 300 have cylindrical pins to limit the core assembly 211 from rotating around the center rod 300, the connecting wire 2121 of the winding assembly 212 is relatively fixed, with a small position deviation and a reliable connection.
在一些实施例中,结合图22、图23、图24和图25所示,三根连接线2121分别从出线装置230上的三个过线通道330穿出,三个过线通道330的三个出口按圆周方向均布,中心杆300上设有三个出线口311,过线通道330的三个出口、三个出线口311以及三个槽口2019一一对应,装配时,出线装置230装配到中心杆300上,三根连接线2121穿过出线装置230、出线口311与绕组总成212连接在一起。In some embodiments, in combination with Figures 22, 23, 24 and 25, the three connecting wires 2121 respectively pass through the three wire passing channels 330 on the wire outlet device 230, and the three outlets of the three wire passing channels 330 are evenly distributed in the circumferential direction. Three wire outlets 311 are provided on the center pole 300. The three outlets of the wire passing channels 330, the three wire outlets 311 and the three slots 2019 correspond one to one. During assembly, the wire outlet device 230 is assembled to the center pole 300, and the three connecting wires 2121 pass through the wire outlet device 230, the wire outlets 311 and are connected to the winding assembly 212.
通过上述设置,连接线2121从铁芯总成211的外侧出线后穿入中心杆300内侧经过线通道330到达机壳100的外侧,整个过程出线固定,其中,过线通道330起到固定和保护连接线2121的作用,很好解决现有技术此处有挤压和划破风险的问题。Through the above arrangement, the connecting wire 2121 comes out from the outside of the core assembly 211 and then passes through the inner side of the center rod 300 and reaches the outside of the casing 100 through the wire channel 330. The wire is fixed in the whole process, wherein the wire channel 330 plays a role in fixing and protecting the connecting wire 2121, which effectively solves the problem of the risk of extrusion and scratching in the prior art.
在一些实施例中,如图22所示,中心杆300的上方套有第一限位件380,第一限位件380与中心杆300的出口共同固定连接线2121。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 22 , a first stopper 380 is sleeved on the top of the center rod 300 , and the first stopper 380 and the outlet of the center rod 300 jointly fix the connecting line 2121 .
在一些实施例中,第一限位件380为橡胶材质,可缓冲极限工况下周围零部件对连接线2121的冲击,从而起到保护连接线2121的作用,保证电气系统的可靠性。In some embodiments, the first limiter 380 is made of rubber, which can buffer the impact of surrounding components on the connecting line 2121 under extreme working conditions, thereby protecting the connecting line 2121 and ensuring the reliability of the electrical system.
在本实施例中,电磁作动器1000的动子组件设在整个结构外侧,包括:轴承170、机壳100、动子组件220、 第二限位件390、导向杆400和安装支架192。其中,安装支架192装配到车轮端上且与机壳100通过若干个螺栓连接,共同组成电磁作动器1000内部封闭的运行环境,导向杆400起导向作用,第二限位件390套在导向杆400上,可以在极限工况下缓冲动子组件220对定子组件210的冲击,从而很好地保护定子组件210,动子组件220均布在机壳100的内侧,用于提供固定磁场,机壳100主要起到保护作用,机壳100上的局部凸起特征(如:安装座191和第二加强筋195)主要起到弹簧600的支撑和整体散热的作用。In this embodiment, the moving subassembly of the electromagnetic actuator 1000 is arranged outside the entire structure, including: a bearing 170, a housing 100, a moving subassembly 220, The second stopper 390, the guide rod 400 and the mounting bracket 192. The mounting bracket 192 is assembled to the wheel end and connected to the housing 100 by a plurality of bolts, and together they form a closed operating environment inside the electromagnetic actuator 1000. The guide rod 400 plays a guiding role. The second stopper 390 is sleeved on the guide rod 400, and can buffer the impact of the mover assembly 220 on the stator assembly 210 under extreme working conditions, thereby protecting the stator assembly 210 well. The mover assembly 220 is evenly distributed on the inner side of the housing 100 to provide a fixed magnetic field. The housing 100 mainly plays a protective role. The local raised features on the housing 100 (such as: the mounting seat 191 and the second reinforcing rib 195) mainly play the role of supporting the spring 600 and overall heat dissipation.
通过上述设置,在电磁作动器1000运动过程中,动子组件220通过轴承170、导向轴承840,经机壳100以及安装支架192与中心杆300沿中心线作轴向上下运动。由于整个机壳100内部是密封的,且机壳100为运动的,绕组总成212出线时需经中心杆300到达机壳100外侧,而中心杆300上端外侧与轴承170有相对运动,下端内侧嵌有导向轴承840,且导向轴承840与安装支架192有相对运动,因此,如图24所示,绕组总成212套在中心杆300下方且绕组总成212从外侧出线,避开中心杆300下方的轴承170与安装支架192相对运动区域,连接线2121穿入中心杆300经出线装置230到达机壳100外侧,避开中心杆300上方与轴承170的相对运动区域,这样设计避免运行过程中连接线2121被挤压或划破。Through the above arrangement, during the movement of the electromagnetic actuator 1000, the mover assembly 220 moves axially up and down along the center line through the bearing 170, the guide bearing 840, the housing 100 and the mounting bracket 192 and the center rod 300. Since the entire interior of the casing 100 is sealed and the casing 100 is moving, the winding assembly 212 needs to pass through the center rod 300 to reach the outside of the casing 100 when it is output, and the outer side of the upper end of the center rod 300 has relative movement with the bearing 170, and the inner side of the lower end is embedded with a guide bearing 840, and the guide bearing 840 has relative movement with the mounting bracket 192. Therefore, as shown in Figure 24, the winding assembly 212 is sleeved under the center rod 300 and the winding assembly 212 is output from the outside, avoiding the relative movement area between the bearing 170 and the mounting bracket 192 under the center rod 300, and the connecting wire 2121 passes through the center rod 300 and reaches the outside of the casing 100 through the output device 230, avoiding the relative movement area between the upper part of the center rod 300 and the bearing 170. This design prevents the connecting wire 2121 from being squeezed or scratched during operation.
在一些实施例中,电磁作动器1000的上方设置有塔顶,塔顶包括上支撑500、装配螺母830、弹簧600、防尘罩820和冷却结构810。电磁作动器1000通过中心杆300上的第一螺纹段831与装配螺母830配合将电磁作动器1000装配到塔顶,塔顶固定在车身上,中心杆300从上支撑500中间穿过,连接线2121也穿过车身到达前舱,通过快速更换接插件与电控端配合,从而连接电机电控,最终实现电磁减振器控制。In some embodiments, a tower top is provided above the electromagnetic actuator 1000, and the tower top includes an upper support 500, an assembly nut 830, a spring 600, a dust cover 820, and a cooling structure 810. The electromagnetic actuator 1000 is assembled to the tower top by cooperating with the assembly nut 830 through the first threaded section 831 on the center rod 300, and the tower top is fixed to the vehicle body, and the center rod 300 passes through the middle of the upper support 500, and the connecting line 2121 also passes through the vehicle body to reach the front cabin, and is matched with the electronic control end by quickly replacing the connector, so as to connect the motor electronic control, and finally realize the control of the electromagnetic shock absorber.
其中,弹簧600可以缓冲路面的冲击,防尘罩820可以防止粉尘进入电磁作动器1000的内部,上支撑500与车身配合,将电电磁作动器1000一端固定在车身上,冷却结构810可与中心杆300内的冷却液进行冷热交换循环,降低冷却液的温度。Among them, the spring 600 can buffer the impact of the road surface, the dust cover 820 can prevent dust from entering the interior of the electromagnetic actuator 1000, the upper support 500 cooperates with the vehicle body to fix one end of the electromagnetic actuator 1000 on the vehicle body, and the cooling structure 810 can perform a heat exchange cycle with the coolant in the center rod 300 to reduce the temperature of the coolant.
在一些实施例中,绕组总成212和铁芯组成211装配到中心杆300之后,限位螺母850和第二螺纹段851配合将铁芯总成211螺纹装配到中心杆300上,这样设计保证整个铁芯总成211按设计状态固定在中心杆300上。In some embodiments, after the winding assembly 212 and the core assembly 211 are assembled to the center rod 300, the limit nut 850 and the second threaded segment 851 cooperate to thread the core assembly 211 onto the center rod 300. This design ensures that the entire core assembly 211 is fixed to the center rod 300 as designed.
综上,本实施例的电磁作动器1000的出线结构,利用周边零部件相对关系,巧妙设计解决出线困难问题,具有安全可靠、拆装方便、空间设计紧凑等优势。In summary, the wire output structure of the electromagnetic actuator 1000 of this embodiment utilizes the relative relationship of the surrounding components and is cleverly designed to solve the problem of wire output difficulties. It has the advantages of safety and reliability, easy disassembly and assembly, and compact space design.
在一些实施例中,结合图21-图25所示,中心杆300设有第一防转部370,机壳100设有第二防转部,第一防转部370和第二防转部配合以限制中心杆300的转动自由度。从而避免中心杆300和机壳100发生相对较大的转动,以保证中心杆300和机壳100能够有效发生相对移动,保证电磁作动器1000的工作性能。In some embodiments, as shown in FIGS. 21 to 25 , the center rod 300 is provided with a first anti-rotation portion 370, and the housing 100 is provided with a second anti-rotation portion, and the first anti-rotation portion 370 and the second anti-rotation portion cooperate to limit the rotational freedom of the center rod 300. This prevents the center rod 300 and the housing 100 from relatively large rotation, so as to ensure that the center rod 300 and the housing 100 can effectively move relative to each other, and ensure the working performance of the electromagnetic actuator 1000.
在一些实施例中,结合图21-图25所示,第一防转部370为沿中心杆300的轴向延伸的长条槽,第二防转部固定至机壳100且伸入第一防转部370。从而达到利用第一防转部370和第二防转部配合限制中心杆300的转动自由度的目的,避免中心杆300和机壳100发生相对转动,保证电磁作动器1000的工作性能。In some embodiments, as shown in FIGS. 21 to 25 , the first anti-rotation portion 370 is a long groove extending along the axial direction of the center rod 300, and the second anti-rotation portion is fixed to the housing 100 and extends into the first anti-rotation portion 370. Thus, the purpose of limiting the rotational freedom of the center rod 300 by cooperating with the first anti-rotation portion 370 and the second anti-rotation portion is achieved, so that the center rod 300 and the housing 100 are prevented from rotating relative to each other, and the working performance of the electromagnetic actuator 1000 is ensured.
在一些实施例中,如图21所示,机壳100上设有防转孔193,第二防转部为防转柱,防转柱穿过防转孔193伸入第一防转部370内,以实现第一防转部370和第二防转部的配合,便于限制中心杆300的转动自由度。In some embodiments, as shown in Figure 21, an anti-rotation hole 193 is provided on the housing 100, and the second anti-rotation part is an anti-rotation column. The anti-rotation column passes through the anti-rotation hole 193 and extends into the first anti-rotation part 370 to achieve the cooperation between the first anti-rotation part 370 and the second anti-rotation part, thereby facilitating limiting the rotational freedom of the center rod 300.
在一些实施例中,防转柱固定至防转孔193,以保证防转柱的位置稳定性,从而便于利用第一防转部370和第二防转部配合限制中心杆300的转动自由度。In some embodiments, the anti-rotation column is fixed to the anti-rotation hole 193 to ensure the position stability of the anti-rotation column, thereby facilitating the use of the first anti-rotation portion 370 and the second anti-rotation portion to cooperate to limit the rotational freedom of the center rod 300 .
在一些实施例中,结合图27-图35所示,绕组总成212具有第一出线头2018,第一出线头2018的至少部分结构位于铁芯总成211与机壳100之间。以实现从绕组总成212的外侧出线,降低绕组总成212的出线难度以及连接线2121的排布难度。In some embodiments, as shown in FIGS. 27 to 35 , the winding assembly 212 has a first outlet 2018, and at least a portion of the first outlet 2018 is located between the core assembly 211 and the housing 100. This allows the outlet of the wires from the outside of the winding assembly 212, thereby reducing the difficulty of outlet of the winding assembly 212 and the difficulty of arranging the connecting wires 2121.
此外,通过上述设置还让出了铁芯总成211内部空间,方便进行冷却设计。In addition, the above arrangement frees up space inside the core assembly 211, making cooling design more convenient.
在一些实施例中,第一出线头2018与连接线2121连接,以保证绕组总成212的工作性能。In some embodiments, the first outlet terminal 2018 is connected to the connecting wire 2121 to ensure the working performance of the winding assembly 212 .
需要说明的是,本实施例的电磁作动器1000属于车辆20000的悬架系统10000,代替传统车辆减振器,安装在传统传统车辆减振器的部位,其主要作用是减少路面传递的振动并控制能量流动,提高整车舒适性和能量利用率。其相较于传统减振器,具有一个完整的直线电机结构,能够做直线运动,代替传统减振器的液压阻尼结构。It should be noted that the electromagnetic actuator 1000 of the present embodiment belongs to the suspension system 10000 of the vehicle 20000, replaces the conventional vehicle shock absorber, and is installed in the position of the conventional vehicle shock absorber. Its main function is to reduce the vibration transmitted by the road surface and control the energy flow, thereby improving the comfort and energy utilization of the whole vehicle. Compared with the conventional shock absorber, it has a complete linear motor structure, can perform linear motion, and replaces the hydraulic damping structure of the conventional shock absorber.
其中,出线结构就是针对电磁作动器1000中的直线电机部分,此直线电机即为动子组件220和定子组件210可以相对进行直线位移的电动机,其包含电机通常意义上的动子组件和定子组件。Among them, the output line structure is for the linear motor part in the electromagnetic actuator 1000. This linear motor is an electric motor in which the mover component 220 and the stator component 210 can perform linear displacement relative to each other, and it includes the mover component and stator component in the usual sense of the motor.
在一些实施例中,结合图27-图35所示,本实施例的电磁作动器1000包括上支撑500、装配螺母830、中心杆300、连接线2121、机壳100、动子组件220、定子组件210和安装支架192等。其中,上支撑500通过装配螺母830与中心杆300锁紧,连接线2121包含A、B、C三相,连接线2121、中心杆300与定子组件210组成电磁作动器1000的定子组件,动子组件220与机壳100组成电磁作动器1000的动子组件,安装支架192起到连接悬架系统10000的作用。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 27 to FIG. 35, the electromagnetic actuator 1000 of this embodiment includes an upper support 500, an assembly nut 830, a center rod 300, a connecting wire 2121, a housing 100, a moving subassembly 220, a stator assembly 210, and a mounting bracket 192. Among them, the upper support 500 is locked with the center rod 300 by the assembly nut 830, the connecting wire 2121 includes three phases A, B, and C, the connecting wire 2121, the center rod 300 and the stator assembly 210 constitute the stator assembly of the electromagnetic actuator 1000, the moving subassembly 220 and the housing 100 constitute the moving subassembly of the electromagnetic actuator 1000, and the mounting bracket 192 plays the role of connecting the suspension system 10000.
在一些实施例中,结合图28和图29所示,铁芯总成211具有齿槽,绕组总成212设在齿槽内,每个齿槽表面均开设有线头出线槽2015,用于每个齿槽内的绕组总成212的线头穿出至铁芯总成211与机壳100之间,从而使得绕组总成212的第一出线头2018的至少部分结构能够位于铁芯总成211与机壳100之间,实现从绕组总成212的外侧出线,降低绕组总成212的出线难度以及连接线2121的排布难度。In some embodiments, in combination with Figures 28 and 29, the core assembly 211 has a tooth slot, the winding assembly 212 is arranged in the tooth slot, and a wire end outlet groove 2015 is opened on the surface of each tooth slot, which is used for the wire end of the winding assembly 212 in each tooth slot to pass through between the core assembly 211 and the housing 100, so that at least part of the structure of the first outlet head 2018 of the winding assembly 212 can be located between the core assembly 211 and the housing 100, so as to realize the outlet of the wire from the outside of the winding assembly 212, thereby reducing the difficulty of outlet of the winding assembly 212 and the difficulty of arranging the connecting wire 2121.
在一些实施例中,如图28所示,铁芯总成211的外表面开有凹槽20111,用于绕组总成212之间的跨相连接。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 28 , a groove 20111 is formed on the outer surface of the core assembly 211 for cross-phase connection between the winding assemblies 212 .
可选地,如图31所示,绕组总成212包括第一相绕组21214、第二相绕组21215和第三相绕组21216,第一相绕组21214与第一相绕组21214之间、第二相绕组21215与第二相绕组21215之间、第二相绕组21216与第二相绕组21216之间均需将一端第一出线头2018互相进行连接,形成串联结构,本实施例通过在铁芯总成211的外表面开设凹槽20111,有利于相与相之间的第一出线头2018的穿行,且第一出线头2018之间需要焊接或压接等工序,凹槽20111可使得第一出线头2018连接时周边无遮挡,操作空间大,实施难度低,有利于量产。Optionally, as shown in Figure 31, the winding assembly 212 includes a first phase winding 21214, a second phase winding 21215 and a third phase winding 21216. The first phase winding 21214 and the first phase winding 21214, the second phase winding 21215 and the second phase winding 21215, and the second phase winding 21216 and the second phase winding 21216 need to connect the first output terminals 2018 at one end to form a series structure. In this embodiment, a groove 20111 is provided on the outer surface of the core assembly 211, which is beneficial to the passage of the first output terminals 2018 between phases. The first output terminals 2018 need not be welded or crimped. The groove 20111 allows the first output terminals 2018 to be connected without obstruction around them, with a large operating space and low implementation difficulty, which is beneficial to mass production.
在一些实施例中,如图30所示,铁芯总成211的顶部开设有排线槽2013,当三第一出线头2018之间接线结束后,最终连接线2121将到达铁芯总成211的上表面,直接顺势将三相线埋藏在上表面的排线槽2013中,保证接线的顺畅性。 In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 30 , a cable groove 2013 is provided on the top of the core assembly 211. When the wiring between the three first outlet terminals 2018 is completed, the final connecting wire 2121 will reach the upper surface of the core assembly 211, and the three-phase wires will be directly buried in the cable groove 2013 on the upper surface to ensure smooth wiring.
在一些实施例中,中心杆300上设有过线通道330,连接线2121穿过过线通道330延伸至机壳100外部。In some embodiments, a wire passage 330 is provided on the central rod 300 , and the connecting wire 2121 passes through the wire passage 330 and extends to the outside of the housing 100 .
在一些实施例中,结合图28和图32所示,过线通道330形成在中心杆300的外壁上。这样连接线2121无需内外穿行,与中心杆300的外壁完美贴合,降低连接线2121的连接难度。In some embodiments, as shown in Figures 28 and 32, the wire passage 330 is formed on the outer wall of the center rod 300. In this way, the connecting wire 2121 does not need to pass inside and outside, and fits perfectly with the outer wall of the center rod 300, reducing the connection difficulty of the connecting wire 2121.
在一些实施例中,可以对连接线2121进行打胶固定、注塑固定或覆盖保护壳,以强化连接线2121与中心杆300的贴合度,且操作方便,操作空间充足。In some embodiments, the connection line 2121 can be fixed by gluing, injection molding, or covered with a protective shell to enhance the fit between the connection line 2121 and the center rod 300, and the operation is convenient and the operating space is sufficient.
在一些实施例中,结合图30和图32所示,排线槽2013可以是直线型,也可以是螺旋型,还可以是曲线型,且排线槽2013可以是一个也可以是多个,可以是多个汇合成一个也可以是一个分叉成多个,均在本实施例的涵盖范围内。In some embodiments, in combination with Figures 30 and 32, the cable duct 2013 can be linear, spiral, or curved, and the cable duct 2013 can be one or multiple, multiple cable ducts can merge into one or one cable duct can branch into multiple, all of which are covered by the present embodiment.
此外,如图33所示,第一相绕组21214、第二相绕组21215和第三相绕组21216的排列顺序可以任意变化,其均存在接线操作。In addition, as shown in FIG. 33 , the arrangement order of the first phase winding 21214 , the second phase winding 21215 , and the third phase winding 21216 can be changed arbitrarily, and there are wiring operations.
同时,结合图27、图34和图35所示,铁芯总成211和中心杆300可以是一体式也可以是分体式,铁芯总成211的外表面开有凹槽20111,凹槽20111用于绕组总成212之间的跨相连接。At the same time, in combination with Figures 27, 34 and 35, the core assembly 211 and the center rod 300 can be either integral or split, and a groove 20111 is provided on the outer surface of the core assembly 211, and the groove 20111 is used for cross-phase connection between the winding assemblies 212.
综上,本实施例将连接线2121埋藏在铁芯总成211的外壁中,不会与动子组件220干涉,同样的,也避开了上支撑500和装配螺母830的内壁,不影响上支撑500与中心杆300的装配,也不会产生干涉问题,使得绕组总成212的引线检修方便、操作空间充裕,对连接线2121的排布友好,同时让出了铁芯总成211内部空间,方便进行冷却设计。In summary, the present embodiment buries the connecting wire 2121 in the outer wall of the core assembly 211, which will not interfere with the mover assembly 220. Similarly, it also avoids the inner wall of the upper support 500 and the assembly nut 830, does not affect the assembly of the upper support 500 and the center rod 300, and will not cause interference problems. This makes the lead inspection of the winding assembly 212 convenient and provides ample operating space. It is friendly to the arrangement of the connecting wire 2121, and at the same time frees up the internal space of the core assembly 211 to facilitate cooling design.
在一些实施例中,结合图36-图40所示,绕组总成212具有第二出线头214,第二出线头214的至少部分结构位于铁芯总成211与中心杆300之间。以实现从绕组总成212的内侧出线,降低绕组总成212的出线难度并减小定子组件210的占用空间,降低定子组件210的成型难度。In some embodiments, as shown in FIGS. 36 to 40 , the winding assembly 212 has a second outlet 214, and at least part of the second outlet 214 is located between the core assembly 211 and the center rod 300. This allows the outlet of the wire from the inner side of the winding assembly 212, reduces the outlet difficulty of the winding assembly 212, reduces the occupied space of the stator assembly 210, and reduces the molding difficulty of the stator assembly 210.
在一些实施例中,第二出线头214与连接线2121连接,以保证绕组总成212的工作性能。In some embodiments, the second outlet terminal 214 is connected to the connecting wire 2121 to ensure the working performance of the winding assembly 212 .
在一些实施例中,如图40所示,过线通道330包括径向孔333及轴向孔334,径向孔333与轴向孔334连通。这里是指,过线通道330包括沿电磁作动器1000径向延伸的径向孔333和沿电磁作动器1000轴向延伸的轴向孔334,径向孔333与轴向孔334连通,以使得连接线2121能够有效穿过过线通道330并伸出,降低连接线2121的引出难度。In some embodiments, as shown in Fig. 40, the wire passage 330 includes a radial hole 333 and an axial hole 334, and the radial hole 333 is connected with the axial hole 334. Here, it means that the wire passage 330 includes a radial hole 333 extending radially along the electromagnetic actuator 1000 and an axial hole 334 extending axially along the electromagnetic actuator 1000, and the radial hole 333 is connected with the axial hole 334, so that the connecting wire 2121 can effectively pass through the wire passage 330 and extend out, reducing the difficulty of leading out the connecting wire 2121.
在一些实施例中,连接线2121穿过轴向孔334和径向孔333与绕组总成212的第二出线头214连接,以实现第二出线头214与连接线2121的连接。In some embodiments, the connecting wire 2121 passes through the axial hole 334 and the radial hole 333 to connect with the second outlet head 214 of the winding assembly 212 to achieve the connection between the second outlet head 214 and the connecting wire 2121 .
在一些实施例中,结合图36-图40所示,本实施例的电磁作动器1000包括中心杆300、铁芯总成211、绕组总成212、动子组件220和机壳100。其中,中心杆300、铁芯总成211和绕组总成212共同组成电磁作动器1000的定子组件,动子组件220和机壳100共同组成电磁作动器1000的动子组件。In some embodiments, as shown in FIGS. 36 to 40 , the electromagnetic actuator 1000 of this embodiment includes a center rod 300, a core assembly 211, a winding assembly 212, a mover assembly 220, and a housing 100. The center rod 300, the core assembly 211, and the winding assembly 212 together constitute the stator assembly of the electromagnetic actuator 1000, and the mover assembly 220 and the housing 100 together constitute the mover assembly of the electromagnetic actuator 1000.
在一些实施例中,铁芯总成211压装或螺接在中心杆300上,绕组总成212缠绕或放置在铁芯总成211上,绕组总成212的三相线需要从铁芯总成211中引出,并从中心杆300的顶端引出,以便于连接到电机控制器上。In some embodiments, the core assembly 211 is pressed or screwed onto the center rod 300, and the winding assembly 212 is wound or placed on the core assembly 211. The three-phase wires of the winding assembly 212 need to be led out from the core assembly 211 and from the top of the center rod 300 to facilitate connection to the motor controller.
在一些实施例中,结合图38和图39所示,铁芯总成211上分别开设有线头出线槽2015和径向孔333,其中,绕组总成212的外线头通过线头出线槽2015从铁芯总成211的最外沿穿回内部到达径向孔333,并通过径向孔333进行内部出线,而绕组总成212的内线头可直接通过径向孔333进行出线,从而实现将第二出线头214的至少部分结构设置在铁芯总成211与中心杆300之间。In some embodiments, in combination with Figures 38 and 39, a wire end outlet groove 2015 and a radial hole 333 are respectively opened on the core assembly 211, wherein the outer wire end of the winding assembly 212 passes through the wire end outlet groove 2015 from the outermost edge of the core assembly 211 back to the inside to reach the radial hole 333, and the wire is output internally through the radial hole 333, while the inner wire end of the winding assembly 212 can be directly output through the radial hole 333, thereby realizing that at least part of the structure of the second outlet head 214 is set between the core assembly 211 and the center rod 300.
需要说明的是,定子组件210上的每个铁芯总成211和绕组总成212均通过此方式进行出线,并根据三相线的设计进行线头之间的接线即可。It should be noted that each core assembly 211 and winding assembly 212 on the stator assembly 210 is connected in this way, and the wiring between the wire ends can be performed according to the design of the three-phase line.
还需要说明的是,相较于将绕组总成212的出线头的至少部分结构设在铁芯总成211与机壳100之间而言,本实施例占用空间小,也未影响绕组总成212的绕线空间,槽满率相较于外部出线方式大大提升,使得在同样的空间下,可以获得更多的电磁推力,在一定程度上保证电磁作动器1000的性能可以得到大幅提升。It should also be noted that, compared with arranging at least part of the structure of the outlet head of the winding assembly 212 between the core assembly 211 and the casing 100, the present embodiment occupies less space and does not affect the winding space of the winding assembly 212. The slot fill rate is greatly improved compared with the external outlet method, so that more electromagnetic thrust can be obtained in the same space, which ensures that the performance of the electromagnetic actuator 1000 can be greatly improved to a certain extent.
在一些实施例中,线头出线槽2015可以是直槽也可以是斜槽,根据需求线头出线槽2015的数量可以是单个也可以是多个,多个线头出线槽2015通常均匀分布可以获得更好的效果,且线头出线槽2015的宽度取决于电磁作动器1000所用的线材直径,线头出线槽2015的槽口形状可以是圆弧口,也可以是方口等。In some embodiments, the wire outlet groove 2015 can be a straight groove or an inclined groove. The number of wire outlet grooves 2015 can be single or multiple according to needs. Multiple wire outlet grooves 2015 are usually evenly distributed to achieve better results. The width of the wire outlet groove 2015 depends on the diameter of the wire used by the electromagnetic actuator 1000. The groove shape of the wire outlet groove 2015 can be an arc mouth, a square mouth, etc.
在一些实施例中,中心杆300的轴向上分别开有连通的导杆端出线槽331和绕组段出线槽332,导杆端出线槽331和绕组段出线槽332均设在中心杆300的外壁面上,绕组总成212的第二出线头214均汇入绕组段出线槽332进行相间接线操作,最终完成绕组段的出线,而通过在中心杆300上开设导杆端出线槽331,使得从绕组总成212引出的连接线2121可顺势不改变出线的整体方向,直接埋入中心杆300,使得连接线2121的出线操作方便快捷,不改变连接线2121的自然走向,且无需再穿入中心杆300的内部空间进行出线,保留三相线的自然出线状态,对连接线2121的本身损伤小,有效提升连接线2121的耐久性,并且可以将中心杆300的内部空间让出,进行冷却布置,提升电磁作动器1000的性能。In some embodiments, the central rod 300 is provided with a connecting rod end outlet groove 331 and a winding segment outlet groove 332 in the axial direction thereof. The rod end outlet groove 331 and the winding segment outlet groove 332 are both provided on the outer wall surface of the central rod 300. The second outlet ends 214 of the winding assembly 212 are all connected to the winding segment outlet groove 332 for alternate wiring operations, and finally the outlet of the winding segment is completed. By providing the rod end outlet groove 331 on the central rod 300, the connecting wire 214 led out from the winding assembly 212 is connected to the winding segment outlet groove 332. 21 can be directly buried in the center pole 300 without changing the overall direction of the outgoing line, so that the outgoing line operation of the connecting line 2121 is convenient and quick, without changing the natural direction of the connecting line 2121, and there is no need to insert the connecting line 2121 into the internal space of the center pole 300 for outgoing line, thus retaining the natural outgoing line state of the three-phase line, causing little damage to the connecting line 2121 itself, effectively improving the durability of the connecting line 2121, and the internal space of the center pole 300 can be vacated for cooling arrangement, thereby improving the performance of the electromagnetic actuator 1000.
需要说明的是,若绕组总成212所用的连接线2121的直径较小时,也可以不开设绕组段出线槽332,直接贴着中心杆300的外壁进行出线。It should be noted that if the diameter of the connecting wire 2121 used in the winding assembly 212 is small, the winding segment outlet groove 332 may not be provided, and the wire can be directly outlet along the outer wall of the center rod 300 .
在一些实施例中,如图40所示,当中心杆300和铁芯总成211为一体件时,铁芯总成211包括多个沿中心杆300的轴向间隔设置的放置槽2119,绕组总成212放置于多个放置槽2119内。以实现绕组总成212与铁芯总成211的配合连接,从而便于形成定子组件210。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 40 , when the center rod 300 and the core assembly 211 are an integral part, the core assembly 211 includes a plurality of placement grooves 2119 spaced apart along the axial direction of the center rod 300, and the winding assembly 212 is placed in the plurality of placement grooves 2119 to achieve the matching connection between the winding assembly 212 and the core assembly 211, thereby facilitating the formation of the stator assembly 210.
在一些实施例中,如图40所示,铁芯总成211的中部设有走线空间2011,每个所放置槽2119设有与走线空间2011连通的径向孔333。以实现绕组总成212的内部出线。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 40 , a wiring space 2011 is provided in the middle of the core assembly 211 , and each slot 2119 is provided with a radial hole 333 communicating with the wiring space 2011 , so as to realize the internal wiring of the winding assembly 212 .
综上,本实施例能够有效提升电磁作动器1000的槽满率,从而提升电磁作动器1000的性能,且将连接线2121埋入中心杆300的壁厚中,不占用额外空间,且不改变连接线2121本身的自然走向,有利于延长连接线2121的使用寿命,且操作方便快捷。In summary, the present embodiment can effectively improve the slot fill rate of the electromagnetic actuator 1000, thereby improving the performance of the electromagnetic actuator 1000, and burying the connecting wire 2121 in the wall thickness of the center rod 300, does not occupy additional space, and does not change the natural direction of the connecting wire 2121 itself, which is beneficial to extending the service life of the connecting wire 2121 and is convenient and quick to operate.
在一些实施例中,结合图67-图71所示,本实施例的铁芯总成211主要应用于电磁悬架的直线电机总成,铁 芯总成211属于定子组件,一方面为线圈2123、绝缘骨架213等提供支撑,一方面为绕组总成212产生的磁场提供通路并承受该磁场与动力磁钢之间产生的相互作用力,多个铁芯总成211和绕组总成212沿轴向堆叠安装并固定即可形成定子组件210。In some embodiments, in combination with FIG. 67 to FIG. 71, the iron core assembly 211 of this embodiment is mainly used in the linear motor assembly of the electromagnetic suspension. The core assembly 211 belongs to the stator component. On the one hand, it provides support for the coil 2123, the insulating frame 213, etc. On the other hand, it provides a path for the magnetic field generated by the winding assembly 212 and withstands the interaction force generated between the magnetic field and the power magnetic steel. Multiple core assemblies 211 and winding assemblies 212 are stacked, installed and fixed along the axial direction to form a stator assembly 210.
在一些实施例中,结合图67和图68所示,铁芯总成211包括第三类铁芯2110,第三类铁芯2110包括支撑架2016和支撑铁芯2017,多个支撑铁芯2017沿圆周方向组装叠加形成圆环状铁芯,圆环状铁芯与支撑架2016组成叠片第三类铁芯2110。In some embodiments, in combination with Figures 67 and 68, the core assembly 211 includes a third type of core 2110, and the third type of core 2110 includes a support frame 2016 and a support core 2017. Multiple support cores 2017 are assembled and stacked along the circumferential direction to form an annular core, and the annular core and the support frame 2016 form a laminated third type of core 2110.
在一些实施例中,结合图68、图69和图70所示,支撑铁芯2017的内端设置凸起结构,支撑架2016的外圆柱面设置支撑凹槽,该支撑凹槽与支撑铁芯2017的凸起结构互相配合,对支撑铁芯2017的根部进行限位及支撑,保证第三类铁芯2110的结构稳定性。In some embodiments, in combination with Figures 68, 69 and 70, a protruding structure is set on the inner end of the support core 2017, and a supporting groove is set on the outer cylindrical surface of the support frame 2016. The support groove cooperates with the protruding structure of the support core 2017 to limit and support the root of the support core 2017, thereby ensuring the structural stability of the third type of core 2110.
需要说明的上,如图71所示,因线圈2123与支撑铁芯2017在轴向叠加,故支撑架2016还用于承受支撑铁芯2017及线圈2123等的重量,通过在支撑架2016的外圆柱面设置支撑凹槽还可避免了该重量由第三类铁芯2110直接承受,提高了第三类铁芯2110的可靠性。It should be noted that, as shown in Figure 71, since the coil 2123 and the support core 2017 are axially overlapped, the support frame 2016 is also used to bear the weight of the support core 2017 and the coil 2123. By providing a support groove on the outer cylindrical surface of the support frame 2016, it is also possible to avoid the weight being directly borne by the third type core 2110, thereby improving the reliability of the third type core 2110.
在一些实施例中,支撑架2016可设计为整体结构,也可设计为上下分体式结构再通过紧固件等方式连接。In some embodiments, the support frame 2016 can be designed as an integral structure, or can be designed as an upper and lower split structure connected by fasteners or the like.
在一些示例中,支撑架2016选用整体式设计方案,以降低支撑架2016的成型难度,并提高支撑架2016的结构强度。In some examples, the support frame 2016 adopts an integral design solution to reduce the difficulty of molding the support frame 2016 and improve the structural strength of the support frame 2016.
在一些实施例中,如图67所示,支撑铁芯2017的外端可依据需求设置凹槽20111,用于不同线圈2123之间的连接。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 67 , a groove 20111 may be provided at the outer end of the support core 2017 as required for connection between different coils 2123 .
其中,凹槽20111的位置、形状及数量可依据需求调整,同一第三类铁芯2110的凹槽20111形状建议统一,可减少支撑铁芯2017的规格。Among them, the position, shape and number of the grooves 20111 can be adjusted according to needs. It is recommended that the shapes of the grooves 20111 of the same third-type iron core 2110 be unified, which can reduce the specifications of the supporting iron core 2017.
在一些实施例中,如图69所示,支撑铁芯2017呈扇形,且内侧薄外侧厚,同时,在支撑铁芯2017满足工艺、使用等要求的前提下,支撑铁芯2017的厚度需尽可能薄,且单片支撑铁芯2017的形状可依据需求调整,如设置凹槽20111,但需满足圆周状支撑铁芯2017之间的配合关系,并满足第三类铁芯2110形状等要求,且应尽量减少支撑铁芯2017的规格,方便生产及装配。In some embodiments, as shown in Figure 69, the support core 2017 is fan-shaped, thin on the inside and thick on the outside. At the same time, under the premise that the support core 2017 meets the requirements of process and use, the thickness of the support core 2017 needs to be as thin as possible, and the shape of the single-piece support core 2017 can be adjusted according to needs, such as setting a groove 20111, but it is necessary to satisfy the matching relationship between the circular support cores 2017 and meet the requirements of the shape of the third type of core 2110, and the specifications of the support core 2017 should be minimized to facilitate production and assembly.
在一些实施例中,支撑铁芯2017选用导磁材料,尽可能选用电阻率高的材料,沿圆周叠片方向的左右两个侧面设置绝缘材料,如涂覆绝缘漆,此外还需涂覆粘接物质,不同支撑铁芯2017通过粘接物质可靠地连接在一起,涂覆物在满足要求的同时厚度应尽可能薄,减少对空间的占用,避免第三类铁芯2110导磁率降低过多。In some embodiments, the support core 2017 is made of magnetic conductive material, and materials with high resistivity are selected as much as possible. Insulating materials are arranged on the left and right sides along the circumferential lamination direction, such as insulating paint. In addition, adhesive materials are also required to be coated. Different support cores 2017 are reliably connected together by adhesive materials. The coating should be as thin as possible while meeting the requirements to reduce the space occupied and avoid excessive reduction in the magnetic permeability of the third type of core 2110.
在一些实施例中,粘接物质若绝缘满足要求,则可无需再涂覆绝缘材料。In some embodiments, if the adhesive material meets the insulation requirements, there is no need to apply the insulating material.
在一些实施例中,如图70所示,支撑架2016为环状,选用导磁材料,尽可能选用电阻率高的材料。在满足工艺、使用要求等的前提下,支撑架2016的厚度应尽可能薄。In some embodiments, as shown in Figure 70, the support frame 2016 is annular, and is made of a magnetic conductive material, and preferably a material with a high resistivity. The thickness of the support frame 2016 should be as thin as possible while meeting the process and use requirements.
在一些实施例中,如图70所示,支撑架2016的内侧圆柱面设有第二定位部350,中心杆300上设有第一定位部340(第一定位部340的具体结构可参见图25),第一定位部340和第二定位部350配合以使中心杆300和支撑架2016相对静止,从而实现对第三类铁芯2110和中心杆300进行周向限位,避免第三类铁芯2110绕中心杆300转动,保证第三类铁芯2110的工作性能。In some embodiments, as shown in Figure 70, the inner cylindrical surface of the support frame 2016 is provided with a second positioning portion 350, and the center rod 300 is provided with a first positioning portion 340 (the specific structure of the first positioning portion 340 can be seen in Figure 25), and the first positioning portion 340 and the second positioning portion 350 cooperate to make the center rod 300 and the support frame 2016 relatively stationary, thereby achieving circumferential limitation of the third type of iron core 2110 and the center rod 300, preventing the third type of iron core 2110 from rotating around the center rod 300, and ensuring the working performance of the third type of iron core 2110.
在一些实施例中,第一定位部340形成为设于中心杆300的外周壁的凹槽,第二定位部350为定位槽,防转杆360设于第一定位部340和第二定位部350之间。以限制中心杆300和支撑架2016的位置,使得中心杆300和支撑架2016相对静止,并降低中心杆300和支撑架2016的限位难度。In some embodiments, the first positioning portion 340 is formed as a groove provided on the outer peripheral wall of the center rod 300, the second positioning portion 350 is a positioning groove, and the anti-rotation rod 360 is provided between the first positioning portion 340 and the second positioning portion 350. The positions of the center rod 300 and the support frame 2016 are limited so that the center rod 300 and the support frame 2016 are relatively stationary, and the difficulty of limiting the position of the center rod 300 and the support frame 2016 is reduced.
可选地,第二定位部350的形状及数量可依据需求设置。Optionally, the shape and number of the second positioning portions 350 can be set according to requirements.
在一些实施例中,如图71所示,第三类铁芯2110沿定子中心杆轴向堆叠安装,第三类铁芯2110之间放置线圈2123,电磁作动器1000通电后,线圈2123会通电产生磁场,若电流变化则磁场亦随之变化,该变化会导致第三类铁芯2110内部产生感应电流,即涡流,涡流会产生热量损耗,降低电磁作动器1000的工作效率,通过将第三类铁芯2110设置成沿圆周方向分成若干支撑铁芯2017且各支撑铁芯2017之间进行绝缘设计,可将原来较长的涡流回路打断,让其在只能在每个支撑铁芯2017的狭长回路中,通过较小的截面,增大了涡流通路上的电阻,减小涡流从而降低涡流损耗,且选用电阻率高的材料亦是为增大了涡流通路上的电阻。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 71 , the third type of iron core 2110 is stacked and installed axially along the stator center rod, and coils 2123 are placed between the third type of iron cores 2110. After the electromagnetic actuator 1000 is energized, the coils 2123 will be energized to generate a magnetic field. If the current changes, the magnetic field will also change. This change will cause an induced current, i.e., eddy current, to be generated inside the third type of iron core 2110. The eddy current will generate heat loss and reduce the working efficiency of the electromagnetic actuator 1000. By arranging the third type of iron core 2110 to be divided into a plurality of supporting iron cores 2017 along the circumferential direction and performing insulation design between each supporting iron core 2017, the original longer eddy current circuit can be interrupted, so that it can only pass through a smaller cross-section in the narrow circuit of each supporting iron core 2117, thereby increasing the resistance on the eddy current path, reducing the eddy current and thus reducing the eddy current loss. The selection of materials with high resistivity is also for increasing the resistance on the eddy current path.
在一些实施例中,因支撑架2的周向为连续结构,会产生涡流损耗,因此,支撑架2的厚度应尽量薄。In some embodiments, since the support frame 2 is a continuous structure in the circumferential direction, eddy current loss will be generated, and therefore, the thickness of the support frame 2 should be as thin as possible.
在一些实施例中,结合图72-图118所示,电磁作动器1000还包括接线组件2113,在中心杆300的轴向间隔设置的同相的线圈2123通过接线组件2113电连接。从而实现同相的线圈2123的电连接,并降低同相的线圈2123的电连接难度。In some embodiments, as shown in FIGS. 72 to 118 , the electromagnetic actuator 1000 further includes a wiring assembly 2113, and the coils 2123 of the same phase arranged at intervals in the axial direction of the center rod 300 are electrically connected through the wiring assembly 2113. Thus, the electrical connection of the coils 2123 of the same phase is achieved, and the difficulty of the electrical connection of the coils 2123 of the same phase is reduced.
在一些实施例中,结合图77-图86所示,接线组件2113包括导电件2114和绝缘层2115,绝缘层2115包裹导电件2114,导电件2114的两端均设有用于定位和电连接线圈2123的限位件2116。也就是说,限位件2116用于对线圈2123进行定位,以及与线圈2123进行电连接,从而实现同相的线圈2123的电连接,并保证线圈2123的位置稳定性。In some embodiments, as shown in FIGS. 77-86 , the wiring assembly 2113 includes a conductive member 2114 and an insulating layer 2115, wherein the insulating layer 2115 wraps the conductive member 2114, and both ends of the conductive member 2114 are provided with stoppers 2116 for positioning and electrically connecting the coil 2123. In other words, the stoppers 2116 are used to position the coil 2123 and to electrically connect the coil 2123, thereby achieving electrical connection of the coils 2123 in phase and ensuring the position stability of the coil 2123.
同时,通过设置绝缘层2115包裹导电件2114,在延长导电件2114使用寿命的同时,还可提高导电件2114的使用安全性。At the same time, by providing an insulating layer 2115 to wrap the conductive member 2114, the service life of the conductive member 2114 can be extended and the safety of the conductive member 2114 can be improved.
在一些实施例中,结合图78-图86所示,限位件2116形成设于导电件2114的卡线槽。从而便于利用限位件2116对线圈2123进行定位以及与线圈2123进行电连接,实现同相的线圈2123的电连接,降低同相的线圈2123的电连接难度。In some embodiments, as shown in FIGS. 78 to 86 , the stopper 2116 forms a wire clamping groove provided on the conductive member 2114. This facilitates the use of the stopper 2116 to position the coil 2123 and electrically connect the coil 2123, thereby achieving electrical connection of the coils 2123 of the same phase and reducing the difficulty of electrical connection of the coils 2123 of the same phase.
需要说明的是,本实施例主要创新点是一种应用于电磁作动器1000绕组接线方式,该绕组接线方式新颖、简洁、高效且、可靠。It should be noted that the main innovation of this embodiment is a winding connection method applied to the electromagnetic actuator 1000, which is novel, simple, efficient and reliable.
其中,结合图72-图77所示,本实施例的电磁作动器1000包括动子组件和定子组件,动子组件和定子组件可以相对直线运动,定子组件包括中心杆300、导向轴承840、密封盖312、第一铁芯单元21114、多个第二类铁芯2112、第二铁芯单元21115、接线组件2113、出线组件216和连接线2121等零部件组成,第一铁芯单元21114、 多个第二类铁芯2112和第二铁芯单元21115等均套在中心杆300的外侧,导向轴承840装配在中心杆300内部,密封盖312装配在中心杆300顶部,分别起到限位和密封作用。72 to 77, the electromagnetic actuator 1000 of this embodiment includes a mover assembly and a stator assembly, and the mover assembly and the stator assembly can move linearly relative to each other. The stator assembly includes a center rod 300, a guide bearing 840, a sealing cover 312, a first core unit 21114, a plurality of second-type cores 2112, a second core unit 21115, a wiring assembly 2113, an outlet assembly 216, and a connecting line 2121. The first core unit 21114, Multiple second-type iron cores 2112 and second iron core units 21115 are all sleeved on the outside of the center rod 300, the guide bearing 840 is assembled inside the center rod 300, and the sealing cover 312 is assembled on the top of the center rod 300, which respectively play the role of limiting and sealing.
在一些实施例中,如图77所示,连接线2121包括第一相引线21211、第二相引线21212和第三相引线21213,中心杆300上部有三个出线口311,第一相引线21211、第二相引线21212和第三相引线21213分别穿过三个出线口311,以便于连接线2121与线圈2123的连接。In some embodiments, as shown in Figure 77, the connecting wire 2121 includes a first phase lead 21211, a second phase lead 21212 and a third phase lead 21213, and there are three outlets 311 on the upper part of the center pole 300. The first phase lead 21211, the second phase lead 21212 and the third phase lead 21213 pass through the three outlets 311 respectively to facilitate the connection between the connecting wire 2121 and the coil 2123.
在一些实施例中,如图87-图92所示,第一铁芯单元21114包括第一类铁芯2111、线圈2123和内侧出线装置860。其中,线圈2123套在第一类铁芯2111上,线圈2123为导线卷绕的多层环形,径向外侧接头沿环形绕线方向向外折弯,形成第一出线头2018,径向内侧接头沿环形绕线方向向内折弯,形成第二出线头214,内侧出线装置860嵌入第一类铁芯2111的内部与线圈2123的第二出线头214连接,便于实现同相的电连接。In some embodiments, as shown in Figures 87-92, the first core unit 21114 includes a first type of core 2111, a coil 2123 and an inner lead-out device 860. The coil 2123 is sleeved on the first type of core 2111, and the coil 2123 is a multi-layer ring wound with a wire, and the radial outer joint is bent outward along the ring winding direction to form a first lead-out head 2018, and the radial inner joint is bent inward along the ring winding direction to form a second lead-out head 214, and the inner lead-out device 860 is embedded in the first type of core 2111 and connected to the second lead-out head 214 of the coil 2123, so as to facilitate the same-phase electrical connection.
在一些实施例中,如图89所示,第一类铁芯2111内设有装配内侧出线装置860的第一内部安装孔21116,以实现将内侧出线装置860嵌入第一类铁芯2111的内部。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 89 , a first internal mounting hole 21116 for assembling the inner wire outlet device 860 is provided in the first type of iron core 2111 , so that the inner wire outlet device 860 can be embedded in the interior of the first type of iron core 2111 .
在一些实施例中,线圈2123的外层设有绝缘漆皮,以保护线圈2123。In some embodiments, the outer layer of the coil 2123 is provided with an insulating paint coating to protect the coil 2123 .
需要说明的是,因第一出线头2018和第二出线头214折弯方向与线圈2123的缠绕方向相同,且折弯非常顺畅且不会对线圈2123的其他特征造成任何伤害,因此,第一出线头2018和第二出线头214的漆皮可被剥去,以便于实现内侧出线装置860与第二出线头214的连接。It should be noted that since the bending direction of the first wire head 2018 and the second wire head 214 is the same as the winding direction of the coil 2123, and the bending is very smooth and will not cause any damage to other features of the coil 2123, the paint of the first wire head 2018 and the second wire head 214 can be peeled off to facilitate the connection between the inner wire device 860 and the second wire head 214.
在一些实施例中,如图89和图90所示,内侧出线装置860包含第一绝缘件862和第一导线863,第一绝缘件862和第一导线863底部之间有第一装配件861,在第一铁芯单元21114中,线圈2123的第二出线头214卡接在内侧出线装置860的第一装配件861与第一导线863连接,第一导线863的顶部与第三相引线21213连接,以实现线圈2123与第三相引线21213的连接,降低线圈2123与第三相引线21213的连接难度。In some embodiments, as shown in Figures 89 and 90, the inner wire outlet device 860 includes a first insulating member 862 and a first conductive wire 863, and a first assembly member 861 is provided between the first insulating member 862 and the bottom of the first conductive wire 863. In the first core unit 21114, the second wire outlet head 214 of the coil 2123 is clamped in the first assembly member 861 of the inner wire outlet device 860 and connected to the first conductive wire 863, and the top of the first conductive wire 863 is connected to the third phase lead 21213 to realize the connection between the coil 2123 and the third phase lead 21213, thereby reducing the difficulty of connecting the coil 2123 and the third phase lead 21213.
在一些实施例中,如图89所示,第一类铁芯2111外侧设有多个凹槽20111,线圈2123的第一出线头2018位于其中一个凹槽20111内,以降低第一出线头2018的连接难度。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 89 , a plurality of grooves 20111 are provided on the outer side of the first type iron core 2111 , and the first terminal 2018 of the coil 2123 is located in one of the grooves 20111 to reduce the difficulty of connecting the first terminal 2018 .
在一些实施例中,如图93、图94和图95所示,第二类铁芯2112包括第二类铁芯2112、两个线圈2123和内侧接线装置870,两个线圈2123分别套在第二类铁芯2112两侧,内侧接线装置870嵌入第二类铁芯2112内部,以实现内侧接线装置870与线圈2123的电连接。In some embodiments, as shown in Figures 93, 94 and 95, the second type of iron core 2112 includes a second type of iron core 2112, two coils 2123 and an inner wiring device 870, the two coils 2123 are respectively sleeved on both sides of the second type of iron core 2112, and the inner wiring device 870 is embedded in the second type of iron core 2112 to realize the electrical connection between the inner wiring device 870 and the coil 2123.
在一些实施例中,如图95所示,第二类铁芯2112内设有装配内侧接线装置870的第二内部安装孔21122,以实现将内侧接线装置870嵌入第二类铁芯2112的内部。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 95 , a second internal mounting hole 21122 for assembling the inner wiring device 870 is provided in the second type iron core 2112 , so that the inner wiring device 870 can be embedded in the interior of the second type iron core 2112 .
在一些实施例中,如图96和图97所示,内侧接线装置870包含第二绝缘件872和第二导线873,第二绝缘件872和第二导线873底部之间形成两处第二装配件871,在第二类铁芯2112中,上下两个线圈2123的第二出线头214分别卡接在内侧接线装置870的两处第二装配件871内与第二导线873连接,从而使得同一第二类铁芯2112上的两个线圈2123通过内侧接线装置870能够形成电连接,从而形成导电通路。In some embodiments, as shown in Figures 96 and 97, the inner wiring device 870 includes a second insulating member 872 and a second conductive wire 873, and two second assembly parts 871 are formed between the second insulating member 872 and the bottom of the second conductive wire 873. In the second type of iron core 2112, the second outlet ends 214 of the upper and lower coils 2123 are respectively clamped in the two second assembly parts 871 of the inner wiring device 870 and connected to the second conductive wire 873, so that the two coils 2123 on the same second type of iron core 2112 can be electrically connected through the inner wiring device 870, thereby forming a conductive path.
在一些实施例中,如图95所示,第二类铁芯2112外侧设置多个凹槽20111,其中两个线圈2123的第一出线头2018均位于其中一个凹槽20111内,以降低第一出线头2018的连接难度。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 95 , a plurality of grooves 20111 are provided on the outer side of the second type iron core 2112 , wherein the first terminal heads 2018 of the two coils 2123 are both located in one of the grooves 20111 to reduce the difficulty of connecting the first terminal heads 2018 .
在一些实施例中,如图98、图99和图100所示,第二铁芯单元21115包括第一类铁芯2111、线圈2123和底部接线装置880。其中,线圈2123套在第一类铁芯2111上方,底部接线装置880位于第一类铁芯2111下方,第一类铁芯2111内部开有第三内部安装孔21117,第一类铁芯2111的外侧还开有三处凹槽20111。In some embodiments, as shown in Figures 98, 99 and 100, the second core unit 21115 includes a first type core 2111, a coil 2123 and a bottom wiring device 880. The coil 2123 is sleeved on the first type core 2111, the bottom wiring device 880 is located below the first type core 2111, a third internal mounting hole 21117 is opened inside the first type core 2111, and three grooves 20111 are opened on the outside of the first type core 2111.
在一些实施例中,如图101和图102所示,底部接线装置880包括第三绝缘件881和第三导线882,第三导线882上设有第一相接头8821、第二相接头8822和第三相接头8823。在第二铁芯单元21115中,第三相接头8823嵌入第一类铁芯2111内部的第三内部安装孔21117中与线圈2123的第二出线头214连接,第一相接头8821、第二相接头8822分别位于第一类铁芯2111外侧其中两处凹槽20111中。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 101 and FIG. 102 , the bottom wiring device 880 includes a third insulating member 881 and a third conductor 882, and the third conductor 882 is provided with a first phase connector 8821, a second phase connector 8822, and a third phase connector 8823. In the second core unit 21115, the third phase connector 8823 is embedded in the third internal mounting hole 21117 inside the first type core 2111 and connected to the second outlet terminal 214 of the coil 2123, and the first phase connector 8821 and the second phase connector 8822 are respectively located in two grooves 20111 on the outside of the first type core 2111.
在一些实施例中,结合图78-图86所示,接线组件2113包括长接线组件21131、中接线组件21132和短接线组件21133,其中,长接线组件21131、中接线组件21132和短接线组件21133的功能相同,特征相似,长接线组件21131的长度大于中接线组件21132的长度,中接线组件21132的长度大于短接线组件21133的长度。In some embodiments, in combination with Figures 78-86, the wiring assembly 2113 includes a long wiring assembly 21131, a middle wiring assembly 21132 and a short wiring assembly 21133, wherein the long wiring assembly 21131, the middle wiring assembly 21132 and the short wiring assembly 21133 have the same functions and similar features, the length of the long wiring assembly 21131 is greater than the length of the middle wiring assembly 21132, and the length of the middle wiring assembly 21132 is greater than the length of the short wiring assembly 21133.
在一些实施例中,结合图78、图79和图80所示,接线组件2113的绝缘层2115上还设有第一限位特征21151,以便于对接线组件2113进行定位。In some embodiments, as shown in FIGS. 78 , 79 and 80 , a first limiting feature 21151 is further provided on the insulating layer 2115 of the wiring assembly 2113 to facilitate positioning of the wiring assembly 2113 .
在一些实施例中,结合图103-图106所示,出线组件216包括长出线组件2161和短出线组件2162,长出线组件2161和短出线组件2162的接线装置功能相同,特征相似,长出线组件2161的长度大于短出线组件2162的长度。In some embodiments, in combination with Figures 103-106, the outgoing line assembly 216 includes a long outgoing line assembly 2161 and a short outgoing line assembly 2162. The wiring devices of the long outgoing line assembly 2161 and the short outgoing line assembly 2162 have the same function and similar features, and the length of the long outgoing line assembly 2161 is greater than the length of the short outgoing line assembly 2162.
在一些实施例中,结合图103-图106所示,长出线组件2161和短出线组件2162均包括第四绝缘件2163和第四导线2164,第四绝缘件2163和第四导线2164底部形成一处卡线凹槽2166,凹槽2166用于与线圈2123连接。In some embodiments, in combination with Figures 103-106, the long-outlet assembly 2161 and the short-outlet assembly 2162 both include a fourth insulating member 2163 and a fourth conductive wire 2164, and a wire-holding groove 2166 is formed at the bottom of the fourth insulating member 2163 and the fourth conductive wire 2164, and the groove 2166 is used to connect to the coil 2123.
在一些实施例中,结合图103-图106所示,第四绝缘件2163上设有第二限位特征2165,以便于对出线组件216进行定位。In some embodiments, as shown in FIGS. 103-106 , a second limiting feature 2165 is provided on the fourth insulating member 2163 to facilitate positioning of the outlet assembly 216 .
在一些实施例中,结合图107-图110所示,多个第二类铁芯2112、多个长接线组件21131、短接线组件21133及长出线组件2161组成了定子组件210的第一相结构,在第一相结构中,每个第二类铁芯2112的线圈2123的第一出线头2018从上往下看位于同一方向上,第一层第二类铁芯2112的上方线圈2123的第一出线头2018通过长出线组件2161的第四导线2161与第一相引线21211连接,形成第一相绕组出线结构,第一层第二类铁芯2112的下方线圈2123的第一出线头2018通过第一个长接线组件21131的导电件2114与第二层第二类铁芯2112的上方线圈2123的第一出线头2018进行上下连接,第二层第二类铁芯2112的下方线圈2123的第一出线头2018通过第二个长接线组件21131的导电件2114与第三层第二类铁芯2112的上方线圈2123的第一出线头2018进行上下连接,以此类推,直到最后一层第二类铁芯2112的下方线圈2123的第一出线头2018与底部接线装置880的第一相接头8821连接,由此形成了定子组件210的第一相结构。In some embodiments, in combination with FIGS. 107 to 110 , a plurality of second-type cores 2112, a plurality of long wiring assemblies 21131, a short wiring assemblies 21133, and a long outlet assembly 2161 constitute a first phase structure of a stator assembly 210. In the first phase structure, the first outlet ends 2018 of the coils 2123 of each second-type core 2112 are located in the same direction when viewed from top to bottom, the first outlet ends 2018 of the upper coils 2123 of the first layer of the second-type cores 2112 are connected to the first phase lead 21211 through the fourth conductor 2161 of the long outlet assembly 2161, forming a first phase winding outlet structure, and the first outlet ends 2018 of the lower coils 2123 of the first layer of the second-type cores 2112 are connected to the first phase winding outlet structure. 018 is connected up and down with the first outlet terminal 2018 of the upper coil 2123 of the second layer of the second type iron core 2112 through the conductive part 2114 of the first long wiring component 21131, and the first outlet terminal 2018 of the lower coil 2123 of the second layer of the second type iron core 2112 is connected up and down with the first outlet terminal 2018 of the upper coil 2123 of the third layer of the second type iron core 2112 through the conductive part 2114 of the second long wiring component 21131, and so on, until the first outlet terminal 2018 of the lower coil 2123 of the last layer of the second type iron core 2112 is connected to the first phase connector 8821 of the bottom wiring device 880, thereby forming the first phase structure of the stator assembly 210.
在一些实施例中,结合图111-图114所示,多个第二类铁芯2112、多个长接线组件21131、中接线组件21132 及短出线组件2162组成了定子组件210的第二相结构,在第二相结构中,每个第二类铁芯2112的线圈2123的第一出线头2018从上往下看位于同一方向上,且与第一相结构错开,与第一相结构相似的是,第一层第二类铁芯2112的上方线圈2123的第一出线头2018通过短出线组件2162的第四导线2164与第二相引线21212连接,形成第二相绕组出线结构,第一层第二类铁芯2112的下方线圈2123的第一出线头2018通过第一个长接线组件21131的导电件2114与第二层第二类铁芯2112的上方线圈2123的第一出线头2018进行上下连接;第二层第二类铁芯2112的下方线圈2123的第一出线头2018通过第二个长接线组件21131的导电件2114与第三层第二类铁芯2112的上方线圈2123的第一出线头2018进行上下连接,以此类推,直到最后一层第二类铁芯2112的下方线圈2123的第一出线头2018与底部接线装置880的第二相接头8822连接。由此形成了定子组件210的第二相结构。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 111 to FIG. 114 , a plurality of second type cores 2112 , a plurality of long wiring components 21131 , and a middle wiring component 21132 The second phase structure of the stator assembly 210 is formed by the short outlet assembly 2162. In the second phase structure, the first outlet head 2018 of the coil 2123 of each second type iron core 2112 is located in the same direction when viewed from top to bottom, and is staggered with the first phase structure. Similar to the first phase structure, the first outlet head 2018 of the upper coil 2123 of the first layer of the second type iron core 2112 is connected to the second phase lead 21212 through the fourth conductor 2164 of the short outlet assembly 2162 to form a second phase winding outlet structure, and the first outlet head 2018 of the lower coil 2123 of the first layer of the second type iron core 2112 is connected to the second phase lead 21212 through the first long conductor 2164. The conductive member 2114 of the wiring assembly 21131 is vertically connected to the first lead 2018 of the upper coil 2123 of the second layer of the second type iron core 2112; the first lead 2018 of the lower coil 2123 of the second layer of the second type iron core 2112 is vertically connected to the first lead 2018 of the upper coil 2123 of the third layer of the second type iron core 2112 through the conductive member 2114 of the second long wiring assembly 21131, and so on, until the first lead 2018 of the lower coil 2123 of the last layer of the second type iron core 2112 is connected to the second phase connector 8822 of the bottom wiring device 880. Thus, the second phase structure of the stator assembly 210 is formed.
在一些实施例中,结合图115-图118所示,第一铁芯单元21114、多个第二类铁芯2112、第二铁芯单元21115、多个长接线组件21131组成了定子组件210的第三相结构,在第三相结构中,每个线圈2123的第一出线头2018从上往下看位于同一方向上,且与第一相结构、第二相结构错开,在第三相结构中,第一铁芯单元21114位于第一层,第一铁芯单元21114的线圈2123的第二出线头214通过内侧出线装置860与第三相引线21213连接,形成了第三相绕组出线结构,第二层到倒数第二层都是由第二类铁芯2112组成,最后一层是第二铁芯单元21115,其中第一层第二类铁芯2112的下方线圈2123的第一出线头2018通过第一个长接线组件21131的导电件2114与第二层第二类铁芯2112的上方线圈2123的第一出线头2018进行上下连接,第二层第二类铁芯2112的下方线圈2123的第一出线头2018通过第二个长接线组件21131的导电件2114与第三层第二类铁芯2112的上方线圈2123的第一出线头2018进行上下连接,以此类推,直到最后一层第二类铁芯2112的下方线圈2123的第一出线头2018与底部第二铁芯单元21115的线圈2123的第一出线头2018通过长接线组件21131的导电件2114进行上下连接,底部接线装置880的第三相接头8823与线圈2123的第二出线头214已经连接,由此形成了定子组件210的第三相结构。In some embodiments, in combination with FIGS. 115-118 , a first core unit 21114, a plurality of second-type cores 2112, a second core unit 21115, and a plurality of long wiring assemblies 21131 constitute a third phase structure of a stator assembly 210. In the third phase structure, a first lead 2018 of each coil 2123 is located in the same direction when viewed from top to bottom, and is staggered with the first phase structure and the second phase structure. In the third phase structure, the first core unit 21114 is located in the first layer, and a second lead 214 of the coil 2123 of the first core unit 21114 is connected to the third phase lead 21213 through an inner lead device 860, forming a third phase winding lead structure. The second layer to the second-to-last layer are all composed of the second-type core 2112, and the last layer is the second core unit 21115, wherein the first lead 2018 of the coil 2123 below the first layer of the second-type core 2112 is connected through an inner lead device 860. The conductive part 2114 of the first long wiring component 21131 is connected vertically with the first terminal 2018 of the upper coil 2123 of the second layer of the second type iron core 2112, and the first terminal 2018 of the lower coil 2123 of the second layer of the second type iron core 2112 is connected vertically with the first terminal 2018 of the upper coil 2123 of the third layer of the second type iron core 2112 through the conductive part 2114 of the second long wiring component 21131, and so on, until the first terminal 2018 of the lower coil 2123 of the last layer of the second type iron core 2112 is connected vertically with the first terminal 2018 of the coil 2123 of the bottom second iron core unit 21115 through the conductive part 2114 of the long wiring component 21131, and the third phase connector 8823 of the bottom wiring device 880 is connected to the second terminal 214 of the coil 2123, thereby forming the third phase structure of the stator assembly 210.
综上,本实施例的接线组件2113和出线组件216外边缘均不会超出铁芯总成211的外边界,且接线组件2113和出线组件216上均有限位特征,在装配时可以定位。In summary, the outer edges of the wiring assembly 2113 and the outlet assembly 216 of this embodiment will not exceed the outer boundary of the core assembly 211, and both the wiring assembly 2113 and the outlet assembly 216 have limiting features, which can be positioned during assembly.
在一些实施例中,结合图119-图122所示,接线组件2113包括第一接头2117和第二接头2118,第一接头2117和第二接头2118插接配合,第一接头2117和第二接头2118均设于铁芯总成211且与线圈2123电连接。也就是说,接线组件2113不限于形成上述实施例的方式,接线组件2113也可包括第一接头2117和第二接头2118,将第一接头2117和第二接头2118设于铁芯总成211且与线圈2123电连接,这样当第一接头2117和第二接头2118与外部组件连接后,即可实现线圈2123与外部结构件的电连接,降低线圈2123的连接难度。In some embodiments, as shown in FIGS. 119 to 122 , the wiring assembly 2113 includes a first connector 2117 and a second connector 2118, which are plugged together, and the first connector 2117 and the second connector 2118 are both provided on the core assembly 211 and electrically connected to the coil 2123. That is, the wiring assembly 2113 is not limited to the manner of forming the above-mentioned embodiment, and the wiring assembly 2113 may also include a first connector 2117 and a second connector 2118, and the first connector 2117 and the second connector 2118 are provided on the core assembly 211 and electrically connected to the coil 2123, so that when the first connector 2117 and the second connector 2118 are connected to the external component, the electrical connection between the coil 2123 and the external structural member can be realized, thereby reducing the connection difficulty of the coil 2123.
在一些实施例中,第一接头2117和第二接头2118的其中一个为插孔,另一个为插头,插孔与插头插接配合,以便于实现线圈2123与外部结构件的电连接,降低线圈2123的连接难度。In some embodiments, one of the first connector 2117 and the second connector 2118 is a socket and the other is a plug. The socket and the plug are plugged together to facilitate the electrical connection between the coil 2123 and the external structure, thereby reducing the difficulty of connecting the coil 2123.
需要说明的是,该实施例的出线结构是指绕组总成212从电磁作动器1000的内部到外部出线所设计的相关结构。It should be noted that the lead-out structure of this embodiment refers to the related structure designed for the lead-out of the winding assembly 212 from the inside to the outside of the electromagnetic actuator 1000 .
其中,定子组件210是电磁作动器1000的定子组件的一部分,定子组件在整个结构内侧,包括连接线2121、过线通道330、中心杆300、第一限位件380、绕组总成212、铁芯总成211、导向轴承840和限位螺母850,其中绕组总成212和铁芯总成211组成定子组件210(电磁作动器1000的具体结构可参见图22)。Among them, the stator assembly 210 is a part of the stator assembly of the electromagnetic actuator 1000. The stator assembly is on the inner side of the entire structure, including a connecting wire 2121, a wire channel 330, a center rod 300, a first limiter 380, a winding assembly 212, an iron core assembly 211, a guide bearing 840 and a limit nut 850, wherein the winding assembly 212 and the iron core assembly 211 constitute the stator assembly 210 (the specific structure of the electromagnetic actuator 1000 can be seen in Figure 22).
在一些实施例中,结合图119、图120和图121所示,绕组总成212和铁芯总成211均为圆环状,铁芯总成211上下两面均装配有绕组总成212,定子组件210由若干绕组总成212和铁芯总成211一层叠一层堆叠而成(如图122所示),堆叠完成后套在中心杆300上,最终成圆柱状。In some embodiments, in combination with Figures 119, 120 and 121, the winding assembly 212 and the core assembly 211 are both annular, and the winding assembly 212 is installed on both the upper and lower surfaces of the core assembly 211. The stator assembly 210 is formed by stacking a plurality of winding assemblies 212 and core assemblies 211 one layer at a time (as shown in Figure 122). After stacking, they are put on the center rod 300 to finally become a cylindrical shape.
在一些实施例中,铁芯总成211上圆周上均布有三个凹槽20111,三个凹槽20111分别对应电机的三相线,铁芯总成211上设有三个第二接头2118,绕组总成212的绕线从其中一个第二接头2118穿出并形成为第一接头2117,以实现将第一接头2117在铁芯总成211上,而另外两个第二接头2118为贯通,对应的另外一面也是一个第二接头2118出线另外两个出线口为贯通,铁芯总成211两面的第一接头2117分别形成为凸起凹陷的子母端配合件。In some embodiments, three grooves 20111 are evenly distributed on the circumference of the core assembly 211, and the three grooves 20111 respectively correspond to the three-phase lines of the motor. Three second connectors 2118 are provided on the core assembly 211, and the winding of the winding assembly 212 passes through one of the second connectors 2118 and forms a first connector 2117 to realize the first connector 2117 on the core assembly 211, while the other two second connectors 2118 are through-connected, and the other side correspondingly also has a second connector 2118 outlet, and the other two outlets are through-connected. The first connectors 2117 on both sides of the core assembly 211 are respectively formed as raised and recessed female and male end fittings.
在一些实施例中,绕组总成212与铁芯总成211按A、B、C三相依次堆叠,即同相绕组总成212不相邻,因此,如图122所示,铁芯总成211的一面第一接头2117需穿过多个装配其他相的绕组总成212的铁芯总成211与装配同相的绕组总成212的铁芯总成211连接,因此第一接头2117较长。In some embodiments, the winding assembly 212 and the core assembly 211 are stacked in sequence according to the three phases A, B, and C, that is, the winding assemblies 212 of the same phase are not adjacent. Therefore, as shown in Figure 122, the first joint 2117 on one side of the core assembly 211 needs to pass through multiple core assemblies 211 assembled with winding assemblies 212 of other phases to be connected to the core assembly 211 assembled with the winding assemblies 212 of the same phase, so the first joint 2117 is longer.
需要说明的是,本实施例通过第一接头2117实现同相的绕组总成212的连接,使得同相绕组连接的不需要焊接,且牢固可靠,且第一接头2117从铁芯总成211的内侧穿过不会影响定子组件210与动子组件220的相互运动,从而避免定子组件210与动子组件220之间运动导致损坏绕线,保证线圈2123的性能。It should be noted that in this embodiment, the connection of the same-phase winding assembly 212 is achieved through the first joint 2117, so that the connection of the same-phase winding does not require welding and is firm and reliable. The first joint 2117 passes through the inner side of the core assembly 211 without affecting the mutual movement of the stator assembly 210 and the movable assembly 220, thereby avoiding damage to the winding due to movement between the stator assembly 210 and the movable assembly 220, thereby ensuring the performance of the coil 2123.
在一些实施例中,连接线2121分别从过线通道330的上方穿入以及从下方穿出,过线通道330的下方设有三个管道出口,中心杆300上有三个出线口311,过线通道330的三个管道出口、中心杆300的三个出线口以及铁芯总成211上的三个第二接头2118一一对应,装配时,过线通道330设于中心杆300,连接线2121分别穿过过线通道330、穿过中心杆300的出线口311。In some embodiments, the connecting line 2121 respectively enters from the top and exits from the bottom of the wire passing channel 330. Three pipe outlets are provided at the bottom of the wire passing channel 330. There are three wire outlets 311 on the center pole 300. The three pipe outlets of the wire passing channel 330, the three wire outlets of the center pole 300 and the three second joints 2118 on the core assembly 211 correspond one to one. During assembly, the wire passing channel 330 is provided on the center pole 300, and the connecting line 2121 respectively passes through the wire passing channel 330 and the wire outlet 311 of the center pole 300.
通过上述设置,可使得整个过程出线固定,其中,中心杆300起到固定和保护配线的作用,很好解决现有技术此处有挤压和划破风险的问题,此外中心杆300的上方套有第一限位件380,第一限位件380与中心杆300的出口共同固定连接线2121,同时第一限位件380为橡胶材质可缓冲极限工况下周围零部件对连接线2121的冲击,从而起到保护连接线2121的作用,保证电气系统的可靠性。Through the above-mentioned arrangement, the wire output can be fixed in the whole process, wherein the center rod 300 plays the role of fixing and protecting the wiring, which well solves the problem of the risk of extrusion and scratching in the prior art. In addition, a first limiting member 380 is sleeved on the top of the center rod 300, and the first limiting member 380 and the outlet of the center rod 300 jointly fix the connecting line 2121. At the same time, the first limiting member 380 is made of rubber material, which can buffer the impact of surrounding components on the connecting line 2121 under extreme working conditions, thereby protecting the connecting line 2121 and ensuring the reliability of the electrical system.
综上,本实施例的电磁作动器1000的出线结构,利用周边零部件相对关系,巧妙设计解决出线困难问题,具有安全可靠、拆装方便、空间设计紧凑等优势。In summary, the wire output structure of the electromagnetic actuator 1000 of this embodiment utilizes the relative relationship of the surrounding components and is cleverly designed to solve the problem of wire output difficulties. It has the advantages of safety and reliability, easy disassembly and assembly, and compact space design.
在一些实施例中,结合图132-图136所示,电磁作动器1000还包括第一限位件380和第二限位件390,第一限位件380和第二限位件390沿中心杆300的轴向间隔设于中心杆300,第一限位件380和第二限位件390分别与铁芯总成211止抵以限制铁芯总成211的轴向位移。从而避免铁芯总成211相对于中心杆300沿中心杆300的轴向方向移动,这样便于将铁芯总成211更加稳固地设置在中心杆300上,避免磁芯211会从中心杆300上脱落, 以此保证铁芯总成211在中心杆300上的安装稳定可靠性。In some embodiments, as shown in FIGS. 132 to 136 , the electromagnetic actuator 1000 further includes a first stopper 380 and a second stopper 390, which are arranged on the center rod 300 at intervals along the axial direction of the center rod 300, and the first stopper 380 and the second stopper 390 are respectively abutted against the core assembly 211 to limit the axial displacement of the core assembly 211. This prevents the core assembly 211 from moving relative to the center rod 300 along the axial direction of the center rod 300, so that the core assembly 211 can be more firmly arranged on the center rod 300, and the magnetic core 211 can be prevented from falling off the center rod 300. This ensures that the core assembly 211 is installed stably and reliably on the center rod 300 .
在一些实施例中,结合图132-图136所示,第一限位件380和第二限位件390分别适于与机壳100的内壁止抵以限制机壳100的移动范围。这里是指,在机壳100移动的过程中,第一限位件380和第二限位件390可分别与机壳100的内壁止抵,从而限制机壳100的移动范围,保证机壳100移动的位置稳定性,从而保证电磁作动器1000的工作性能。In some embodiments, as shown in FIGS. 132-136 , the first stopper 380 and the second stopper 390 are respectively adapted to abut against the inner wall of the housing 100 to limit the range of movement of the housing 100. Here, it means that during the movement of the housing 100, the first stopper 380 and the second stopper 390 can abut against the inner wall of the housing 100 respectively, thereby limiting the range of movement of the housing 100, ensuring the position stability of the movement of the housing 100, and thus ensuring the working performance of the electromagnetic actuator 1000.
在一些实施例中,结合图132-图136所示,第一限位件380和第二限位件390中的其中一个与中心杆300为一体件且另一个与中心杆300为分体件。一体件可减少电磁作动器1000的零部件的数量,降低电磁作动器1000结构的复杂程度。In some embodiments, as shown in Figures 132-136, one of the first stopper 380 and the second stopper 390 is an integral part with the center rod 300 and the other is a separate part from the center rod 300. The integral part can reduce the number of parts of the electromagnetic actuator 1000 and reduce the complexity of the structure of the electromagnetic actuator 1000.
在一些实施例中,结合图132和图133所示,第一限位件380与中心杆300为一体成型件,由于第一限位件380与中心杆300的相对位置是不变的,在将铁芯总成211套设于中心杆300时,方便实现第一限位件380与铁芯总成211的配合,以利用第一限位件380对铁芯总成211沿中心杆300轴向方向的位置进行限定。In some embodiments, as shown in Figures 132 and 133, the first limit member 380 and the center rod 300 are integrally formed. Since the relative position of the first limit member 380 and the center rod 300 is unchanged, when the core assembly 211 is sleeved on the center rod 300, it is convenient to achieve the coordination between the first limit member 380 and the core assembly 211, so as to use the first limit member 380 to limit the position of the core assembly 211 along the axial direction of the center rod 300.
在一些实施例中,结合图132和图133所示,中心杆300设有径向向外凸出的凸起部以限定出第一限位件380,从而使得第一限位件380与中心杆300为一体成型件,并省去了第一限位件380与中心杆300之间的连接。In some embodiments, in combination with Figures 132 and 133, the center rod 300 is provided with a protrusion protruding radially outward to define the first limit member 380, so that the first limit member 380 and the center rod 300 are an integrally formed part, and the connection between the first limit member 380 and the center rod 300 is omitted.
在一些实施例中,第一限位件380和第二限位件390中的另一个与中心杆300螺纹配合。这里是指,当第一限位件380和第二限位件390中的其中一个与中心杆300为一体件时,第一限位件380和第二限位件390中的另一个与中心杆300螺纹配合,以实现第一限位件380和第二限位件390中的另一个与中心杆300的固定连接,保证第一限位件380和第二限位件390中的另一个的位置稳定性,从而便于第一限位件380和第二限位件390配合限制铁芯总成211的轴向位移。In some embodiments, the other of the first stopper 380 and the second stopper 390 is threadedly engaged with the center rod 300. Here, it means that when one of the first stopper 380 and the second stopper 390 is an integral part with the center rod 300, the other of the first stopper 380 and the second stopper 390 is threadedly engaged with the center rod 300 to achieve a fixed connection between the other of the first stopper 380 and the second stopper 390 and the center rod 300, ensuring the position stability of the other of the first stopper 380 and the second stopper 390, so as to facilitate the first stopper 380 and the second stopper 390 to cooperate with each other to limit the axial displacement of the core assembly 211.
在一些实施例中,第二限位件390形成为螺纹件,螺纹件与中心杆3000螺纹配合,以能够将第二限位件390可拆卸的设置在中心杆300上。In some embodiments, the second limiting member 390 is formed as a threaded member, and the threaded member is threadedly matched with the central rod 3000 so that the second limiting member 390 can be detachably disposed on the central rod 300 .
在一些实施例中,结合图132和图134所示,第一限位件380和第二限位件390中的另一个包括第一部分391和第二部分392,第一部分391与中心杆300配合,在中心杆300的径向上,第二部分392位于第一部分391的径向外侧;在中心杆300的轴向上,第一部分391的轴向长度大于第二部分392的轴向长度,第二部分392的一部分与铁芯总成211止抵且另一部分与铁芯总成211间隔设置。其中,通过将第一部分391的轴向长度设置成大于第二部分392的轴向长度,以增大第一部分391与中心杆300配合的面积,进而便于将第一限位件380和第二限位件390中的另一个能够牢固地设置在中心杆300上且由于铁芯总成211含有出线槽与线束,通过将第一部分391的轴向长度设置成大于第二部分392的轴向长度,还可使得第二部分392的轴向长度较小,便于避让线束。In some embodiments, in combination with Figures 132 and 134, the other of the first limit member 380 and the second limit member 390 includes a first part 391 and a second part 392, the first part 391 cooperates with the center rod 300, and in the radial direction of the center rod 300, the second part 392 is located radially outside the first part 391; in the axial direction of the center rod 300, the axial length of the first part 391 is greater than the axial length of the second part 392, a part of the second part 392 stops at the core assembly 211 and the other part is spaced apart from the core assembly 211. Among them, by setting the axial length of the first part 391 to be greater than the axial length of the second part 392, the area of the first part 391 cooperating with the center rod 300 is increased, thereby facilitating the other of the first limit member 380 and the second limit member 390 to be firmly set on the center rod 300. Since the core assembly 211 contains a wire outlet groove and a wiring harness, by setting the axial length of the first part 391 to be greater than the axial length of the second part 392, the axial length of the second part 392 can also be made smaller, which is convenient for avoiding the wiring harness.
同时,通过将第二部分392位于第一部分391的径向外侧,以便于实现第二部分392的一部分与铁芯总成211的止抵,从而利用第一限位件380和第二限位件390中的另一个对铁芯总成211的轴向位移进行限制。At the same time, by positioning the second portion 392 radially outward of the first portion 391, a portion of the second portion 392 can be stopped against the core assembly 211, thereby utilizing the other of the first limiting member 380 and the second limiting member 390 to limit the axial displacement of the core assembly 211.
此外,通过将第二部分392的另一部分与铁芯总成211间隔设置,有利于铁芯总成211的散热,且使得第二部分392的另一部分与铁芯总成211存在空隙,起到了避免应力集中的作用。In addition, by spacing another part of the second portion 392 from the core assembly 211, heat dissipation of the core assembly 211 is facilitated, and a gap exists between another part of the second portion 392 and the core assembly 211, thereby avoiding stress concentration.
这里需要解释的是,内侧和外侧为中心杆300的轴线而言,第一部分391靠近中心杆300的距离较近,第二部分392靠近中心杆300的距离较远,因此在中心杆300的径向上,第二部分392位于第一部分391的径向外侧。It should be explained here that, with respect to the inner and outer sides being the axis of the center rod 300 , the first part 391 is closer to the center rod 300 , and the second part 392 is farther from the center rod 300 . Therefore, in the radial direction of the center rod 300 , the second part 392 is located radially outside the first part 391 .
在一些实施例中,结合图135和图136所示,第一限位件380和第二限位件390中的另一个安装至中心杆300的端部且一部分伸入到中心杆300内,以将第一限位件380和第二限位件390中的另一个可拆卸地设置在中心杆300内,这样将铁芯总成211沿中心杆300的轴向套设在中心杆300上后,再将第一限位件380和第二限位件390中的至少一个安装在中心杆300上,以在将铁芯总成211安装到位后对铁芯总成211沿中心杆300轴向的位移进行限制。In some embodiments, in combination with Figures 135 and 136, the other of the first limit member 380 and the second limit member 390 is installed to the end of the center rod 300 and a portion of it extends into the center rod 300, so that the other of the first limit member 380 and the second limit member 390 can be removably set in the center rod 300, so that after the core assembly 211 is axially sleeved on the center rod 300, at least one of the first limit member 380 and the second limit member 390 is installed on the center rod 300, so as to limit the axial displacement of the core assembly 211 along the center rod 300 after the core assembly 211 is installed in place.
在一些实施例中,第一限位件380和第二限位件390中的另一个的第二部分392形成为有缓冲件的安装结构。这样在实现第一限位件380和第二限位件390中的另一个与中心杆300的固定安装的同时,还可使得第一限位件380和第二限位件390中的另一个能够起到缓冲作用。In some embodiments, the second portion 392 of the other of the first stopper 380 and the second stopper 390 is formed as a mounting structure with a buffer member. In this way, while the other of the first stopper 380 and the second stopper 390 is fixedly mounted on the center rod 300, the other of the first stopper 380 and the second stopper 390 can also play a buffering role.
在一些实施例中,第一限位件380和第二限位件390采用橡胶材质制成,以使得第一限位件380和第二限位件390能够起到缓冲作用。In some embodiments, the first limiting member 380 and the second limiting member 390 are made of rubber material so that the first limiting member 380 and the second limiting member 390 can play a buffering role.
在一些实施例中,结合图135和图136所示,第二限位件390安装至中心杆300的端部且一部分伸入到中心杆300内,第二限位件390包括活塞部393,活塞部393为弹性材料制成,将活塞部393伸入中心杆300内时,活塞部393发生弹性形变且被压缩以与中心杆300内过盈配合,以将活塞部393固定在中心杆300上。In some embodiments, as shown in Figures 135 and 136, the second limit member 390 is installed to the end of the center rod 300 and a portion of it extends into the center rod 300. The second limit member 390 includes a piston portion 393. The piston portion 393 is made of an elastic material. When the piston portion 393 is extended into the center rod 300, the piston portion 393 is elastically deformed and compressed to have an interference fit with the center rod 300 to fix the piston portion 393 on the center rod 300.
其中,第二限位件390的部分结构沿中心杆300的径向凸出于活塞部393,第二限位件390的部分结构与铁芯总成211相配合,以对铁芯总成211沿中心杆300轴向方向的位移进行限制。Part of the structure of the second limiter 390 protrudes from the piston portion 393 in the radial direction of the center rod 300 , and part of the structure of the second limiter 390 cooperates with the core assembly 211 to limit the displacement of the core assembly 211 along the axial direction of the center rod 300 .
在一些实施例中,第一限位件380及第二限位件390还形成为定子组件210的限位组件。以限制定子组件210的相对位移。In some embodiments, the first stopper 380 and the second stopper 390 are also formed as stopper components of the stator assembly 210 to limit the relative displacement of the stator assembly 210 .
在一些实施例中,在电磁作动器1000运行过程中,铁芯总成211和机壳100会发生相对直线运动,第一限位件380可以同时起到限制机壳100运动的下限位作用,第二限位件390可以同时起到限制机壳100运动的上限位作用。In some embodiments, during the operation of the electromagnetic actuator 1000, the core assembly 211 and the housing 100 will undergo relative linear motion, and the first limit member 380 can simultaneously serve as a lower limit for limiting the movement of the housing 100, and the second limit member 390 can simultaneously serve as an upper limit for limiting the movement of the housing 100.
在一些实施例中,第一限位件380起到了限制铁芯总成211压装深度的作用,压装完成后,第二限位件390再连接至中心杆300的底部,起到防止铁芯总成211沿轴向向下脱落的作用。In some embodiments, the first limiter 380 serves to limit the press-fitting depth of the core assembly 211. After the press-fitting is completed, the second limiter 390 is connected to the bottom of the center rod 300 to prevent the core assembly 211 from falling off axially downward.
需要说明的是,第一限位件380和第二限位件390的具体实现形式包括但不限于螺母、活塞、一体化台阶面等形式。It should be noted that specific implementation forms of the first limit member 380 and the second limit member 390 include but are not limited to a nut, a piston, an integrated step surface, and the like.
在一些实施例中,结合图128、图129和图130所示,中心杆300内设有至少一个用于容纳冷却介质的冷却腔室320。以使得中心杆300内可填充冷却介质,便于利用冷却介质对铁芯总成211散热,从而保证电磁作动器1000能够长久高效运行,避免损害内部电磁作动器1000的零部件。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 128 , FIG. 129 and FIG. 130 , at least one cooling chamber 320 for accommodating a cooling medium is provided in the center rod 300. The center rod 300 can be filled with a cooling medium, so that the cooling medium can be used to dissipate heat from the core assembly 211, thereby ensuring that the electromagnetic actuator 1000 can operate efficiently for a long time and avoid damaging the components of the internal electromagnetic actuator 1000.
在一些实施例中,中心杆300内壁中空形成冷却腔室320,装配前从加注口323加入冷却介质(加注口323的 具体结构可参见图25),然后将加注口323密封使冷却腔室320成为一个密封空腔,在电磁作动器1000运行时,铁芯总成211上的热量通过中心杆300传递给冷却介质,冷却介质经冷热交换循环将热量传递给空气,从而保证电磁作动器1000的长久高效运行,避免损害内部零部件。In some embodiments, the inner wall of the center rod 300 is hollow to form a cooling chamber 320, and a cooling medium is added from a filling port 323 before assembly (the filling port 323 is The specific structure can be seen in Figure 25), and then the filling port 323 is sealed to make the cooling chamber 320 a sealed cavity. When the electromagnetic actuator 1000 is running, the heat on the core assembly 211 is transferred to the cooling medium through the center rod 300, and the cooling medium transfers the heat to the air through a heat exchange cycle, thereby ensuring the long-term and efficient operation of the electromagnetic actuator 1000 and avoiding damage to internal components.
同时,这种设计没有额外增加如冷却管等额外零部件,整个冷却方案方案结构紧凑。At the same time, this design does not require any additional components such as cooling pipes, and the entire cooling solution has a compact structure.
在一些实施例中,冷却腔室320的至少部分在径向上的投影与铁芯总成211重合设置。从而使得冷却腔室320的至少部分在径向上能够正对铁芯总成211,便于利用冷却腔室320内的冷却介质对铁芯总成211进行散热,从而保证电磁作动器1000能够长久高效运行,避免损害内部电磁作动器1000的零部件。In some embodiments, the radial projection of at least a portion of the cooling chamber 320 is arranged to overlap with the core assembly 211. Thus, at least a portion of the cooling chamber 320 can face the core assembly 211 in the radial direction, so that the cooling medium in the cooling chamber 320 can be used to dissipate heat from the core assembly 211, thereby ensuring that the electromagnetic actuator 1000 can operate efficiently for a long time and avoid damaging the internal parts of the electromagnetic actuator 1000.
在一些实施例中,冷却腔室320的至少部分位于容纳腔130外。一方面便于朝向冷却腔室320输送冷却介质,另一方面还有利于冷却介质的降温,保证冷却介质的散热性能。In some embodiments, at least part of the cooling chamber 320 is located outside the accommodating chamber 130. This facilitates the delivery of the cooling medium to the cooling chamber 320 and helps cool the cooling medium to ensure the heat dissipation performance of the cooling medium.
在一些实施例中,电磁作动器1000还包括第一冷却管,第一冷却管设置在冷却腔室320内,且第一冷却管与冷却腔室320之间形成有第一冷却腔,第一冷却腔与第一冷却管的其中一个适于与第一进水口连通,另一个适于与第一出水口连通(该示例图中未示出)。这样冷却介质即可在第一冷却腔与第一冷却管之间循环流动,从而方便利用冷却介质对铁芯总成211进行散热,并保证冷却介质的散热性能。In some embodiments, the electromagnetic actuator 1000 further includes a first cooling pipe, which is disposed in the cooling chamber 320, and a first cooling cavity is formed between the first cooling pipe and the cooling chamber 320, and one of the first cooling cavity and the first cooling pipe is adapted to be connected to the first water inlet, and the other is adapted to be connected to the first water outlet (not shown in the example figure). In this way, the cooling medium can circulate between the first cooling cavity and the first cooling pipe, thereby facilitating the use of the cooling medium to dissipate heat from the core assembly 211 and ensuring the heat dissipation performance of the cooling medium.
在一些实施例中,第一冷却管与冷却腔室320的内壁间隔设置,以使第一冷却管与冷却腔室320之间形成有连接通道,连接通道用于连通第一冷却腔与第一冷却管。这样当第一冷却腔与第一冷却管的其中一个与第一进水口连通且另一个与第一出水口连通时,即可确保第一进水口和第一出水口之间的冷却介质能够依次流经第一冷却腔与第一冷却管,有利于实现却介质的循环流动,从而方便利用冷却介质对铁芯总成211进行散热。In some embodiments, the first cooling tube is spaced apart from the inner wall of the cooling chamber 320 so that a connecting channel is formed between the first cooling tube and the cooling chamber 320, and the connecting channel is used to connect the first cooling chamber and the first cooling tube. In this way, when one of the first cooling chamber and the first cooling tube is connected to the first water inlet and the other is connected to the first water outlet, it can be ensured that the cooling medium between the first water inlet and the first water outlet can flow through the first cooling chamber and the first cooling tube in sequence, which is conducive to the circulation of the cooling medium, thereby facilitating the use of the cooling medium to dissipate heat from the core assembly 211.
在一些实施例中,结合图137-图140所示,电磁作动器1000还包括第二冷却管32111及第三冷却管32121,第二冷却管32111及第三冷却管32121均设置在冷却腔室320内且与冷却腔室320连通,第二冷却管32111及第三冷却管32121的其中一个适于与第二进水口3211连通,另一个适于与第二出水口3212连通。这样冷却介质即可通过第二进水口3211进入冷却腔室320以及通过第二出水口3212从冷却腔室320内排出,有利于实现却介质的循环流动。In some embodiments, as shown in FIGS. 137-140 , the electromagnetic actuator 1000 further includes a second cooling pipe 32111 and a third cooling pipe 32121, both of which are disposed in the cooling chamber 320 and communicate with the cooling chamber 320, and one of the second cooling pipe 32111 and the third cooling pipe 32121 is adapted to communicate with the second water inlet 3211, and the other is adapted to communicate with the second water outlet 3212. In this way, the cooling medium can enter the cooling chamber 320 through the second water inlet 3211 and be discharged from the cooling chamber 320 through the second water outlet 3212, which is conducive to realizing the circulation of the cooling medium.
在一些实施例中,结合图138和图139所示,第二冷却管32111与第二进水口3211连通,第三冷却管32121与第二出水口3212连通,这样冷却介质即可通过第二冷却管32111进入冷却腔室320以及通过第三冷却管32121从冷却腔室320内排出,有利于实现却介质的循环流动。In some embodiments, in combination with Figures 138 and 139, the second cooling pipe 32111 is connected to the second water inlet 3211, and the third cooling pipe 32121 is connected to the second water outlet 3212, so that the cooling medium can enter the cooling chamber 320 through the second cooling pipe 32111 and be discharged from the cooling chamber 320 through the third cooling pipe 32121, which is conducive to the circulation of the cooling medium.
在一些实施例中,结合图139和图140所示,冷却腔室320为多个且包括第一冷却腔室321和第二冷却腔室322,在中心杆300的轴向上第一冷却腔室321位于铁芯总成211的一侧,第二冷却腔室322的至少部分述铁芯总成211正对设置。从而使得冷却腔室320的至少部分在径向上的投影与铁芯总成211重合设置,便于利用冷却腔室320内的冷却介质对铁芯总成211进行散热,从而保证电磁作动器1000能够长久高效运行,避免损害内部电磁作动器1000的零部件。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 139 and FIG. 140, the cooling chamber 320 is multiple and includes a first cooling chamber 321 and a second cooling chamber 322. In the axial direction of the center rod 300, the first cooling chamber 321 is located on one side of the core assembly 211, and at least a portion of the second cooling chamber 322 is arranged directly opposite to the core assembly 211. Thus, at least a portion of the radial projection of the cooling chamber 320 is arranged to overlap with the core assembly 211, so that the cooling medium in the cooling chamber 320 can be used to dissipate heat from the core assembly 211, thereby ensuring that the electromagnetic actuator 1000 can operate efficiently for a long time and avoid damaging the internal components of the electromagnetic actuator 1000.
通过生疏设置,可利用第一冷却腔室321和第二冷却腔室322对电磁作动器1000的不同部位分别散热,彼此相互作用,最终保证电磁作动器1000保持高效运行,中心杆300在整个冷却过程中起到快速导热和散热的作用。Through the unfamiliar setting, the first cooling chamber 321 and the second cooling chamber 322 can be used to dissipate heat from different parts of the electromagnetic actuator 1000 respectively, and interact with each other to ultimately ensure that the electromagnetic actuator 1000 maintains efficient operation. The center rod 300 plays a role in rapid heat conduction and heat dissipation during the entire cooling process.
在一些实施例中,第二冷却腔室322形成为封闭的腔室且填充有冷却介质。In some embodiments, the second cooling chamber 322 is formed as a closed chamber and is filled with a cooling medium.
在一些实施例中,结合图139和图140所示,第二冷却腔室322为多个且沿中心杆300的周向间隔设置,每个第二冷却腔室322包括多个沿中心杆300的周向间隔设置的子腔室3221。以保证冷却腔室320的散热性能。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 139 and FIG. 140 , there are multiple second cooling chambers 322 that are spaced apart along the circumference of the central rod 300 , and each second cooling chamber 322 includes multiple sub-chambers 3221 spaced apart along the circumference of the central rod 300 , so as to ensure the heat dissipation performance of the cooling chamber 320 .
在一些实施例中,在中心杆300的轴向上,每个第二冷却腔室322的多个子腔室3221的端部连通。以使得每个第二冷却腔室322内的冷却介质能够在多个子腔室3221之间循环流动,保证第二冷却腔室322的散热性能。In some embodiments, in the axial direction of the central rod 300, the ends of the multiple sub-chambers 3221 of each second cooling chamber 322 are connected, so that the cooling medium in each second cooling chamber 322 can circulate between the multiple sub-chambers 3221, thereby ensuring the heat dissipation performance of the second cooling chamber 322.
在一些实施例中,冷却腔室320的至少部分结构形成为热管。以使得冷却腔室320自身具有散热能力,从而降低冷却介质的温度,保证冷却介质的冷却效果。In some embodiments, at least a portion of the structure of the cooling chamber 320 is formed as a heat pipe, so that the cooling chamber 320 itself has the ability to dissipate heat, thereby reducing the temperature of the cooling medium and ensuring the cooling effect of the cooling medium.
在一些实施例中,中心杆300上设置有冷却结构810(冷却结构810的具体结构可参见图22),冷却结构810设置在中心杆300伸出容纳腔130的部分。以便于利用冷却结构810降低冷却介质的温度,保证冷却介质的冷却效果。In some embodiments, a cooling structure 810 is provided on the central rod 300 (the specific structure of the cooling structure 810 can be seen in FIG. 22 ), and the cooling structure 810 is provided on the portion of the central rod 300 extending out of the accommodating cavity 130. The cooling structure 810 is used to reduce the temperature of the cooling medium and ensure the cooling effect of the cooling medium.
在一些实施例中,冷却结构810包括散热器。提升冷却结构810的散热性能,从而利用冷却结构810降低冷却介质的温度,保证冷却介质的冷却效果。In some embodiments, the cooling structure 810 includes a heat sink, which improves the heat dissipation performance of the cooling structure 810, thereby utilizing the cooling structure 810 to reduce the temperature of the cooling medium and ensure the cooling effect of the cooling medium.
在一些实施例中,冷却结构810包括冷却管路,冷却管路上形成有与外界连通的第三进水口及第三出水口。第三进水口及第三出水口用于将外部温度较低的冷却介质输送至冷却结构810内,从而降低冷却结构810内的冷却介质的温度,这样也可保证冷却结构810的散热性能,从而使得冷却结构810能够有效降低冷却介质的温度,保证冷却介质的冷却效果。In some embodiments, the cooling structure 810 includes a cooling pipeline, and a third water inlet and a third water outlet are formed on the cooling pipeline, which are connected to the outside. The third water inlet and the third water outlet are used to transport the cooling medium with a lower external temperature into the cooling structure 810, thereby reducing the temperature of the cooling medium in the cooling structure 810, which can also ensure the heat dissipation performance of the cooling structure 810, so that the cooling structure 810 can effectively reduce the temperature of the cooling medium and ensure the cooling effect of the cooling medium.
在一些实施例中,如图137所示,机壳100上设置有导向杆400,中心杆300上形成有导向孔310,导向杆400与导向孔310配合。以避免机壳100在移动过程中发生偏移,也就是确保机壳100能够沿既定方向进行移动,保证机壳100移动的准确性。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 137 , a guide rod 400 is provided on the housing 100, and a guide hole 310 is formed on the center rod 300, and the guide rod 400 cooperates with the guide hole 310. This is to prevent the housing 100 from deflecting during movement, that is, to ensure that the housing 100 can move in a predetermined direction, and to ensure the accuracy of the movement of the housing 100.
在一些实施例中,导向杆400上设置有冷却腔,冷却腔适于容纳冷却液。这样可利用冷却液对铁芯总成211进一步散热,从而保证电磁作动器1000能够长久高效运行,避免损害内部电磁作动器1000的零部件。In some embodiments, a cooling cavity is provided on the guide rod 400, and the cooling cavity is suitable for containing a coolant, so that the coolant can be used to further dissipate heat from the core assembly 211, thereby ensuring that the electromagnetic actuator 1000 can operate efficiently for a long time and avoid damaging the internal parts of the electromagnetic actuator 1000.
在一些实施例中,冷却腔的容积大于冷却液的体积。也就是说,冷却液未填充满整个冷却腔,使得冷却腔内的冷却液能够进行气液转变的过程,保证冷却液的冷却性能。In some embodiments, the volume of the cooling cavity is greater than the volume of the cooling liquid. That is, the cooling liquid does not fill the entire cooling cavity, so that the cooling liquid in the cooling cavity can undergo a gas-liquid conversion process to ensure the cooling performance of the cooling liquid.
在一些实施例中,冷却腔在径向上的投影与铁芯总成211至少部分重合设置。从而使得冷却腔在径向上能够正对铁芯总成211,便于利用冷却腔内的冷却液对铁芯总成211进行散热,进一步保证电磁作动器1000能够长久高效运行,避免损害内部电磁作动器1000的零部件。In some embodiments, the radial projection of the cooling cavity is at least partially overlapped with the core assembly 211. Thus, the cooling cavity can face the core assembly 211 in the radial direction, so that the cooling liquid in the cooling cavity can be used to dissipate heat from the core assembly 211, further ensuring that the electromagnetic actuator 1000 can operate efficiently for a long time and avoid damaging the internal parts of the electromagnetic actuator 1000.
在一些实施例中,与冷却腔在径向上投影重合的铁芯总成211与冷却腔室320的在径向上的投影存在部分重合。也就是说,部分铁芯总成211同时正对导向杆400上的冷却腔与中心杆300上的冷却腔室320,最大化保证铁芯总成211的散热性能。 In some embodiments, the radial projection of the core assembly 211 that overlaps with the cooling cavity partially overlaps with the radial projection of the cooling chamber 320. In other words, part of the core assembly 211 faces both the cooling cavity on the guide rod 400 and the cooling chamber 320 on the center rod 300, maximizing the heat dissipation performance of the core assembly 211.
在一些实施例中,如图22所示,电磁作动器1000还包括检测模块900,检测模块900用于检测机壳100和定子组件210的相对位移。这样即可准确判断定子组件210的所在位置,便于控制定子组件210移动,并保证定子组件210移动后的位置准确性,提升电磁作动器1000的工作性能。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG22 , the electromagnetic actuator 1000 further includes a detection module 900, which is used to detect the relative displacement between the housing 100 and the stator assembly 210. In this way, the position of the stator assembly 210 can be accurately determined, the movement of the stator assembly 210 can be controlled, and the position accuracy of the stator assembly 210 after movement can be ensured, thereby improving the working performance of the electromagnetic actuator 1000.
同时,利用检测模块900检测机壳100和定子组件210的相对位移还可降低定子组件210位置检测的难度以及保证定子组件210位置检测的准确性。At the same time, using the detection module 900 to detect the relative displacement between the housing 100 and the stator assembly 210 can also reduce the difficulty of detecting the position of the stator assembly 210 and ensure the accuracy of the position detection of the stator assembly 210 .
也就是说,本实施例的电磁作动器1000通过设置检测模块900,以保证定子组件210移动位置的控制精度,从而避免存在控制精度缺陷的技术问题。That is to say, the electromagnetic actuator 1000 of this embodiment ensures the control accuracy of the moving position of the stator assembly 210 by providing the detection module 900, thereby avoiding the technical problem of control accuracy defects.
在一些实施例中,检测模块900可以感知被测装置不同位置所对应的信号并通过电线向控制器输出位置信号,以实现检测机壳100和定子组件210的相对位移的目的。In some embodiments, the detection module 900 can sense signals corresponding to different positions of the device under test and output position signals to the controller through wires, so as to detect the relative displacement of the housing 100 and the stator assembly 210 .
在一些实施例中,结合图141-图146所示,检测模块900包括激光传感器910,激光传感器910设于容纳腔130的顶部或底部。从而便于利用激光传感器910检测机壳100和定子组件210的相对位移,保证机壳100和定子组件210的相对位移检测的准确性,并降低机壳100和定子组件210的相对位移的检测难度。In some embodiments, as shown in FIGS. 141 to 146 , the detection module 900 includes a laser sensor 910, which is disposed at the top or bottom of the accommodating cavity 130. This facilitates the use of the laser sensor 910 to detect the relative displacement of the housing 100 and the stator assembly 210, thereby ensuring the accuracy of the relative displacement detection of the housing 100 and the stator assembly 210 and reducing the difficulty of detecting the relative displacement of the housing 100 and the stator assembly 210.
在一些实施例中,结合图141和图142所示,机壳100适于固定至车桥,电磁作动器1000还包括安装支架192,安装支架192安装至机壳100的外侧且适于连接车桥与机壳100,激光传感器910设于安装支架192内,容纳腔130的底壁设有用于避让激光传感器910的光路的避让孔131。其中,通过将激光传感器910设于安装支架192,以实现将激光传感器910设于机壳100,便于利用机壳100支撑激光传感器910,提高激光传感器910的位置稳定性,且因容纳腔130的底壁上设有用于避让激光传感器910的光路的避让孔131,这样设于安装支架192上的激光传感器910产生的光路即可投射到容纳腔130,以便于利用激光传感器910检测机壳100和定子组件210的相对位移。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 141 and FIG. 142 , the housing 100 is suitable for being fixed to the axle, the electromagnetic actuator 1000 further comprises a mounting bracket 192, the mounting bracket 192 is mounted to the outside of the housing 100 and is suitable for connecting the axle and the housing 100, the laser sensor 910 is arranged in the mounting bracket 192, and the bottom wall of the accommodating cavity 130 is provided with an avoidance hole 131 for avoiding the optical path of the laser sensor 910. Among them, by arranging the laser sensor 910 on the mounting bracket 192, the laser sensor 910 is arranged on the housing 100, so that the housing 100 is conveniently used to support the laser sensor 910, and the position stability of the laser sensor 910 is improved, and because the bottom wall of the accommodating cavity 130 is provided with the avoidance hole 131 for avoiding the optical path of the laser sensor 910, the optical path generated by the laser sensor 910 arranged on the mounting bracket 192 can be projected to the accommodating cavity 130, so that the laser sensor 910 can be used to detect the relative displacement of the housing 100 and the stator assembly 210.
在一些实施例中,如图143所示,安装支架192的一端设有第一传感器安装架920,激光传感器910设于第一传感器安装架920,以实现将激光传感器910设于安装支架192,便于利用机壳100支撑激光传感器910,提高激光传感器910的位置稳定性,并降低激光传感器910的固定难度。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 143 , a first sensor mounting bracket 920 is provided at one end of the mounting bracket 192, and the laser sensor 910 is disposed on the first sensor mounting bracket 920, so that the laser sensor 910 can be disposed on the mounting bracket 192, which facilitates the use of the housing 100 to support the laser sensor 910, improves the position stability of the laser sensor 910, and reduces the difficulty of fixing the laser sensor 910.
其中,激光传感器910与第一传感器安装架920的固定方式可以是螺栓连接。The laser sensor 910 and the first sensor mounting bracket 920 may be fixed by bolt connection.
在一些实施例中,结合图142-图146所示,在电磁作动器1000的轴向上,激光传感器910正对定子组件210,这样激光传感器910产生的光路即可投射到定子组件210,从而便于利用激光传感器910检测机壳100和定子组件210的相对位移。In some embodiments, as shown in FIGS. 142-146 , in the axial direction of the electromagnetic actuator 1000 , the laser sensor 910 is directly opposite to the stator assembly 210 , so that the light path generated by the laser sensor 910 can be projected onto the stator assembly 210 , thereby facilitating the use of the laser sensor 910 to detect the relative displacement between the housing 100 and the stator assembly 210 .
在一些示例中,激光传感器910主要通过感知物体反射光线来确定位置,输出电磁作动器1000的位移信号,其工作原理为,电磁作动器1000启动前首先标定激光传感器910的高度,测量激光传感器910的位置,当机壳100相对于中心杆300向上移动后(如图144所示),此时激光传感器910在定子组件210表面上投射出一个可见光斑,从光斑反射的光通过光接收系统在激光传感器910内的感光元件上成像,当激光传感器910与定子组件210之间的距离发生变化时,激光反射角度也会发生相应变化,使激光传感器910内的感光元件上的成像位置变化,从而测得激光传感器910与定子组件210的当前位置,当机壳100相对于中心杆300向下移动后(如图145所示),激光传感器910按照上述方法再次测得激光传感器910与定子组件210的当前位置,通过分析前后两次的位置数值变化可得到机壳100和定子组件210的相对位移,达到检测机壳100和定子组件210的相对位移的目的。In some examples, the laser sensor 910 mainly determines the position by sensing the reflected light from the object and outputs the displacement signal of the electromagnetic actuator 1000. The working principle is that before the electromagnetic actuator 1000 is started, the height of the laser sensor 910 is first calibrated and the position of the laser sensor 910 is measured. When the housing 100 moves upward relative to the center rod 300 (as shown in FIG. 144 ), the laser sensor 910 projects a visible light spot on the surface of the stator assembly 210. The light reflected from the light spot is imaged on the photosensitive element in the laser sensor 910 through the light receiving system. When the laser sensor 910 and the stator assembly 210 are in contact, the laser sensor 910 and the stator assembly 210 are in contact. 0 changes, the laser reflection angle will also change accordingly, causing the imaging position on the photosensitive element in the laser sensor 910 to change, thereby measuring the current position of the laser sensor 910 and the stator assembly 210. When the housing 100 moves downward relative to the center rod 300 (as shown in FIG. 145 ), the laser sensor 910 measures the current position of the laser sensor 910 and the stator assembly 210 again according to the above method. The relative displacement of the housing 100 and the stator assembly 210 can be obtained by analyzing the changes in the position values before and after the two times, thereby achieving the purpose of detecting the relative displacement of the housing 100 and the stator assembly 210.
通过上述设置,可使得本实施例形成为主动式测量,且测量频率高,可以实时得出电磁作动器1000的高度参数,无论是低频振动甚至车辆20000静止状态都不影响测量参数,也就是在车辆20000静止状态仍然能较好的提供车辆姿态等信息,因此,本实施例的激光传感器910不仅可以用于测量电磁作动器1000的行程还可以通过电磁作动器1000的行程的差值和时间的函数关系得出电磁作动器1000的运动速度,以图144和图145为例,在激光传感器910的一个反射接收周期时间内机壳100位置由图144变为图145,以此可以计算得到电磁作动器1000在一个激光反射接收周期内的平均速度,因为激光传感器910的测量频率高,因此在一定程度上这个速度可以反映电磁作动器1000的运动的实时速度。Through the above settings, the present embodiment can be formed into an active measurement with a high measurement frequency, and the height parameters of the electromagnetic actuator 1000 can be obtained in real time. Whether it is low-frequency vibration or even the stationary state of the vehicle 20000, it will not affect the measurement parameters, that is, when the vehicle 20000 is stationary, it can still provide information such as the vehicle posture. Therefore, the laser sensor 910 of the present embodiment can not only be used to measure the stroke of the electromagnetic actuator 1000, but also can obtain the movement speed of the electromagnetic actuator 1000 through the functional relationship between the difference in the stroke of the electromagnetic actuator 1000 and time. Taking Figures 144 and 145 as examples, within a reflection receiving cycle time of the laser sensor 910, the position of the housing 100 changes from Figure 144 to Figure 145, so that the average speed of the electromagnetic actuator 1000 within a laser reflection receiving cycle can be calculated. Because the measurement frequency of the laser sensor 910 is high, this speed can reflect the real-time speed of the movement of the electromagnetic actuator 1000 to a certain extent.
在一些示例中,可以通过对比车辆20000初始状态初步测算出车辆20000的不同轴的载荷,基本原理为,车辆20000启动或车辆20000即将运动时测量车辆20000四轮高度,因此时车辆20000无相对运动和路面冲击,可以视为距离变化为载荷压缩阻尼产生,据此可以判断出车辆20000空满载状态,故而可以更加精确的为四轮控制提供参考依据。In some examples, the loads on different axles of vehicle 20000 can be preliminarily calculated by comparing the initial state of vehicle 20000. The basic principle is to measure the height of the four wheels of vehicle 20000 when vehicle 20000 starts or when vehicle 20000 is about to move. Since vehicle 20000 has no relative motion and road impact at this time, the distance change can be regarded as the load compression damping. Based on this, the empty or fully loaded state of vehicle 20000 can be judged, thereby providing a more accurate reference basis for four-wheel control.
同理,通过一个激光反射接收周期内电磁作动器1000的不同速度的变化可在一定程度上反映出电磁作动器1000的实时加速度,理论上可以大幅缩减车辆20000上的传感器的设置数量,达到节约设计的目的。Similarly, the changes in different speeds of the electromagnetic actuator 1000 within a laser reflection and reception cycle can reflect the real-time acceleration of the electromagnetic actuator 1000 to a certain extent. In theory, the number of sensors installed on the vehicle 20000 can be greatly reduced, achieving the purpose of economical design.
还需要说明的是,本实施例将激光传感器910布置于电磁作动器1000的底部,检测的位置是定子组件的底部平面,因机壳100和定子组件210的主要运动为上下移动的直线运动,但在实际运动场景中,机壳100和定子组件210还会发生围绕中心杆300的相对转动,通过上述设置,即使机壳100和定子组件210发生偏转,也可保证安装支架192的顶部、激光传感器910与定子组件210的底面保持平行(如图146所示),从而避免激光传感器910检测到的位置数据受机壳100和定子组件210偏转影响。It should also be noted that, in this embodiment, the laser sensor 910 is arranged at the bottom of the electromagnetic actuator 1000, and the detection position is the bottom plane of the stator assembly. Since the main movement of the housing 100 and the stator assembly 210 is a linear movement up and down, but in an actual motion scenario, the housing 100 and the stator assembly 210 will also rotate relative to each other around the center rod 300. Through the above arrangement, even if the housing 100 and the stator assembly 210 are deflected, it can be ensured that the top of the mounting bracket 192, the laser sensor 910 and the bottom surface of the stator assembly 210 remain parallel (as shown in FIG. 146), thereby preventing the position data detected by the laser sensor 910 from being affected by the deflection of the housing 100 and the stator assembly 210.
同时,由于激光传感器910安装在安装支架192,还可避免电磁作动器1000运动时产生的高温干扰激光传感器910,保证激光传感器910的工作性能,同时使得激光传感器910安装在电磁作动器1000的外部,更便于激光传感器910的更换安装,更利于售后更换维修。At the same time, since the laser sensor 910 is installed on the mounting bracket 192, the high temperature generated during the movement of the electromagnetic actuator 1000 can be avoided from interfering with the laser sensor 910, thereby ensuring the working performance of the laser sensor 910. At the same time, the laser sensor 910 is installed on the outside of the electromagnetic actuator 1000, which makes it easier to replace and install the laser sensor 910 and more conducive to after-sales replacement and maintenance.
综上,本实施例将安装支架192充分利用起来,用测量精度较高的激光传感器910很好的弥补了传统传感器的各种不足,无论是在布置空间还是在测量精度、测量内容、使用寿命以及维修便利等诸多方面全面超越传统设计。In summary, this embodiment makes full use of the mounting bracket 192 and uses the laser sensor 910 with higher measurement accuracy to make up for the various shortcomings of traditional sensors, and comprehensively surpasses traditional designs in many aspects such as layout space, measurement accuracy, measurement content, service life, and maintenance convenience.
在一些实施例中,结合图150-图163所示,检测模块900包括第一检测件930和第二检测件940,第二检测件940与第一检测件930耦合,机壳100和中心杆300中的其中一个设有第一检测件930且另一个设有第二检测件940。从而便于利用第二检测件940与第一检测件930配合检测机壳100和定子组件210的相对位移,保证定子组件210位置检测的准确性,并降低定子组件210位置检测的难度。 In some embodiments, as shown in FIGS. 150-163, the detection module 900 includes a first detection member 930 and a second detection member 940, the second detection member 940 is coupled to the first detection member 930, and one of the housing 100 and the center rod 300 is provided with the first detection member 930 and the other is provided with the second detection member 940. Thus, the second detection member 940 and the first detection member 930 are used to detect the relative displacement of the housing 100 and the stator assembly 210, so as to ensure the accuracy of the position detection of the stator assembly 210 and reduce the difficulty of the position detection of the stator assembly 210.
在一些实施例中,结合图150-图163所示,机壳100适于固定至车桥,中心杆300穿过机壳100的顶壁以与车身相连;第一检测件930设于机壳100,第二检测件940设于中心杆300。以利用机壳100支撑第一检测件930以及利用中心杆300支撑第二检测件940,从而提高第一检测件930和第二检测件940的位置稳定性,便于利用第二检测件940与第一检测件930配合检测机壳100和定子组件210的相对位移。In some embodiments, as shown in FIGS. 150-163 , the housing 100 is suitable for being fixed to the axle, and the center rod 300 passes through the top wall of the housing 100 to be connected to the vehicle body; the first detection member 930 is provided on the housing 100, and the second detection member 940 is provided on the center rod 300. The housing 100 is used to support the first detection member 930, and the center rod 300 is used to support the second detection member 940, thereby improving the position stability of the first detection member 930 and the second detection member 940, and facilitating the second detection member 940 to cooperate with the first detection member 930 to detect the relative displacement of the housing 100 and the stator assembly 210.
在一些实施例中,结合图147-图150所示,中心杆300上设有装配槽950(装配槽950的具体结构可参见图25),第二检测件940固定在中心杆300的装配槽950上,机壳100上设有正对装配槽950的第一检测件安装槽960,第一检测件930设于第一检测件安装槽960,形成完整的位置第一检测件的工作环境,从而便于利用第二检测件940与第一检测件930检测机壳100和定子组件210的相对位移。In some embodiments, as shown in Figures 147-150, the center rod 300 is provided with an assembly groove 950 (the specific structure of the assembly groove 950 can be seen in Figure 25), the second detection member 940 is fixed on the assembly groove 950 of the center rod 300, and the housing 100 is provided with a first detection member installation groove 960 facing the assembly groove 950, and the first detection member 930 is arranged in the first detection member installation groove 960, forming a complete working environment for the first detection member, thereby facilitating the use of the second detection member 940 and the first detection member 930 to detect the relative displacement of the housing 100 and the stator assembly 210.
在一些实施例中,如图148所示,轴承170覆盖在第一检测件930的上方,对第一检测件930的行程保护遮挡,且避免机壳100向上移动后时挤压第一检测件930,保证第一检测件930的性能。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 148 , the bearing 170 covers the top of the first detection member 930 , protecting the travel of the first detection member 930 and preventing the first detection member 930 from being squeezed when the housing 100 moves upward, thereby ensuring the performance of the first detection member 930 .
在一些实施例中,如图150所示,中心杆300设有第一防转部370,机壳100上设有防转孔193,防转柱穿过防转孔193伸入第一防转部370内,以限制中心杆300的转动自由度,避免中心杆300和机壳100发生相对转动,从而位于中心杆300上的第二检测件940能够精确对准位于机壳100上的第一检测件930,保证检测模块900的检测性能。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 150 , the center rod 300 is provided with a first anti-rotation portion 370, and the housing 100 is provided with an anti-rotation hole 193. The anti-rotation column passes through the anti-rotation hole 193 and extends into the first anti-rotation portion 370 to limit the rotational freedom of the center rod 300 and prevent the center rod 300 and the housing 100 from rotating relative to each other, so that the second detection member 940 located on the center rod 300 can be precisely aligned with the first detection member 930 located on the housing 100, thereby ensuring the detection performance of the detection module 900.
在一些实施例中,结合图151-图154所示,第一检测件930设于机壳100的外侧。以降低第一检测件930安装难度,同时还可有利于对第一检测件930进行更换、维修,降低第一检测件930的维护难度。In some embodiments, as shown in FIGS. 151 to 154 , the first detection member 930 is disposed outside the housing 100 , so as to reduce the difficulty of installing the first detection member 930 , and at the same time, it is also convenient to replace and repair the first detection member 930 , thereby reducing the difficulty of maintaining the first detection member 930 .
同时,通过将第一检测件930设于机壳100的外侧,还可有效规避机壳100的高温区域,且使得第一检测件930可以利用自然风进行散热,充分保护了第一检测件930,在一定程度上避免第一检测件930失效。At the same time, by arranging the first detection component 930 on the outside of the casing 100, the high temperature area of the casing 100 can be effectively avoided, and the first detection component 930 can use natural wind to dissipate heat, which fully protects the first detection component 930 and avoids failure of the first detection component 930 to a certain extent.
在一些实施例中,如图152所示,中心杆300与机壳100之间设置有轴承170,第一检测件930在径向上的投影与机壳100重合的部分与轴承170在径向上的投影存在部分重叠。也就是说,在机壳100的径向上,第一检测件930与轴承170存在部分重叠,这样在中心杆300延伸长度一定的前提下,可避免因设置第一检测件930而过多地减小轴承170的延伸长度,也就是通过将第一检测件930与轴承170存在部分重叠,可保证轴承170的延伸长度,从而保证轴承170的导向效果。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 152 , a bearing 170 is disposed between the center rod 300 and the housing 100, and the portion where the radial projection of the first detection member 930 overlaps with the housing 100 partially overlaps with the radial projection of the bearing 170. That is, in the radial direction of the housing 100, the first detection member 930 partially overlaps with the bearing 170, so that under the premise that the extension length of the center rod 300 is certain, it is possible to avoid excessively reducing the extension length of the bearing 170 due to the provision of the first detection member 930, that is, by partially overlapping the first detection member 930 with the bearing 170, the extension length of the bearing 170 can be guaranteed, thereby ensuring the guiding effect of the bearing 170.
在一些实施例中,轴承170设有传感器避让槽,第一检测件930设于传感器避让槽,可使得第一检测件930在径向上的投影与机壳100重合的部分与轴承170在径向上的投影存在部分重叠。同时还可降低第一检测件930的固定难度,并提高第一检测件930的位置稳定性,在一定程度上保证第一检测件930的工作性能。In some embodiments, the bearing 170 is provided with a sensor avoidance groove, and the first detection member 930 is provided in the sensor avoidance groove, so that the portion where the radial projection of the first detection member 930 overlaps with the housing 100 partially overlaps with the radial projection of the bearing 170. At the same time, the difficulty of fixing the first detection member 930 can be reduced, and the position stability of the first detection member 930 can be improved, thereby ensuring the working performance of the first detection member 930 to a certain extent.
在一些实施例中,中心杆300与机壳100之间设置有轴承170,第一检测件930与轴承170间隔设置。也就是说,不限于将第一检测件930在径向上的投影与机壳100重合的部分与轴承170在径向上的投影存在部分重叠,还可将第一检测件930与轴承170间隔设置,以第一检测件930与轴承170相互独立,保证第一检测件930与轴承170的工作性能。In some embodiments, a bearing 170 is disposed between the center rod 300 and the housing 100, and the first detection member 930 is spaced apart from the bearing 170. That is to say, it is not limited to partially overlapping the radial projection of the first detection member 930 with the housing 100, and the radial projection of the bearing 170, and the first detection member 930 and the bearing 170 can also be spaced apart, so that the first detection member 930 and the bearing 170 are independent of each other, and the working performance of the first detection member 930 and the bearing 170 is guaranteed.
其中,这里所说的间隔设置可以理解为是第一检测件930与轴承170在中心杆300的轴向上间隔设置,以使得第一检测件930与轴承170相互独立。The interval arrangement mentioned here can be understood as the first detection member 930 and the bearing 170 being arranged at intervals in the axial direction of the center rod 300 so that the first detection member 930 and the bearing 170 are independent of each other.
同时,通过在中心杆300与机壳100之间设置轴承170,以对中心杆300的运动进行限位。这样,使得中心杆300沿轴承170进行运动,避免中心杆300在车辆20000运动过程中容易产生如图158所示的偏移,其中,中心杆300产生的偏移角度越大,对第一检测件930与第二检测件940的检测精度影响就越大,甚至失效。At the same time, a bearing 170 is provided between the center rod 300 and the housing 100 to limit the movement of the center rod 300. In this way, the center rod 300 moves along the bearing 170, and the center rod 300 is prevented from easily deviating as shown in FIG. 158 during the movement of the vehicle 20000. The greater the deflection angle of the center rod 300, the greater the impact on the detection accuracy of the first detection member 930 and the second detection member 940, and even failure.
从而,通过设置轴承170使得第一检测件930在运动过程中与第二检测件940具有较好的对位性,具有较高的检测精准度,从而确保检测模块900在正常工作期间,第一检测件930的工作面需要与第二检测件940的工作面保持平行(如图157所示),这样才能保证第二检测件940能够获得准确的磁场信号,从而保证检测模块900的工作性能。Thus, by setting the bearing 170, the first detection member 930 and the second detection member 940 have good alignment during movement and high detection accuracy, thereby ensuring that during normal operation of the detection module 900, the working surface of the first detection member 930 needs to remain parallel to the working surface of the second detection member 940 (as shown in Figure 157), so as to ensure that the second detection member 940 can obtain accurate magnetic field signals, thereby ensuring the working performance of the detection module 900.
在一些实施例中,第一检测件930形成磁场感应元件,第二检测件940形成磁场输出元件,如图155所示,第二检测件940在一定行程范围内可以通过感应第二检测件940的磁场获取位移,且在行程内任意两个不同位置的磁场信号具有差异性,例如线性关系;如图156所示,第一检测件930可以感应到第二检测件940发出的磁场信号,然后转化为电信号,且在行程内任意两个不同位置的电信号具有差异性,例如线性关系,此处转化的手段有很多,例如霍尔原理,最后将感应到的电信号(或者转换成其他信号,例如数字信号)作为输出信号传递,以达到利用第二检测件940与第一检测件930配合检测机壳100和定子组件210的相对位移的目的。In some embodiments, the first detection member 930 forms a magnetic field sensing element, and the second detection member 940 forms a magnetic field output element. As shown in FIG. 155 , the second detection member 940 can obtain displacement within a certain range of travel by sensing the magnetic field of the second detection member 940, and the magnetic field signals at any two different positions within the travel are different, such as a linear relationship; as shown in FIG. 156 , the first detection member 930 can sense the magnetic field signal emitted by the second detection member 940, and then convert it into an electrical signal, and the electrical signals at any two different positions within the travel are different, such as a linear relationship. There are many means of conversion here, such as the Hall principle. Finally, the sensed electrical signal (or converted into other signals, such as digital signals) is transmitted as an output signal to achieve the purpose of using the second detection member 940 and the first detection member 930 to cooperate in detecting the relative displacement of the housing 100 and the stator assembly 210.
综上可知,第一检测件930主要通过识别第二检测件940的磁场信号来实现检测机壳100和定子组件210的相对位移,但在电磁作动器1000中的动子组件220和定子组件210散发出的磁场强度很高,容易干扰到第一检测件930的检测精度,导致检测模块900的精度下降,甚至失效。In summary, the first detection component 930 mainly detects the relative displacement of the housing 100 and the stator assembly 210 by identifying the magnetic field signal of the second detection component 940. However, the magnetic field intensity emitted by the mover assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210 in the electromagnetic actuator 1000 is very high, which can easily interfere with the detection accuracy of the first detection component 930, resulting in a decrease in the accuracy of the detection module 900 or even failure.
为了解决上述问题,可将中心杆300与机壳100选用非导磁材料支撑,如图153所示,动子组件220和定子组件210在电磁作动器1000内部产生的磁场,沿着中心杆300与机壳100分布,并且形成闭合磁场回路,使得第二检测件940位置的磁场强度显著提成,从而避免动子组件220和定子组件210在电磁作动器1000内部产生的磁场形成为图154中的发散状。In order to solve the above problem, the center rod 300 and the housing 100 can be supported by non-magnetic materials, as shown in Figure 153. The magnetic field generated by the movable assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210 inside the electromagnetic actuator 1000 is distributed along the center rod 300 and the housing 100, and forms a closed magnetic field loop, so that the magnetic field strength at the position of the second detection member 940 is significantly increased, thereby avoiding the magnetic field generated by the movable assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210 inside the electromagnetic actuator 1000 from forming a divergent shape as shown in Figure 154.
同时还可增加检测模块900与动子组件220和定子组件210的距离来改善第二检测件940位置的磁场强度,使得第二检测件940位置的磁场强度显著提成,保证检测模块900的检测精度。At the same time, the distance between the detection module 900 and the mover assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210 can be increased to improve the magnetic field strength at the position of the second detection member 940, so that the magnetic field strength at the position of the second detection member 940 is significantly increased, thereby ensuring the detection accuracy of the detection module 900.
在一些实施例中,结合图159-图164所示,机壳100的底部设有安装支架192,安装支架192内设有与容纳腔130连通的避让通道1921;第二检测件940的至少一部分位于避让通道1921内,第一检测件930可移动至避让通道1921内与第二检测件940耦合。从而便于利用第二检测件940与第一检测件930配合检测机壳100和定子组件210的相对位移,保证定子组件210位置检测的准确性,并降低定子组件210位置检测的难度。In some embodiments, as shown in FIGS. 159 to 164, a mounting bracket 192 is provided at the bottom of the housing 100, and a bypass channel 1921 communicating with the accommodating chamber 130 is provided in the mounting bracket 192; at least a portion of the second detection member 940 is located in the bypass channel 1921, and the first detection member 930 can be moved into the bypass channel 1921 to couple with the second detection member 940. This facilitates the use of the second detection member 940 and the first detection member 930 to cooperate in detecting the relative displacement of the housing 100 and the stator assembly 210, thereby ensuring the accuracy of the position detection of the stator assembly 210 and reducing the difficulty of the position detection of the stator assembly 210.
同时,通过将第二检测件940的至少一部分位于避让通道1921内,便于减少电磁作动器1000为检测模块900预留出的空间,有利于电磁作动器1000的小型化设计。At the same time, by locating at least a portion of the second detection member 940 in the avoidance channel 1921 , it is convenient to reduce the space reserved by the electromagnetic actuator 1000 for the detection module 900 , which is beneficial to the miniaturized design of the electromagnetic actuator 1000 .
在一些实施例中,结合图159、图160和图161所示,第一检测件930包括第一检测件连接端931、连接杆932 和感应头933,第一检测件930通过第一检测件连接端931与中心杆300固定,固定方式可以为螺栓连接,第一检测件930的线束通过连接杆932的内部布置并连接感应头933,感应头933能够感应到第二检测件940上不同区域处的磁场强度,通过分析感应头933所感应到的不同的磁场强度,能够确定机壳100和定子组件210的相对位移。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 159 , FIG. 160 and FIG. 161 , the first detection member 930 includes a first detection member connecting end 931 , a connecting rod 932 The first detecting member 930 is fixed to the center rod 300 via the first detecting member connecting end 931, which may be a bolted connection. The wiring harness of the first detecting member 930 is arranged inside the connecting rod 932 and connected to the sensing head 933. The sensing head 933 can sense the magnetic field strength at different areas on the second detecting member 940. By analyzing the different magnetic field strengths sensed by the sensing head 933, the relative displacement of the housing 100 and the stator assembly 210 can be determined.
在一些实施例中,第二检测件940的至少一部分贴在避让通道1921内。这里可采用粘结剂粘贴固定。In some embodiments, at least a portion of the second detection member 940 is attached to the avoidance channel 1921. Adhesives may be used for attachment and fixation.
在一些实施例中,第二检测件940为磁栅尺,磁栅尺是一种自带磁场的装置,第一检测件930为霍尔传感器,霍尔传感器通过感知磁栅尺表面的磁场的变化,输出位移信号,从而达到检测机壳100和定子组件210的相对位移的目的。In some embodiments, the second detection component 940 is a magnetic scale, which is a device with its own magnetic field. The first detection component 930 is a Hall sensor, which outputs a displacement signal by sensing the changes in the magnetic field on the surface of the magnetic scale, thereby achieving the purpose of detecting the relative displacement of the housing 100 and the stator assembly 210.
在一些实施例中,因动子组件220和定子组件210均有磁场产生,且当机壳100向上移动后,结合图162和图163所示,第二检测件940距离动子组件220和定子组件210较近,因此,机壳100、中心杆300、连接杆932和安装支架192均使用不导磁材料支撑,例如铝合金材料,上述材料的使用可以很好的屏蔽第一检测件930和第二检测件940周边来自动子组件220和定子组件210所产生的磁场,保证检测模块900的检测精度。In some embodiments, because both the movable assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210 generate magnetic fields, and when the housing 100 moves upward, as shown in Figures 162 and 163, the second detection component 940 is closer to the movable assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210. Therefore, the housing 100, the center rod 300, the connecting rod 932 and the mounting bracket 192 are all supported by non-magnetic materials, such as aluminum alloy materials. The use of the above materials can effectively shield the magnetic field generated by the movable assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210 around the first detection component 930 and the second detection component 940, thereby ensuring the detection accuracy of the detection module 900.
在一些实施例中,第二检测件940的矫顽力高于动子组件220的矫顽力,以保证第二检测件940不被动子组件220磁化,从而保证第二检测件940的性能。In some embodiments, the coercive force of the second detection member 940 is higher than the coercive force of the movable subassembly 220 to ensure that the second detection member 940 is not magnetized by the movable subassembly 220 , thereby ensuring the performance of the second detection member 940 .
在一些实施例中,如图164-图167所示,第二检测件940形成为圆弧状。以避免动子组件220和定子组件210发生相对转动时,第二检测件940和第一检测件930之间的感应失效,进而便于保证第一检测件930能够稳定地感应第二检测件940上不同位置处的磁场强度,保证检测模块900的检测精度。In some embodiments, as shown in FIGS. 164 to 167 , the second detection member 940 is formed into an arc shape to avoid induction failure between the second detection member 940 and the first detection member 930 when the mover assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210 rotate relative to each other, thereby facilitating the first detection member 930 to stably sense the magnetic field strength at different positions on the second detection member 940 and ensure the detection accuracy of the detection module 900 .
其中,圆弧状的半径可以根据机壳100的半径做适应性调整,圆弧状的角度可以根据动子组件220和定子组件210相对转动的极限角度来确定。The radius of the arc can be adaptively adjusted according to the radius of the housing 100 , and the angle of the arc can be determined according to the limit angle of relative rotation between the mover assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210 .
在一些实施例中,安装支架192上开有圆弧形孔洞,第一检测件930设于圆弧形孔洞内,为第一检测件930在工作状态下的上下运动、旋转运动提供空间。In some embodiments, an arc-shaped hole is opened on the mounting bracket 192, and the first detection member 930 is disposed in the arc-shaped hole, providing space for the first detection member 930 to move up and down and rotate in a working state.
在一些实施例中,结合图165-图167所示,检测模块900包括第二检测件940、第一检测件930和第二传感器安装架970,其中,第二检测件940为传感器磁栅尺,第一检测件930为传感器读头,第二传感器安装架970用于安装固定传感器磁栅尺,传感器磁栅尺提供磁场,传感器读头用于感知磁栅尺不同位置的磁场强度,来检测机壳100和定子组件210的相对位移。In some embodiments, in combination with Figures 165-167, the detection module 900 includes a second detection member 940, a first detection member 930 and a second sensor mounting bracket 970, wherein the second detection member 940 is a sensor magnetic scale, the first detection member 930 is a sensor reader, and the second sensor mounting bracket 970 is used to install and fix the sensor magnetic scale, the sensor magnetic scale provides a magnetic field, and the sensor reader is used to sense the magnetic field strength at different positions of the magnetic scale to detect the relative displacement of the housing 100 and the stator assembly 210.
同时,通过设置第二传感器安装架970还可使检测模块900的固定更加牢靠,提高了检测模块900的位置稳定性。At the same time, by providing the second sensor mounting bracket 970 , the detection module 900 can be fixed more securely, thereby improving the position stability of the detection module 900 .
其中,磁栅尺由不同大小且间隔的磁条组合而成且采用单码道结构,以使得第二检测件940形成为编码式磁栅传感器,用于提供非周期性的磁场,且使得传感器读头在同一时刻感知到非编码区组合磁场在整个行程内是唯一的,从而可以确定第一检测件930的绝对位置,保证检测模块900的检测精度。Among them, the magnetic scale is composed of magnetic strips of different sizes and intervals and adopts a single code channel structure, so that the second detection component 940 is formed into a coded magnetic scale sensor, which is used to provide a non-periodic magnetic field, and enables the sensor reader to sense at the same time that the combined magnetic field of the non-coding area is unique in the entire stroke, thereby determining the absolute position of the first detection component 930 and ensuring the detection accuracy of the detection module 900.
在一些实施例中,第二检测件940选用钕铁硼等强磁材料制作,使得第二检测件940的矫顽力较高,能够适应更加复杂的磁场环境,有效避免退磁风险。In some embodiments, the second detection member 940 is made of a strong magnetic material such as neodymium iron boron, so that the second detection member 940 has a higher coercive force, can adapt to a more complex magnetic field environment, and effectively avoid the risk of demagnetization.
同时,通过将第二检测件940设置成采用单码道结构,相对于双码道结构而言,可以有效减少第二传感器安装架970的宽度和第一检测件930的读头大小,有效减少第一检测件930的布置空间,使第一检测件930的布置位置有更多的选择。At the same time, by setting the second detection member 940 to adopt a single-channel structure, compared with the double-channel structure, the width of the second sensor mounting bracket 970 and the size of the reader head of the first detection member 930 can be effectively reduced, thereby effectively reducing the layout space of the first detection member 930 and providing more options for the layout position of the first detection member 930.
在一些实施例中,结合图168-图173所示,机壳100的外周壁设有用于导引检测模块900的导线的导线槽194。其中,通过设置与检测模块900电连接的导线,可通过导线把检测模块900检测的信号传递给控制器,控制器经过信号处理判断机壳100的位置,达到利用检测模块900检测机壳100的的移动位置的目的。In some embodiments, as shown in FIGS. 168 to 173 , the outer wall of the housing 100 is provided with a wire groove 194 for guiding the wire of the detection module 900. Among them, by providing a wire electrically connected to the detection module 900, the signal detected by the detection module 900 can be transmitted to the controller through the wire, and the controller determines the position of the housing 100 after signal processing, thereby achieving the purpose of using the detection module 900 to detect the moving position of the housing 100.
同时,通过在机壳100的上设置用于导引导线的导线槽194,以降低导线的走线难度,同时还可利用导线槽194固定导线,保证导线的位置稳定性,避免导线随着机壳100的运动发生弯折而影响信号的传输,从而提高电磁作动器1000的可靠度,并可实现利用导线槽194保护导线,延长导线的使用寿命,提升导线的使用安全性,并提高导线的使用可靠度。At the same time, a wire groove 194 for guiding the wire is provided on the housing 100 to reduce the difficulty of routing the wire. The wire groove 194 can also be used to fix the wire to ensure the position stability of the wire and prevent the wire from bending as the housing 100 moves and affecting the signal transmission, thereby improving the reliability of the electromagnetic actuator 1000. The wire groove 194 can be used to protect the wire, extend the service life of the wire, improve the safety of the wire, and improve the reliability of the wire.
需要说明的是,导线槽194的长度可根据外部接头的位置设置,导线槽194的深度可根据导线的径向尺寸以及外壳210的结构强度设置,在此不做限制。It should be noted that the length of the wire groove 194 can be set according to the position of the external connector, and the depth of the wire groove 194 can be set according to the radial size of the wire and the structural strength of the housing 210, which is not limited here.
可选地,导线槽194与机壳100一体成型。也就是说,导线槽194一体成型在机壳100上,以降低导线槽194的成型难度。Optionally, the wire trough 194 is integrally formed with the housing 100. That is, the wire trough 194 is integrally formed on the housing 100 to reduce the difficulty of forming the wire trough 194.
在一些实施例中,结合图168、图169和图170所示,机壳100的外周壁设有多个第二加强筋195,至少两个相邻的第二加强筋195之间限定出导线槽194。以进一步降低导线槽194的成型难度。In some embodiments, as shown in FIGS. 168 , 169 and 170 , the outer peripheral wall of the housing 100 is provided with a plurality of second reinforcing ribs 195 , and a wire groove 194 is defined between at least two adjacent second reinforcing ribs 195 , so as to further reduce the difficulty of forming the wire groove 194 .
同时,通过在机壳100的外周壁设置多个第二加强筋195,还可提高机壳100的结构强度,延长机壳100的使用寿命,且可在相应减小机壳100的壁厚,达到轻量化的目的。At the same time, by providing a plurality of second reinforcing ribs 195 on the outer peripheral wall of the casing 100, the structural strength of the casing 100 can be improved, the service life of the casing 100 can be extended, and the wall thickness of the casing 100 can be reduced accordingly to achieve the purpose of lightweighting.
在一些实施例中,结合图168和图169所示,机壳100的外周壁设有多个第二加强筋195,至少一部分第二加强筋195沿机壳100的径向延伸,至少一部分第二加强筋195沿机壳100的轴向延伸,使得机壳100上设有垂直和横向均匀布置的多个第二加强筋195,这种均布结构特点有利于机壳100的加工工艺设计。In some embodiments, in combination with Figures 168 and 169, the outer peripheral wall of the casing 100 is provided with a plurality of second reinforcing ribs 195, at least a portion of the second reinforcing ribs 195 extend along the radial direction of the casing 100, and at least a portion of the second reinforcing ribs 195 extend along the axial direction of the casing 100, so that the casing 100 is provided with a plurality of second reinforcing ribs 195 evenly arranged vertically and laterally. This uniformly distributed structural feature is beneficial to the processing technology design of the casing 100.
其中,沿机壳100的径向延伸的第二加强筋195主要用于加强机壳100的抗弯刚度,沿机壳100的轴向延伸的第二加强筋195主要用于加强电机机壳5抗压强度。The second reinforcing ribs 195 extending along the radial direction of the housing 100 are mainly used to strengthen the bending rigidity of the housing 100 , and the second reinforcing ribs 195 extending along the axial direction of the housing 100 are mainly used to strengthen the compressive strength of the motor housing 5 .
同时,还可机壳100的外周壁上设置斜向加强筋来避免应力集中。At the same time, oblique reinforcing ribs may be provided on the outer peripheral wall of the housing 100 to avoid stress concentration.
在一些实施例中,结合图168和图169所示,安装座191的下端部设计有三角形垂直加强筋,利用三角形结构稳定性原理使得安装座191结构更加稳定,能够承受更大的弹簧弹力,提高安装座191的抗压强度。In some embodiments, in combination with Figures 168 and 169, a triangular vertical reinforcement rib is designed at the lower end of the mounting seat 191. The triangular structural stability principle is utilized to make the mounting seat 191 structure more stable, able to withstand greater spring force, and improve the compressive strength of the mounting seat 191.
在一些实施例中,在相邻两个三角形垂直加强筋之间还布置有沿机壳100的轴向延伸的第二加强筋195,用于提高安装座191的抗弯刚度。In some embodiments, a second reinforcing rib 195 extending along the axial direction of the housing 100 is arranged between two adjacent triangular vertical reinforcing ribs to improve the bending rigidity of the mounting seat 191 .
在一些实施例中,安装座191和机壳100之间设有导线避让结构,使得导线能够穿过安装座191并布设在导线槽194内。 In some embodiments, a wire avoidance structure is provided between the mounting seat 191 and the housing 100 , so that the wire can pass through the mounting seat 191 and be arranged in the wire groove 194 .
在一些实施例中,导线槽194形成为散热结构。以实现对电磁作动器1000进行散热,保证电磁作动器1000的性能。In some embodiments, the wire groove 194 is formed as a heat dissipation structure to achieve heat dissipation of the electromagnetic actuator 1000 and ensure the performance of the electromagnetic actuator 1000 .
在一些实施例中,可利用第二加强筋195扩大机壳100的散热面积,不需要外加散热腔辅助散热,减少了机构的冗杂,提高总布置设计的自由度,达到轻量化的目的。In some embodiments, the second reinforcing ribs 195 can be used to expand the heat dissipation area of the housing 100, eliminating the need for an external heat dissipation cavity to assist in heat dissipation, reducing the complexity of the mechanism, increasing the degree of freedom of the overall layout design, and achieving the purpose of lightweighting.
其中,可根据导线的直径及机壳100的强度来改变第二加强筋195的深度和宽度。The depth and width of the second reinforcing rib 195 may be changed according to the diameter of the wire and the strength of the housing 100 .
下面描述本申请实施例的减振装置5000。The vibration reduction device 5000 according to an embodiment of the present application is described below.
根据本申请实施例的一种减振装置5000包括:电磁作动器1000。A vibration reduction device 5000 according to an embodiment of the present application includes: an electromagnetic actuator 1000 .
其中,电磁作动器1000为前述的电磁作动器1000,电磁作动器1000的具体结构在此不作赘述,电磁作动器1000适于连接在车轮2000与车身之间。The electromagnetic actuator 1000 is the aforementioned electromagnetic actuator 1000 , and the specific structure of the electromagnetic actuator 1000 is not described in detail here. The electromagnetic actuator 1000 is suitable for being connected between the wheel 2000 and the vehicle body.
由上述结构可知,本申请实施例的减振装置5000,通过采用前述的电磁作动器1000,可有效降低减振装置5000的装配难度,并保证减振装置5000的工作性能。It can be seen from the above structure that the vibration reduction device 5000 of the embodiment of the present application can effectively reduce the difficulty of assembling the vibration reduction device 5000 and ensure the working performance of the vibration reduction device 5000 by adopting the aforementioned electromagnetic actuator 1000.
在一些实施例中,车轮2000及车身的其中一个适于与动子组件220和定子组件210的另一个连接,车轮2000及车身的另一个适于与机壳100连接。从而使得车轮2000及车身能够产生相对移动,以达到缓冲吸振的作用,保证减振装置5000的工作性能,有利于提升车辆20000的舒适性。In some embodiments, one of the wheel 2000 and the vehicle body is suitable for connecting with the other of the mover assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210, and the other of the wheel 2000 and the vehicle body is suitable for connecting with the housing 100. Thus, the wheel 2000 and the vehicle body can move relative to each other to achieve the effect of buffering and absorbing vibrations, ensure the working performance of the vibration reduction device 5000, and help improve the comfort of the vehicle 20000.
在一些实施例中,机壳100适于与车轮2000连接,动子组件220和定子组件210的另一个适于与车身连接。以实现将电磁作动器1000连接在车轮2000与车身之间,并便于利用电磁作动器1000缓冲吸振,保证减振装置5000的工作性能。In some embodiments, the housing 100 is suitable for connecting with the wheel 2000, and the other of the mover assembly 220 and the stator assembly 210 is suitable for connecting with the vehicle body, so as to realize connecting the electromagnetic actuator 1000 between the wheel 2000 and the vehicle body, and facilitate using the electromagnetic actuator 1000 to buffer and absorb vibration, thereby ensuring the working performance of the vibration reduction device 5000.
在一些实施例中,结合图20-图26所示,减振装置5000还包括中心杆300,中心杆300的部分结构伸出机壳100。以便于实现中心杆300与车身的固定连接,降低中心杆300与车身的连接难度,从而使得电磁作动器1000能够连接在车轮2000与车身之间,保证减振装置5000的工作性能,有利于提升车辆20000的舒适性。In some embodiments, as shown in FIGS. 20 to 26 , the vibration reduction device 5000 further includes a center rod 300, and a portion of the structure of the center rod 300 extends out of the housing 100. This facilitates the fixed connection between the center rod 300 and the vehicle body, reduces the difficulty of connecting the center rod 300 and the vehicle body, and enables the electromagnetic actuator 1000 to be connected between the wheel 2000 and the vehicle body, thereby ensuring the working performance of the vibration reduction device 5000 and improving the comfort of the vehicle 20000.
在一些实施例中,结合图21和图22所示,定子组件210包括:铁芯总成211和绕组总成212,铁芯总成211设置于中心杆300,绕组总成212设于铁芯总成211,动子组件220与机壳100连接。这样定子组件210和动子组件220之间即可产生相对移动,以便于利用减振装置5000缓冲路面传递的冲击,同时可隔离路面、车轮2000输入的噪音,以保证车辆20000的舒适性。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 21 and FIG. 22, the stator assembly 210 includes: an iron core assembly 211 and a winding assembly 212, the iron core assembly 211 is arranged on the central rod 300, the winding assembly 212 is arranged on the iron core assembly 211, and the mover assembly 220 is connected to the housing 100. In this way, relative movement can be generated between the stator assembly 210 and the mover assembly 220, so that the shock absorption device 5000 can be used to buffer the impact transmitted by the road surface, and at the same time, the noise input by the road surface and the wheel 2000 can be isolated to ensure the comfort of the vehicle 20000.
在一些实施例中,中心杆300适于通过上支撑500与车身连接。以实现减振装置5000与车身连接,并降低减振装置5000与车身的连接难度。In some embodiments, the central rod 300 is adapted to be connected to the vehicle body through the upper support 500, so as to realize the connection between the vibration reduction device 5000 and the vehicle body and reduce the difficulty of connecting the vibration reduction device 5000 and the vehicle body.
在一些实施例中,上支撑500适于与车身集成。以进一步实现减振装置5000与车身连接,并降低减振装置5000与车身的连接难度。In some embodiments, the upper support 500 is suitable for integration with the vehicle body, so as to further realize the connection between the vibration reduction device 5000 and the vehicle body and reduce the difficulty of connecting the vibration reduction device 5000 and the vehicle body.
在一些实施例中,如图7所示,机壳100上形成有安装座191,减振装置5000还包括弹簧600,弹簧600的一端适于与安装座191连接,弹簧600的另一端适于与车身连接。弹簧600用于提供部分阻尼力且承受部分振动冲击,以提升减振装置5000的工作性能,从而保证车辆20000的舒适性。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG7 , a mounting seat 191 is formed on the housing 100, and the vibration reduction device 5000 further includes a spring 600, one end of the spring 600 is adapted to be connected to the mounting seat 191, and the other end of the spring 600 is adapted to be connected to the vehicle body. The spring 600 is used to provide a part of the damping force and bear a part of the vibration impact, so as to improve the working performance of the vibration reduction device 5000, thereby ensuring the comfort of the vehicle 20000.
在一些实施例中,弹簧600包括空簧及螺簧的至少一种。以保证弹簧600的工作性能,确保利用弹簧600能够有效提供部分阻尼力且承受部分振动冲击。In some embodiments, the spring 600 includes at least one of an air spring and a coil spring to ensure the working performance of the spring 600 and ensure that the spring 600 can effectively provide a part of the damping force and withstand a part of the vibration impact.
在一些实施例中,如图22所示,机壳100具有端盖1012,端盖1012上设置有安装支架192,安装支架192适于与车轮2000连接,安装支架192与端盖1012一体成型。从而实现电磁作动器1000与车轮2000的连接,也就是实现减振装置5000与车轮2000的连接,并降低减振装置5000与车轮2000的连接难度,便于利用减振装置5000缓冲路面传递的冲击,同时可隔离路面、轮胎输入的噪音,以保证车辆20000的舒适性。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 22 , the housing 100 has an end cover 1012, and a mounting bracket 192 is disposed on the end cover 1012. The mounting bracket 192 is suitable for connecting with the wheel 2000, and the mounting bracket 192 is integrally formed with the end cover 1012. Thus, the connection between the electromagnetic actuator 1000 and the wheel 2000 is realized, that is, the connection between the vibration reduction device 5000 and the wheel 2000 is realized, and the difficulty of connecting the vibration reduction device 5000 and the wheel 2000 is reduced, so that the vibration reduction device 5000 can be used to buffer the impact transmitted by the road surface, and the noise input by the road surface and the tire can be isolated to ensure the comfort of the vehicle 20000.
在一些实施例中,安装支架192上形成有转向轴的避让结构。使得安装支架192能够有效避让转向轴,保证转向轴的性能。In some embodiments, a steering shaft avoidance structure is formed on the mounting bracket 192, so that the mounting bracket 192 can effectively avoid the steering shaft and ensure the performance of the steering shaft.
在一些实施例中,减振装置5000还包括减振器,减振器与电磁作动器1000并联设置。以最大化提升减振装置5000的减振效果。In some embodiments, the vibration reduction device 5000 further includes a vibration reducer, which is arranged in parallel with the electromagnetic actuator 1000 to maximize the vibration reduction effect of the vibration reduction device 5000 .
下面参照说明书附图描述本申请实施例的悬架系统10000。The suspension system 10000 of an embodiment of the present application is described below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
结合图174和图175所示,根据本申请实施例的一种悬架系统10000包括:减振装置5000。As shown in FIGS. 174 and 175 , a suspension system 10000 according to an embodiment of the present application includes: a vibration reduction device 5000 .
其中,减振装置5000为前述的减振装置5000,减振装置5000的具体结构在此不作赘述。The vibration reduction device 5000 is the aforementioned vibration reduction device 5000 , and the specific structure of the vibration reduction device 5000 is not described in detail herein.
由上述结构可知,本申请实施例的悬架系统10000,通过采用前述的减振装置5000,可有效降低悬架系统10000的装配难度,并保证悬架系统10000的工作性能。It can be seen from the above structure that the suspension system 10000 of the embodiment of the present application can effectively reduce the difficulty of assembling the suspension system 10000 and ensure the working performance of the suspension system 10000 by adopting the aforementioned vibration reduction device 5000.
在一些实施例中,至少一个车轮2000适于与减振装置5000对应设置。以便于利用减振装置5000缓冲路面传递的冲击,同时可隔离路面、车轮2000输入的噪音,以保证车辆20000的舒适性。In some embodiments, at least one wheel 2000 is adapted to be disposed corresponding to the vibration reduction device 5000 , so as to utilize the vibration reduction device 5000 to buffer the impact transmitted by the road surface, and at the same time isolate the noise input by the road surface and the wheel 2000 , so as to ensure the comfort of the vehicle 20000 .
在一些实施例中,悬架系统10000还包括控制器,控制器适于控制电磁作动器1000。从而使得电磁作动器1000能够有效运行以缓冲路面传递的冲击,同时可隔离路面、车轮2000输入的噪音,以保证车辆20000的舒适性。In some embodiments, the suspension system 10000 further includes a controller, which is adapted to control the electromagnetic actuator 1000. Thus, the electromagnetic actuator 1000 can operate effectively to buffer the impact transmitted by the road surface, and at the same time, the noise input by the road surface and the wheel 2000 can be isolated to ensure the comfort of the vehicle 20000.
在一些实施例中,多个车轮2000适于与减振装置5000对应设置。也就是说,多个车轮2000均设有相对应的减振装置5000,以便于利用减振装置5000缓冲路面传递的冲击,同时可隔离路面、车轮2000输入的噪音,以保证车辆20000的舒适性。In some embodiments, the plurality of wheels 2000 are adapted to be arranged corresponding to the vibration reduction device 5000. That is, the plurality of wheels 2000 are each provided with a corresponding vibration reduction device 5000, so that the vibration reduction device 5000 can be used to buffer the impact transmitted by the road surface, and at the same time, the noise input by the road surface and the wheel 2000 can be isolated to ensure the comfort of the vehicle 20000.
在一些实施例中,悬架系统10000还包括控制器,控制器适于控制多个车轮2000。以使得多个对应的减振装置5000均可缓冲路面传递的冲击,以保证车辆20000的舒适性。In some embodiments, the suspension system 10000 further includes a controller, which is adapted to control the plurality of wheels 2000 so that the plurality of corresponding vibration reduction devices 5000 can all buffer the impact transmitted by the road surface to ensure the comfort of the vehicle 20000 .
在一些实施例中,悬架系统10000还包括多个控制器,多个控制器与多个车轮2000一一对应设置。这里是指,每个车轮2000均对应一个控制器,以便于利用控制器单独控制车轮2000所对应的减振装置5000,保证减振装置5000的性能。In some embodiments, the suspension system 10000 further includes a plurality of controllers, and the plurality of controllers are arranged in one-to-one correspondence with the plurality of wheels 2000. Here, each wheel 2000 corresponds to a controller, so that the controller can be used to individually control the vibration reduction device 5000 corresponding to the wheel 2000 to ensure the performance of the vibration reduction device 5000.
在一些实施例中,悬架系统10000还包括多个控制器,一个控制器适于控制至少一个车轮2000。也就是说,一个控制器可控制一个车轮2000也可控制多个车轮2000,以使得每个车轮2000所对应的减振装置5000均可运行,保证减振装置5000的性能。 In some embodiments, the suspension system 10000 further includes a plurality of controllers, one controller being adapted to control at least one wheel 2000. That is, one controller can control one wheel 2000 or multiple wheels 2000, so that the vibration reduction device 5000 corresponding to each wheel 2000 can operate, thereby ensuring the performance of the vibration reduction device 5000.
在一些实施例中,结合图174和图175所示,悬架系统10000还包括板簧3000,板簧3000的两端适于与转向节4000连接。这样在车辆20000行驶过程中出现颠簸振动时,板簧3000可以通过上下弯曲变形对来自路面的冲击起到良好的缓冲作用,使驾乘人员乘坐车辆20000时较为舒适。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 174 and FIG. 175 , the suspension system 10000 further includes a leaf spring 3000, and both ends of the leaf spring 3000 are suitable for connecting with the steering knuckle 4000. In this way, when bumps and vibrations occur during the driving of the vehicle 20000, the leaf spring 3000 can play a good buffering role against the impact from the road surface by bending and deforming up and down, so that the driver and passengers can ride in the vehicle 20000 more comfortably.
在一些实施例中,板簧3000在车辆20000的宽度方向上的延伸尺寸大于同轴的两个减振装置5000在车辆20000的宽度方向上的间距。以保证板簧3000的性能。In some embodiments, the extension dimension of the leaf spring 3000 in the width direction of the vehicle 20000 is greater than the distance between the two coaxial vibration reduction devices 5000 in the width direction of the vehicle 20000 , so as to ensure the performance of the leaf spring 3000 .
在一些实施例中,板簧3000上形成有适于与副车架6000连接的第一安装点以及适于与转向节4000连接的第二安装点,第一安装点高于第二安装点。进而增大板簧3000在进行缓冲形变时在上下方向的极限位移量,从而使车辆20000的车轮2000上跳时,不容易与副车架6000等结构干涉,从而很好地减缓了板簧3000的疲劳损伤,使板簧3000可以稳定地进行缓冲作业,使板簧3000的使用寿命更长。In some embodiments, a first mounting point suitable for connecting to the sub-frame 6000 and a second mounting point suitable for connecting to the steering knuckle 4000 are formed on the leaf spring 3000, and the first mounting point is higher than the second mounting point. This increases the limit displacement of the leaf spring 3000 in the up-down direction when performing buffering deformation, so that when the wheel 2000 of the vehicle 20000 jumps, it is not easy to interfere with the sub-frame 6000 and other structures, thereby effectively reducing fatigue damage of the leaf spring 3000, allowing the leaf spring 3000 to stably perform buffering operations and extend the service life of the leaf spring 3000.
在一些实施例中,在车辆20000的高度方向上,第一安装点到第二安装点的距离大于板簧3000在第二安装点的最大挠度。使板簧3000在使用过程中可以稳定地处于良好的拉伸形变范围之内,从而很好地延缓板簧3000的疲劳损伤,提升板簧3000的使用寿命。In some embodiments, in the height direction of the vehicle 20000, the distance from the first mounting point to the second mounting point is greater than the maximum deflection of the leaf spring 3000 at the second mounting point, so that the leaf spring 3000 can be stably in a good tensile deformation range during use, thereby effectively delaying fatigue damage of the leaf spring 3000 and extending the service life of the leaf spring 3000.
下面参照说明书附图描述本申请实施例的车辆20000。The vehicle 20000 of an embodiment of the present application is described below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
如图176所示,根据本申请实施例的一种车辆20000包括:悬架系统10000。As shown in FIG. 176 , a vehicle 20000 according to an embodiment of the present application includes: a suspension system 10000 .
其中,悬架系统10000为前述的悬架系统10000,悬架系统10000的具体结构在此不作赘述。The suspension system 10000 is the aforementioned suspension system 10000 , and the specific structure of the suspension system 10000 is not described in detail herein.
由上述结构可知,本申请实施例的车辆20000,通过采用前述的悬架系统10000,可有效降低车辆20000的装配难度,并保证车辆20000的工作性能。It can be seen from the above structure that the vehicle 20000 of the embodiment of the present application, by adopting the aforementioned suspension system 10000, can effectively reduce the difficulty of assembling the vehicle 20000 and ensure the working performance of the vehicle 20000.
在本申请的描述中,需要说明的是,除非另有明确的规定和限定,术语“安装”、“相连”、“连接”应做广义理解,例如,可以是固定连接,也可以是可拆卸连接,或一体地连接;可以是机械连接,也可以是电连接;可以是直接相连,也可以通过中间媒介间接相连,可以是两个元件内部的连通。对于本领域的普通技术人员而言,可以具体情况理解上述术语在本申请中的具体含义。In the description of this application, it should be noted that, unless otherwise clearly specified and limited, the terms "installed", "connected", and "connected" should be understood in a broad sense, for example, it can be a fixed connection, a detachable connection, or an integral connection; it can be a mechanical connection or an electrical connection; it can be a direct connection, or it can be indirectly connected through an intermediate medium, or it can be the internal communication of two components. For ordinary technicians in this field, the specific meanings of the above terms in this application can be understood according to specific circumstances.
根据本申请实施例的定子组件210、电磁作动器1000、减振装置5000、悬架系统10000、及车辆20000的其他构成对于本领域普通技术人员而言都是已知的,这里不再详细描述。The stator assembly 210 , the electromagnetic actuator 1000 , the vibration reduction device 5000 , the suspension system 10000 , and other components of the vehicle 20000 according to the embodiment of the present application are well known to those skilled in the art and will not be described in detail here.
在本说明书的描述中,参考术语“实施例”、“示例”等的描述意指结合该实施例或示例描述的具体特征、结构、材料或者特点包含于本申请的至少一个实施例或示例中。在本说明书中,对上述术语的示意性表述不一定指的是相同的实施例或示例。而且,描述的具体特征、结构、材料或者特点可以在任何的一个或多个实施例或示例中以合适的方式结合。In the description of this specification, the description with reference to the terms "embodiment", "example", etc. means that the specific features, structures, materials or characteristics described in conjunction with the embodiment or example are included in at least one embodiment or example of the present application. In this specification, the schematic representation of the above terms does not necessarily refer to the same embodiment or example. Moreover, the specific features, structures, materials or characteristics described can be combined in any one or more embodiments or examples in a suitable manner.
尽管已经示出和描述了本申请的实施例,本领域的普通技术人员可以理解:在不脱离本申请的原理和宗旨的情况下可以对这些实施例进行多种变化、修改、替换和变型,本申请的范围由权利要求及其等同物限定。 Although the embodiments of the present application have been shown and described, those skilled in the art will appreciate that various changes, modifications, substitutions and variations may be made to the embodiments without departing from the principles and spirit of the present application, and that the scope of the present application is defined by the claims and their equivalents.
Claims (25)
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| CN202311868466.9A CN120237842A (en) | 2023-12-29 | 2023-12-29 | Stator assembly, electromagnetic actuator, vibration reduction device, suspension system and vehicle |
| CN202311868466.9 | 2023-12-29 |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| WO2025139373A1 true WO2025139373A1 (en) | 2025-07-03 |
Family
ID=96160688
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/CN2024/129909 Pending WO2025139373A1 (en) | 2023-12-29 | 2024-11-05 | Stator assembly, electromagnetic actuator, vibration damping device, suspension system and vehicle |
Country Status (2)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| CN (1) | CN120237842A (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2025139373A1 (en) |
Cited By (1)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN120692830A (en) * | 2025-08-22 | 2025-09-23 | 北京电擎科技有限公司 | Electromagnetic isolation device based on composite shielding |
Citations (5)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN200941584Y (en) * | 2006-08-28 | 2007-08-29 | 文登奥文电机有限公司 | Cylindrical linear motor stator core |
| CN102900805A (en) * | 2011-07-28 | 2013-01-30 | 日立汽车系统株式会社 | electromagnetic suspension |
| CN109301948A (en) * | 2018-10-31 | 2019-02-01 | 淮安威灵电机制造有限公司 | Transverse flux motor |
| JP2019187218A (en) * | 2018-04-17 | 2019-10-24 | Kyb株式会社 | Cylindrical linear motor |
| CN111384837A (en) * | 2020-04-26 | 2020-07-07 | 珠海格力电器股份有限公司 | Automation equipment, linear motor, primary linear motor and assembly method thereof |
-
2023
- 2023-12-29 CN CN202311868466.9A patent/CN120237842A/en active Pending
-
2024
- 2024-11-05 WO PCT/CN2024/129909 patent/WO2025139373A1/en active Pending
Patent Citations (5)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN200941584Y (en) * | 2006-08-28 | 2007-08-29 | 文登奥文电机有限公司 | Cylindrical linear motor stator core |
| CN102900805A (en) * | 2011-07-28 | 2013-01-30 | 日立汽车系统株式会社 | electromagnetic suspension |
| JP2019187218A (en) * | 2018-04-17 | 2019-10-24 | Kyb株式会社 | Cylindrical linear motor |
| CN109301948A (en) * | 2018-10-31 | 2019-02-01 | 淮安威灵电机制造有限公司 | Transverse flux motor |
| CN111384837A (en) * | 2020-04-26 | 2020-07-07 | 珠海格力电器股份有限公司 | Automation equipment, linear motor, primary linear motor and assembly method thereof |
Cited By (1)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN120692830A (en) * | 2025-08-22 | 2025-09-23 | 北京电擎科技有限公司 | Electromagnetic isolation device based on composite shielding |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| CN120237842A (en) | 2025-07-01 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| WO2025139373A1 (en) | Stator assembly, electromagnetic actuator, vibration damping device, suspension system and vehicle | |
| WO2025140136A1 (en) | Electromagnetic actuator, vibration damping device, suspension system, vehicle and transport | |
| EP4174348B1 (en) | Electric ball valve and method for manufacturing electric valve | |
| CN118100582A (en) | Suspension motor, suspension system and vehicle | |
| CN104600936A (en) | Novel permanent-magnet synchronous servo motor | |
| WO2025140470A1 (en) | Stator assembly, electromagnetic actuator, vibration damping device, suspension system, and vehicle | |
| WO2025139226A1 (en) | Electromagnetic actuator, vibration damping device, suspension system and vehicle | |
| WO2025140476A1 (en) | Electromagnetic actuator, vibration reduction apparatus, suspension system, and vehicle | |
| CN201365181Y (en) | Novel disk type permanent-magnet DC brush torque motor | |
| CN117895673B (en) | Magnetic core assembly of motor and motor, suspension system and vehicle | |
| WO2025227680A1 (en) | Levitation electric motor, suspension system and vehicle | |
| CN107425635A (en) | Integral type brake motor | |
| CN117977844A (en) | Stator, electromagnetic shock absorber, suspension system and vehicle | |
| CN214674636U (en) | Generator system applied to railway wagon | |
| CN223666229U (en) | Servo motor | |
| CN116155040A (en) | High-integration motor for steering wheel system | |
| CN206962587U (en) | Integral type brake motor | |
| CN113410935A (en) | In-wheel motor | |
| CN113937978A (en) | Magnet adjusting ring and permanent magnet gear speed changing device | |
| CN219829922U (en) | Eddy current parking position sensor structure | |
| CN223414716U (en) | Direct-drive type outer rotor hub motor adopting electromagnetic brake | |
| CN223666130U (en) | Flat inner rotor motor | |
| CN221151128U (en) | Permanent magnet brushless DC motor electric driving mechanism of integrated control driving unit | |
| CN223414763U (en) | A dual-rotor direct-drive motor | |
| CN120481516B (en) | Active suspension electro-hydraulic pump assembly, chassis axle, and chassis system for vehicle |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| 121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 24910310 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |